s^ > iT ^1^:J M: '•teW',' sa^. ■ri ■>*: .^^ v-^. ■% 'ibrarD of i\n Museum OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY, AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS. The gift of i No. --2.yy • PROCEEDINGS AMERICAN PHILOSOPHIOAL SOCIETY HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOB PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol XXX. JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1892 PHILADELPHIA : PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY. j^'l892. January 1, 1S92.] ■'■ PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol. XXX. January, 1893. No. 137. Stated, Meeting, January 1, 1892. Present, 9 members. ERRATA— Vol. XXIX, No. 136. Page 147, 35tli line from top, for N. E.^ N., read S. W.^ S. Page 147, 25tli line from top, for N. 39° E., read S. 39° W. des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt, Germany ; Hydrographische Amt des Reiclis-Marine-Amts, Messrs. Friedlander und Sohn, Berlin; Garteubaaverein, Darmstadt; Deutsche Gesellscbaft fur Anthropologic, Ethnologic, etc., Munich ; Societe Hol- landaise des Sciences, Harlem, Holland ; Biblioteca N. C, Florence, Italy ; R. Accademia dei Lincei, Biblioteca N. C. V. E., Rome ; Societe Americaine de France, Societe de Geo- graphic, Redaction " Cosmos," Paris, France ; Philological Society, Ca;mbridge, England ; Royal Astronomical, Meteoro- logical, Geographical Societies, Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, " Nature," London ; Manchester Geographical Society ; Theological Seminary, Andover, Mass. ; American Statistical Association, Dr. William Elliot Griffis, Boston, Mass. ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass, ; PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 137. A. PRINTED FEB. 25, 1893. ^ [Jan. 1, Newport Sanitary Protection Association ; Hartford Theo- logical Seminary, Travellers Insurance Co., Hartford, Conn. ; Yale University, Prof. H. A. Newton, New Haven, Conn. ; University of the State of New York, Albanj^ ; Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. ; American Chemical Society, Historical Society, Meteorological Observatory, New York ; College of Pharmacy, Messrs. Lea Brothers & Co., Editor of the " Medical and Surgical Keporter," Editor of " Pennsylvania County Court Reports," Prof. E. D. Cope, Philadelphia; Johns Hopkins University, Editor of the " American Journal of Philology," Baltimore, Md, ; Department of State, Washington, D, C. ; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Morgantown, W. Ya., Ex- periment, Ga., Auburn, Ala., Raleigh, N. C, Lafayette, Ind., Corvallis, Oreg., Ames, la.. Fort Collins, Colo., Berkeley, Cal. ; Observatorio, Rio de Janeiro. The following were reported as duly elected Officers and Councilors of the Society : President. Frederick Fraley. Vice- Presidents. E. Otis Kendall, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, J. P. Lesley. Secretaries. George F. Barker, Daniel G. Brinton, Henry Phillips, Jr., George H. Horn. Curators. Patterson Du Bois, J. Cbeston Morris, R. Meade Bache. Treasurer. J. Sergeant Price. 1S92.] Councilors. Eicbard Wood, William V, McKean, Richard Yaux, Isaac C. Martindale. Councilor for two years^ vice Aubrey H. Smith, deceased. William P. Tatham. The report of the Finance Committee was presented, and the appropriations for the year ending November 30, 1892, passed. Nominations for Librarian being in order. Dr. Morris re- nominated Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., and Prof. Cope nominated Mr. B. S. Lyman, and the nominations were closed. Pending nomination for membership 1282 and new nomina- tion 1233 were read. Prof. Cope offered for the Transactions a paper entitled " A Synopsis of the species Tied, genus Cnemidophorus." On motion, the paper was referred to a Committee, to be appointed by the President at his leisure.* Prof. Cope presented for the Proceedings a paper by Prof. George Baur (of Worcester, Mass.), on the " Taxonomy of the genus Emys, C. Dumeril." Curator Morris exhibited a variety of objects from the cabinets of the Society. Dr. Cope suggested that when a paper is presented through a member of the Society for publication, in case of its non- acceptance, it should be returned to the member offering the same, and not sent to its author. And the Society was adjourned by the President. * The President subsequently appointed as such Committee, Drs. Ryder, Jayne and Sharp. Heilprin.] ^ [Jan. 15, The Temperate and Alpine Floras of the Giant Volcanoes of Mexico. {Being a Report from the Committee on the Michaux Legacy.^ By Prof. Angelo Heilprin. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 15, 1892.) Hemsley, in tlie fourth voiume of his report on the botany of Mexico nd Central America, enumerates 130 species of flowering plants, exclu- sive of sedges and grasses,which reach or pass beyond the 10,000-foot line on the slopes of the four principal volcanoes of the Mexican Republic — Orizaba, Popocatepetl, Ixtaccihuatl and the Nevado de Toluca.* This enumeration is based mainly upon the data found on the labels of the various collections illustrating the region, and omits passing citations; it is thus, necessarily, to an extent incomplete, but yet it is an admirable survey of the general features of this upper flora. To Hemsley's list the following species enumerated by Liebmann as occurring on Orizaba can, I think, be safely added, f although possibly a few of the species require redetermination before their position or synonym}' can be satisfactorily established. FEET. Ranunculus Hookeri 10,000 Ranunculus llaveanus 10,000 Cerastium sp.'? 14,000 Arenaria decussata 10,000 Arenaria leptophylla? 13,000 Oxalis latifolia 10,000 Trifoliuin amabile... 10,000 Lupinus leptophyllus 10,000 Fragaria Mexicana 10,000 Potentilla sp.? 14,000 Alchemilla venusta 10,000 Alchemilla vulcanica 10,000 Alchemilla hirsuta ■ 10,000 Echeveria mucronata 10,000 Sedum sp.? 10,000 Epilobium repens 10,000 Mentha sp.? 10,000 Gaura sp.? 10,000 Pimpinella sp.? 10,000 Dauca montana 10,000 Hydrocotyle Mexicana 10,000 Eryngium sp.? 14,000 * " A Specimen of tlie Mountain Flora of South Mexico and Central America— Biologia Ccntrali-Amerieana," "Botany," iv, pp. 282-298, 1887. t " Vegetation des Piks von Orizaba," Botanische Zeitung. 1844: also translated and abridged in IIem.sley's Report, iv, pp. 145-150. 1892.] ^ [Heilprin. FEET. Sesseli sp.? 12,000 (Enanthe sp.V 12,000 Viburnum sp.? 10,000 Cornus sp.? 10,000 Stevia arbutifolia 12,000 Erigeron scaposus (Aster rivularis) 10,000 Bidens sp.? 10,000 Dahlia variabilis 10,000 Chrysauthemum (?) sagetum 10,000 Cnicus Jorullensis 10,000 Hieracium abscissuin 10,000 Tagetes clandestina 10,000 Baccliaris Jalapensis 10,000 Diodia sp.? 10,000 Gaultheria procumbens 10,000 Pernettya (Gaultheria) ciliata 14,000 Phacelia sp.? 14,000 Solanum stoloniferum 10,000 Lamourouxia Jalapensis 9,500 Pinguicula sp.?.... 10,000 Castilleja integrifolia 10,000 Castilleja scorzonerifolia 10,000 Castilleja sp.? 14,000 Verbena pulchella 10,000 Prunella vulgaris 10,000 Plantago Mexicana 10,000 Juniperus Mexicana 14,000 Govenia speciosa 9,500 Spiranthes sp.? 10,000 Serapias sp.? 10,000 Tigridia pavonia 10,000 Tiilandsia sp.? 10,000 Bomarea hirtella 10,000 Agave sp.? 10,000 The approximate elevations as recorded by Liebmann are, with little doubt, given in French feet. This placing does not materially alter the positions of the plants in question. To Liebmann's list I would add the following, obtained bj^ myself and my associates during a recent explora- tion of the Mexican volcanoes (1890): FEET. Echeveriagibbiflora? (or E. secunda?) onlxtaccihuatl 14,200 Oenothera tetraptera on Ixtaccihuatl and Popo- catepetl .11 ,000-11,500 Symphoricarpus microphyllus on Popocatepetl 10,500 Lonicera filosa on Popccatepetl 10,500 Heilpriu.j ^ [Jau. 15, Erigeron maximus on Popocatepetl 11,200 Baccharis concava on Popocatepetl 11,000 Gnaplialium oxyphyllum on Orizaba 13,500 Senecio salignus on Ixtaccihuatl 13,200 Arbutus spinulosus on Popocatepetl 10,500 Alnus castanfE folia on Popocatepetl. 10,500 Draba aretoides (?) on Ixtaccihuatl 13,200 A number of other plants, such as Habenaria prasina, Platanthera nubigena, P. longifolia, Malaxis gracilis (among orchids), have been cited by Martens and Galeotti from the peak of Orizaba, so that the total list is brought close up to 200 species. I have in the table that follows appended the approximate elevations at which the plants occur, relying largely upon the data furnished by Hemsley. The letters that precede the names of the species have reference to the special mountain peak upon which the plants were found : O., Orizaba ; P., Popocatepetl ; I., Ixtaccihuatl, and T., Nevado de Toluca. The author wishes in this con- nection to express his indebtedness for various forms of assistance to Messrs. Thomas Meehan, John H. Redfield, Isaac Burk and Witmer Stone, members of the Academy of Natural Sciences. To 10,000 10-12,000 12-13,000 13-15,000 FEET. FEET. FEET. FEET. O. Ranunculus geoides 9-12,000 O. R. Peruvianus 12,500 O. R. Hookeri 10.000 O. R. llaveanus 10,000 O. R. sp.? 14,000 O. Nasturtium impatiens ... . 11-12,000 O. " Orizabte 12,000 0. Draba myosotidioides 12-13,000 P. '• Popocatepetlensis. . 12,000 T. " Tolucensis 8-14,000 1. " aretoides? (alsoO.) 13,200 O. Sisymbrium canescens 12,000 O. " Galeottianum. 8-11,000 T. Erysimum macradenium. . 12-13,000 O. Viola ciliata . 10,000 O. " sp? 14,000 T. Cerastium andinum 13,000 O. " orilhales 12,000 O. " vulcanicum. .. 10-12,000 O. " sp.? 14,000 (). Arenaria alsinoides 10-12,000 O. " decussata 10,000 O. " bryoides 12,500 1892.] < [Heilprin. To 10,000 10-12,000 12-13,000 13-15,000 FEET. FEET. FEET. FEET. T. Arenaria bryoldes 14-15,000 P. " " 11,500 O. " leptophylla? . .. 12,000 O. Colobanthus Quitensis 12,500 O. Oxalis latifolia 10,000 T. Geranium potentillaefolium 9-10,000 O. Trifolium amabile 10,000 T. Lupinus bimaculatus 12,000 O. " elegaiis 9-10,000 O. " glabellas 9-10,000 P. " Mexicanus 10-11,000 T. " montanus 9-10,000 0. " vaginatus 12,000 P. " " 12,000 T. " " 12,000 1. " " 12,000 O. " leptophyllus 10,000 O. Fragaria Mexicana 10,000 O. Spiraea discolor 10-12,000 O. Rubus Irilobus 10,000 O. Potentilla ranunculoides. . 12,000 O. " Ricliardii 12,500 O. " sp.? 14,000 O. Alchemilla orbiculata 12, 000 O. " Sibbakliaifob'a. 9-12,000 O. " venusta 10,000 O. " tripartita 10,000 O. " vulcanica 10,000 O. " hirsiita 10,000 O. Acsena elongata 14,000 O. Heuchera Orizabensis 11-12,500 P. Ribes Jorullensis 10-12,000 T. " " 10-12,000 O. " " 13,500 0. Echeveria mucronata 10,000 1. " gibbiflora? (E. secunda?) 14,200 0. Sedum sp.? 10,000 P. (Eaothera tetraptera 1 1-12,000 1. " " 11-12,000 O. Epilobiura repens 10,000 O. Mentha sp.? 10,000 P. Fuchsia microphylla 10,000 O. " mixta 10,000 Heilprin.] ^ [Jan. 15, To 10,000 10-12,000 12-13,000 13-15,000 FEET. FEET. FEET. FEET. O. Gaura sp.? 10,000 O. Lopezia hirsuta 10,000 O. Microsechium ruderale . . . 9-10,000 O. Pimpinella sp.? 10,000 O. Dancus montana 10,000 O. Hydrocotyle Mexicana . . . 10,000 O. Eryngium eymosuni 8-10,000 O. " protseflorum . . . 13,000 T. Tauschia Coulteri 10,500 O. Sesseli sp.? 12,000 O. (Eaaathe sp.? 13,000 O. Ottoa ceaanthoides 13,000 O. Peucedanum Tolucense . . 13,500 O. Viburnum sp.? 10,000 O. Cornus sp.? 10,000 O. Abelia floribunda 10,000 P. Symphoricarpus micro- phyllus 10,500 P. Lonicera filosa 10,500 O. Galium gemmiflorum 10,000 O. Didymsea Mexicana 10,000 O. Ageratum adscendens. . .. 10-11,500 0. " arbutifolium .. 13,500 P. " " .. 11,000 1. " " .. 13,200 O. Stevia monardifefolia .' 8-13,000 O. " arbutifolia 13,000 O. Eupatorium adenocliajtum 8-10,000 O. " grandidenta - turn 10,000 O. " OrizabfB 10-11,000 O. Haplopappus stoloniferus 8-13,000 0. Chionolsena lavandulacea. 12,500-15,000 1. " " 13,200 O. Gnaphalium oxyphyllum. 14,000 O. Sabazia sarmentosa 9-11,000 O. Achillea millefolium 10,000 P. Baccliaris concava 11,000 O. Erigeron scaposus 10,000 P. " luaximus 11,300 0. Senecio chrysactis 13-13,000 1. " " 13,300 O. " cirsioides 14,000 P. " Galeottii 11,500 1892.] *^ [Ilfilprin. To 10,000 10-12,000 12-13,000 13-15,000 FEET. FEET. FEET. FEET. O. Senecia Galeottii 13,000 O. " gerbera-folius 10-15,000 O. " helodes 11,500 O. " multideutatus 9-12,500 O. " Orizabeusis 10-12,500 0. " procumbens 12-15,000 T. " " 10-11,000 1. " saligQus 13,200 O. Bidens sp.? 10,000 O. Dahlia variabilis 10-11,000 . O. Chrysanthemum (?) sage- tum 10,000 T. Cnicus nivalis 11,400 O. " " 14,000 O. " Jorullensis 10,000 P. Hieracium Me'^icauum . . . 10,000 O. " abscissum 10,000 O. " niveopappum . 13,000 O. " thyrsoideum . . 12,000 O. Tagetes clandestina 10,000 O. Lobelia nana 11-12,500 O. " Orizabaj 9-10,000 O. Diodia sp.? 11,000 O. Gaultheria procumbens. . . 10,000 O. Arctostaphylos pungens. . 12-12,500 P. Arbutus spinulosus 10,500 O. Pernettyia pilosa 9-12,000 O. " ciliata 14.000 O. Pyrola Sartorii 9-10,000 O. " secunda 8-10,000 O. Chimaphilaumbellata.... 6-10,000 O. Buddleia lanceolata 10,000 O. Halenia alata 9-10,000 O. " nudicaulis 9-12,000 O. " nutans 9-10,000 O. " paucifolia 9-12,000 O. Polemonium grandiflora. . 9-12,000 O. Cobtea minor 10,000 P. Phacelia pimpinelloides .. 10,000 0. " " .. 13,500 1. " " .. 13,200 O. Echinospermum Mexica- num 10,000 O. Lithospermum distichum. 11-12,000 PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 137. B. PRINTED FEB. 25, 1892. 13,800 14,200 H^lP-"'"-] 1^ [J. Our, nahan. 1 go'. 2 ho'. 3 ha'. 4 nihu'. 5 u. 6 Mi'. 7 yato'. [Brinton. 9 fii. nyaha' 10 te. 11 tengo. 15 chii. 20 cung. 30 kate. There are two versions of the Lord's Prayer given in Pimentel's Cuadro Descripiivo de las Lcnguas de Mexico. I'hey evidently have been made by different persons, and represent different dia- lects of the tongue, and apparently neither is in that of Huantla, where the vocabulary was obtained. Both, however, are clearly Mazatec,and the differences disappear considerably on analysis. They are as follows : "Nadmina naina ga tecni gahami ; sandiuni Hi gatirrubanajin nanguili ; cuaha caiama janimali, jacunit die nangui cunit gahami ; niTio rrajinna tey quitaha najin : qntedchaiahanajin gadchidtonajin jacunifgajin nedchata alejin chidtaga tedtunajin : giiquimittacu?i- tiiajin, tued tinajin cuacha catama.^^ B. ^'Ta/a nahan, xi nacd nihaseno : chacua catoma Tiiere : catichovd rico manimajin : catc?na cuazuare, donjara batoo cornangui, bateco nihasen : niotisla najin ri ganeihinixtin, tiuto najin dehi : ni canuhi ri guitenajin donjara batoo, juirin ni canojin ri quiteisajin : quini- quenahi najin ri danjin quisanda nongo niqueste Mee. ' ' Brinton.] 36 [Jan. 15, Referring to the first as A and the second as B we may make the following comparisons with words in the Vocabulary : A. B. Our, naina, nahan, Father, nadmina, tata. Thou, ga, nacd, Heaven, gaJiami, nihaseno, Earth, nangui, nangui. Kingdom (thy), janima-U, manima-jin. Give (thou), nino, nio-tisla. To-day, ganei, Us (= to us, of us), najin, najin. VOCAB. naJian. nami ("cura " ). gahye. garni. nangi. gandai. Turning now to an investigation of the affinities of theMazatecan, I present the following arrangement of a number of words, with their corresponding terms, in dialects either of the Chapanecan or Chibchan stock. It is noteworthy that very rarely do we find any word which is at all alike in the three. The Mazatecan terms seem to have been derived from two sources radically dissimilar. Comparison of the Mazatec with the Chapanecan and Chibchan Stocks. Chibchan. Mazatec. Chapanecan. Costa Rican. New Granadian, Arm, chale, goloa, ghulua. Banana, nacha, noko-tona. Black, tuna, iurinat, fuma. Blue, iso, dsahe, siona. Breast, animale. aniermi, V. Cat, cJiito, txitu. Chief, chicunu, cJiiquy (priest). Dead, covin, coijme. Die, to. cui-yane. hui. Dog, nanya. nomhi. Ear, schical, sekuke, ikuaga, quTiyca. Eye, schcu. ocua, s'ocvo, upcua. Fire, nii, nio. Flesh, yoje, nboJiozii. Foot, tzoco. tsuku-nukue, V. Good, dani. pami, game. Hair, coshe, sclid, quyhe. 1892.] 37 [Brinton. Chibchan. Mazatec. Chapanecan. Costa Rican. New Granadian. Hand, tza. yta. Head, tku. Ookua. Here, Hindi, jande. Hill, nindo, ndili. Hilltop, garomindo , namando. Lightning, kuata, koita-pumene. (thunder) Maize, nama. name. Man, chii, hechiche. Money, to. tu-mi. Moon, sa, so, sie, ea (night). Mouth, tzoa. duui. Mountain 1, gihya, gua. Night, nliyu. nyufui. Nose, nitu, nyungu. Rain, tzi, siu. Red. mi, bets-ena, serir-ine. River, dahoe. n'dju. Road, diya. nila. Sea, dachicu, deche, decliequ-in. Small, tua, txoua-pa, T, Star, ningutzea, najuiti. Stone, noyo, nyugu, noca. Sun, sui, chui, sua. Teeth, niiyu, niji. There, hani, ti-Jia. Tree, iya, nya. Turkey buzzard, nikye. nekatu. Water, nanda, (stream) nanda. White, cJmhua, suruna, suat. Wind, to, tiho. Woman, chu, soora, sue, gui. Yellow, sine. psi, shoin-ore. I, gad. saJio. My, na, nha. One, go. ti-gJiS, ticao. Two, U, hao. Three, ha. haui. I think that the above comparison will leave no doubt but that the Mazatec is affiliated with both these stocks. With regard to Brinton.] 38 [Jan. 15, the Chapanecan, no other supposition will explain the substantial identity of the words for : Fire, nil and nio. Water, nanda and nanda (stream), Maize, nama and name. Tree, iya and nya. Liglitning, Tcuata and koita. Night, nhyu and nyu-fui. Teeth, niyu and niji. Stone, noyo and nyugu. Cat, cMto and txitu. Here, ihndi and jande. One, go and ticao. Two, ho and Jiao. Three. 7id and Iidui. Not less positive are the identities of the following words of the Mazatecan and Chibchan (Costa Rican) groups : Sun, sui with chui or sua. Moon, sa with so, sie (or za). Ear, schical with quhyca, sehuke. Eye, schcu with s'ocm, ocua. Hair, coslie with sella, quyJie. Man, cTii with he-cM-che. "Woman, dm with sue, gui. Rain, tzi with sill. Sea, dacMcu with dechequ-in. Foot, tzoco with tsuku. The words for the colors white, black, blue, yellow and red show rather remote, but, perhaps, actual resemblances. They have no analogy whatever with the Chapanecan color terms. The ethnographic conclusion to which this comparison would lead is that the Mazatecas do not constitute an independent stock, but a branch of the Chapanec group, which was at some early date of its history largely infiltrated with blood of the Costa Rican tribes of South American descent. This may have arisen from the adoption of some large band, which had migrated across the moun- tains separating Costa Rica from Nicaragua. The Mangue branch of the Chapanecs lived in Nicaragua, in immediate proximity to these mountains, and must have been in frequent relations with the tribes beyond them. 1892.] 39 [Brinton. But how explain the extensive journey from Nicaragua to the northern limits of the State of Oaxaca? Here an ancient tradition of the Mangues comes to our aid. It was preserved by P'ather Remesal in his History of Chiapas, and runs to the effect that at a remote time a considerable number of the Mangues departed from the shores of Lake Managua and journeyed to the north, into the territory of the Zoques. Remesal construed this to explain the origin of the Chapanecs of Chiapas; but the traditions of the latter do not acknowledge this derivation, and it is probable that the Mangues referred to some other division of their community. This may well have been that which conveyed a mixed dialect of Mangue and Costa Rican as far as the northern borders of Oaxaca. We have also early evidence that a band of the Mangues, num- bering about four hundred souls, occupied a town in the midst of the Costa Rican tribes, in the valley of Guaymi, fronting on the Golfo Dolce. There they were found by the Spanish explorers in 1563.* Doubtless they absorbed more or less of the language of their rulers, the Guaymis ; and the following identities between the Mazatecan and the Guaymi vocabularies (published by Mr. Pinart in the Revue d' Ethnographie, 1887) seem conclusive. Mazatecan. GL'AYMI. Sun, sui, shui. Moon, %a. so. Head, tku, Ookua. Nose, nito, nido-n. If these identifications are correct, they enable us to trace the influence of a South American linguistic stock as far into North America as the northern border of Oaxaca — a discovery full of sig- nificance for the history of the aboriginal culture of the central portion of the continent. * Peralta, Costa Rica, Nicaragua y Panama en el Siglo XV J, p. 777 (Madrid, 1883). Baur.] 40 [Jan. 1, On the Taxonomy of the Genus Emys, C. Dumeril. By Dr. O. Baur, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 1, 1892.) I have just read Prof. L. Vaillant's paper, "Sur la Signification taxi- nomique du Genre Emys, C. Dumeril " ("Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. et Pal.," vii« serie. Tome xii. No. 1, Paris, 1891, pp. 51-63). Prof. Vaillant attempts to show that the type of Emys is not Emys orbicularis L., as nearly gener- ally admitted lately, but Testudo picta Schneider, now generally known under the name of Chrysemys picta, and I think he is correct in this. I am, however, unable to follow him in all his other conclusions. I should like to add first, that the name proposed by Brogniart in manuscript, before Dumeril had used the French name, les Emydes, in 1804, had been "Syrinx." In Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilair's paper on Trionyx, pub- lished in 1809, in "Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., Paris," Vol. xiv, I find the following note on page 3 : "On lisoit dans le manuscrit demeure au se- cretariat de rinstitut jusqu'a la publication du volume des Savans etran- gers le nom de syrinx au lieu de celui d'emyde, mais M. Dumeril ayant depuis propose ce dernier nom, M. Brogniart I'adopta lors de I'lmpression de son M6moire." Besides, I should like to state that the original paper of Brogniart, " Essai d'une classification naturelle des Reptiles," appeared for the first time in 1799, in the "Magazin encyclopedique, ou Journal des Sciences, des Letires et des Arts," redige par A. L. Millin, Vol. vi, pp. 184-201, An. viii, 1799, and was reprinted in the "Bulletin des Sciences, par la Sociele Philomatiqne, " No. 35, pp. 81, 82, Paris, Pluviose, an 8 de la R^publique, and No. 36, pp. 89-91, pi. vi, Ventose, au 8 de la Repub- lique (1800). It was Michael Oppel * who, for the first time, used the fact already noticed by Schopff", that in Emys orbicularis the front portion of the plastron is movable, to distinguish in the genus Emys three subdivisions. " Subdivisiones secundum scriptores recentissimos. " (a) Sterno antice mobili, e.g., Emys lutaria. "(b) Sterno cruciform!, e.g., E. serpentina. " (c) Collo longissimo, sub testam arcuate reflcxa, non retractili, e.g., E. lonqicolUs." E. serpentina was placed in a new genus, Ghelydra, by Schweigger, in 1812 ("Konigsberger Archiv fiir Naturwissenschaft und Mathematic, " Vol. i, pp. 280, 292, 293, Konigsberg, 1812), f and E. longicoUis in the new genus Chelodina, by Fitzinger, in 1826.:]: * Oppel, Michael, "Die Orduiingen, Familien und Gattuugen der Reptilien," Miiu- chen, 1811, p. 11. t This is the original publication . J Fitzinger, L. T., "Neuc Classiflcatiou der Reptilien," Wien, 1820, p. 6. 1892.1 ^^ [Baur. Brogniart, who proposed the Latin name "Einydes" in 1805 for DiimLTil's Frencli name " les Emydes," had given the following species as belonging to it : E. ferox, E. rostrata, E. matamata, E. lutaria, E. pensylvanica, E. dausa. E. ferox and E. r ostratu 'belong io IVionyx GeoSroy, 1809 ; E. matamata to C/ielus Duraeril, 180G ; Chelys Oppel, 1811. It was Merrem * who divided the remaining species of Erays into two groups, t (a) Emys — " Diglti distincti, unguibus acutis. Rostrum corneum. Sternum immobile." * Merrem, Blasius, " Versuch eines Systems der Amphibien," Marburg, 1820, pp. 22, 27. Merrem places the Testudo lutaria, with the following synonyms : Tesfudo lutaria L., T. orbicularis {?) L., T. europwa Sclmeid., T. caspica Gmel, among his Emys, not knowing that in tliis form the anterior part of the plastron is movable. 1 1 have to say, however, that Kaflnesque had already, five years before, reached the same conclusion in a book which is very rare, but of which my friend, Mr. S. Garman, has a copy. I have to thank Mr. Garman for copying for me the part relating to the Testudinata. The title of the book is "Analyse de la Nature ou Tableau de I'Univers et des corps organises," Palerme, 1815. On page 75 we find : " Crypfephia. Les Cryptephiens. "Carapace inf(5rieure a 1 ou 2 valves mobiles; enfermaut les membres comme dans une boite. "G. 3. Cheliphus R. ; 4. TJronyx R. ; 5. Didida R. ; 6. Monodida R. " Emydania. Les Emydiens. "Carapace ni coriace, ni a valves mobiles, pieds S. doigts libres ou palm6s. "G. 7. EinydaR., Emys Dum..; 8. Chemelys R. ; 9. Chdopus R. ; 10. Chelyda R., Chelys Dum.; 11. Clidiurus B.." Unfortunately Rafinesque did not give the names of any species with the new genera, nor did he give any characters. From a later paper, which was written in 1816, but not published before 1832, we receive some information by Rafinesque (Rafinesque, C. F. . " Description of Two New Genera of Soft-shell Turtles of North Axnerica.,' 'Atla7ilic Journal and Friend of Knowledge, Vol. i, No. 2, Philadelphia, summer of 1832, pp. 64, 65. " Cheliphus Raf. Water turtles with valved shells, 5 claws and toes to all the feet. " Vronyx Raf. An anterior valve to the shell, toes and claws 5 and 4, tail with a claw. T. sco)-pioides, etc. " Didida Raf. Bivalve lower shell, toes 5 and 4. Type T. clausa, odorata, etc. " Monodida Raf Lower shell valvular anteriorly, toes 5 and 4. T. retziana, etc . " Chemelys Raf. Warty scales, no valves, 4 toes to all the feet. T. verrucosa, etc. " Chdopus Raf. No valve, toes not palmated 4 and 5. T. punctata, etc. " Cheliurus Raf. No valves, feet palmated, a long scaly tail. T. serpentina, etc." The group with movable valves, named Cryptephia by Rafinesque, contains, there- fore, the genera, Sternothserus = CtLeliph\is; Ci«oster;iMm = Uronyx = Monoclida; Cistudo = Dldicla, part. The group in which the valves are not movable, named Emydania by Rafinesque, contains the genera Emys = Emyda ; Clemmys = Chemelys = Chelopus ; Chdydra = Cheliurus. PltOC. AMER. I'HILOS. SOC. XXX. 137. F. miNTED MARCH 5, 1892. Baur.] 4^^ [Jau. 1, (5) Terrapene — " Digit! distincti, unguibus acutis. Rostrum corneum. Sterni lobo anteriore, aut utroque mobili." Two years later, in 1823, Fleming established the genus Cistuda* for the tortoises, in which the entrance to the cavity is formed by a lid. Gistud(( is simply a synonym of Merrem's Terrapene, and has to be aban- doned therefore. In 1825, Gray! follows Merrem, adopting the genera Emys and Terrapene (written Terraphene) ; " Cistuda Say" is declared a synonym of Terra- pene. In the same year Bell % published an important paper not mentioned by Prof Vaillant, in which he shows that T. europaa Schneid. {orhicularis L.) has to be included in " Terrapene Merrem, Cistuda Say." He says of T. orbicularis L. : "On examining sometime since a shell of this species, the first I had seen, which had lost the sternum, I was strucli with the appearance of the articular surface from which that part had been re- moved, and immediately concluded that it must belong to the present group, having a movable breastplate, notwithstanding Merrem, to whom belongs the credit of having separated the ' Box Tortoises ' under his subgeneric division Terrapene, retains this species amongst his Emydes, the character of which, on contradistinction to Terrapene, is that the sternum is entire and fixed. On consulting SchopfF, I found that, with his usual accuracy, that author had mentioned the movable structure of the sternum, and subsequent observations have established my first conjecture that it belongs to this genus." Now this leaves no doubt wliatever that from 1S25 the name Emys could not be applied to T. orbicularis L., but that this species belonged to Terrapene ; and since Terrapene Merrem is the s<(me as Oppel's subdivision, loith Emys lutaria as type, this species, which is now known as E. orbicularis L., has to be considered the type of Terrapene. Gray § follows Bell in 1831, but uses now the name Cistuda of Fleming, which he calls Cistuda Gray, not Cistudo as remarked by Prof. Vaillant. * It is difficult to say whether this name Cistuda is a misprint or not. It could either stand for Cistula, from cista, the diminutivum of cista, wliich means a small box, or for Cistudo, formed in the same way as Tcstudo from testa. It seems that Dumih-il and Bib- ron introduced the name Cistudo for the first time in 1885. t Gray, John Edward, "A Synopsis of the Genera of Keptiles and Amphibia," "Ann. of Philos.." Vol. ix, pp. 210-212, London, 1825. tBell, Thomas, "A Monograph of the Tortoises, having a Movable Sternum, with Remarks on their Arrangement and AtRnities," Zodiac/. Journ., Vol. ii, i)p. 299-310, London, 1825. g Gray, J. E., "A Synopsis of the Species of the Class Reptilia," p. 7 ; published as Appendix to Vol. ix of Cuvier's "Animal Kingdom," edited by Edward Griffith, London, 1831. In the same year appeared another separate edition, with additions: Gray, John Edward, "Synopsis Reptilium, or Short Descriptions of the Species of Reptiles," London, 1831. The original paper was written October, 1830 ; the second edition of it in January, 1831. 1S02.] ^" [Baur. In 1828, Ritgen* subdivided the genus Emys, in Eimjs and Clemmys, and retained Terrapene Merrem. The following species are united with Clcmmys : E punctata, planiceps, glutinata, centrata, subrufa, melnnoccphala. Of these j&. punctata Schopfi. = T. guttata Schneider, has to be considered as type. As correctly stated by Prof. Vaillant, T. picta Schn. has to be con- sidered as type of Emys, and Chrysemys Gray, 1844, becomes therefore a synonym of Emys. The first author who subdivided the Terrapene Merrem, as limited by Bell in 1825, was C. L. Bonaparte, f who separated the American box tortoises under Fleming's name Cistiula in 1830 and 1831, from Emys, with T. orbicularis as the type. In 1836, Fitzinger proposed a new name, Fyxidemys, to contain the fol- lowing species : T. Carolina L. (T. sclieideri Schwelgg., T. mrgulata Daud.), Sternothcerus trifasciatus Bell, and T. amboinensis Daud. If there would be an objection to the name Cistuda in the sense of Bonaparte, Fitzinger's name Pyxidemys ought to be used with the T. Carolina L. as type. But I think it will be the best to use the name Cistuda in the correct form of Cistuda. As a result we have the following : Emys C. Dumeril, s. str. = Chrysemys (Gray), Type T. picta Schneider. Terrapene Merrem =Emys (Boul.) " T. orbicularis Lin. Cistuda Bonap. non Flem.= Cistudo (Boul.) " T. Carolina Lin. Cyclemys BeW =Cyclemy8 (Boul.) " E. DJior Gray. Clemmys Kitgen = Clemmys part (Boul.) " T. guttata Schn. I have shown some time ago that in Cistudo major Agassiz, the zygomatic arch is complete (Science, April 3, 1891, p, 190), as in T. amboi- nensis Daud. , notwithstanding I believe that the Asiatic and American forms are generically separate. I am unable to say whether T. amboi- nensis Daud. belongs to the genus Cyclemys Bell, with E. Dhor Gray as type, or not. Prof. Vaillant is inclined to place T. amboinensis in a genus distinct from Cyclemys Bell, for which he uses the name Terrapene. The correct name would be Cuora Gray, introduced in 1855. The whole question relating to the taxonomy of Emys Dumeril may be developed in the following table : * "Ritgen,''F. A., Versuch einer natiirlichen Eintheilung der Amphibien," "Nova Acta Nat. Cur.," Vol. xiv, pp. 257-284, Bonn, 1828. t Bonaparte, C. L., " Osservazioni sulla secouda ediziona del Regno Animale del Ba- rone Cuvier," Bologna, 1830. And " Saggio di una distribuzione metodica degli Animali Vertebrat Giornale Arcadico di Seienze," etc., Roma, Vol. xlix, 1831. Baiir.] 44 Emys C. Dumeril, 1806. [Jan. 1, Emya C. Dumeril (Oppel, 1811). Emys (siibdivisio) A. Anterior part of plastron movable. Type T. orbicularis L. Oppel, 1811. Emys C. Dumeril (Merrem, 1820), Terrapene Merrein, 1820. including T. orbicularis L. Emys C. Dumeril (Gray, 1825). Terrapene Merrem (Bell, 1825), including the original type T. orbicularis L., of Oppel. Emys C. Dum. Clemmys Kitgen, 1828. Terrapene Merrem (Bell). Type T. picta Sclin. Type T. guttata Schn. Cistuda Bouap. , Terrapene Merr. 1830. Type T. orbicu- Type 2\ Carolina L. laris L. Cistudo. Cyclemys Bell, 1834. Type T. Carolina L. Type E. dhor Gray. I place now the views of Boulenger, Vaillant and mysell together : Baur. Emys C. Dum., s. str. Type T. picta (Herrm. MSS.) Schn Clemmys Ritgen. Type T. guttata Schn. Terrapene Merrem. Type T. orbicularis L. Cistudo (Cistucla Flem.) Bonap. Type T. Carolina L. Cyclemys Bell . Type Emys Dhor Gray. Cuora Gray. Type T. amhoincnsis DawA. Type Terrapene amboinensis'D!i\y(\, The only modification in Boulenger's catalogue necessary is to change liis Chvysemys in Emys, and his Emys in Terrapene. Vaillant. Emys C. Dum., s. str. Type Emys picta SchopfF. Boulenger. Ch)-ysemys. Clemmys. Cistudo Gray. Type Cistudo orbicularis L. Emys. Cistudo. Cyclemys 'BeW. Type Cyclemys dhor Gray. Cyclemys, part Terrapene Merrem. Cyclemys. part 1892.] 45 [Brinton. Studies in South America?;. Native Languages. By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D. (^Read before the American Philosophical Society, February j, i8g2.) Introductory. It is not too much to say that the languages of the native tribes of South America are the least known of any on the globe. The problems they present in their grammatical character and affinities remain the furthest from solution, and the materials to undertake such a task are the scantiest from any equal area on the earth's surface. In spite of the labors of such earnest workers as Von den Steinen, Ehrenreich, Adam, Ernst, Darapsky, Middendorff and others, there are numerous tongues of which we know absolutely nothing, or have but bare and imperfect vocabularies. In the present series of studies I present a variety of material from either unpublished or rare works, accompanied by such sug- gestions as to its character and relations as have occurred to me in its preparation, and by some observations on the ethnography of the tribes mentioned. As I am convinced that the only ethno- graphic classification possible of the native tribes of America is that based on language, I do not hesitate to apply this whenever possible. I. THE TACANA GROUP. In my work on The American Race,^ I offered the following classification of this group ; Tacana Linguistic Stock. Araonas, Isuiamas, Pukapakaris, Tumupasas, Atenes, Lecos, Sapiboconas, Tuyumiris. Cavinas, Maracanis, Tacanas, Equaris, Maropas, Toromonas, From this list we must strike out the Atenes or Atenianos and Lecos, as I shall show that these spoke a tongue nowise akin to the * The. American Race: A Linguistic Classification and Ethnographic Description of the Native Tribes of North and South America. By Daniel G. Brintou. 1 vol., 8vo, pp. 392 (N. D. C. Hodges, New York, 1891). Brinton.] ^" [Feb. 5, Tacana, in spite of some assertions to the contrary by Spanish writers. Other tribes which should probably be added to this list, as they are located on old maps within Tacana territory and have Tacana names, are : Carangues, on left bank of Rio Tarabeni. Chumanos, north of Lake Roguaguado. Poromonas, on the lower Rio Beni (or Poro). Samachiianes, on Rio Coroico. Uchupiamonas, on the Rio Uchupiamona. Yubamonas, on the Rio Yuba. The termination inonas to several of these names is the Spanish plural form of the Tac. manu, river, the tribes being named from the streams along which they lived. In addition to the above I have found that the tribe known as " Guarizas " is to be included among the Tacanas. A series of texts in their language, comprising the Pater, the Ave and the Credo, was found among the papers of Cardinal Mezzofanti, and has been published by Prof. Emilio Teza in his Saggi inediti di Lingue Americane (Pisa, 1868). The learned editor states that all his endeavors to identify this language, or to ascertain the location or affinities of the tribe, had been fruitless. A comparison of the Guariza Pater with that in the Tacana, both of which I give on r later page, will prove the very close relationship of the two tribes. D'Orbigny asserts that "Tacana" is not the name of a tribe, but the name of the language. It is called by Spanish writers of the last century the " Maracani,"* which is apparently not the same as the Macarani of the mission of Santiago among the Chiquitos. The earliest missionary explorer of the Rio Beni, Fray Francisco de Rosario, wrote a report in 1677, in which he mentions a number of tribes, now extinct, among them the Hucumanos and the Torococyes, whose names indicate them to have belonged to the Tacana stock. f Location and Number. The general location of the Tacana group may be described as along the eastern slope of the Cordillera, where it descends to the * See D'Orbigny, L Homme Amtricain, Vol. i, p. 374 ; Descrip. de las Misiones del Alto Peru (1771). t His report was printed iu full In Meleudez, Tesoro Verdadera de las Indias, Tomo iii. 1892.] 4* [Brinton. valley of the river Beni (otherwise called the Rio Poro, the Rio Pilcopata and the Rio Madre de Dios), and in the valley of the latter on both banks, between South lat. 12° and 15°. At present the Tacana dialect proper is spoken in the towns of Tumupasa and Isiamas; the Araona by the Araonas, who dwell on the banks of the Beni and on those of its western tributaries, known as the Manuripi, Tahuamanu and Uaicomanu ; the Cavineiio is confined to the mission of Cavinas; the Maropa to the Maropes, in and near the Pueblo de los Reyes, on the right bank of the Beni, about 12° 30' S. lat., while the Sapis or Sapiboconas appear to have been the most eastern branch of the stock, as they were attached to the mission of the Moxos in the province of that name on the Rio Mamore. In 1 83 1 the total number of persons speaking the dialects of this stock was about 6000 (D'Orbigny). The majority of these are nominally Christians and have fixed habitations; but the Toro- raonas, who dwell between the rivers Madidi and Beni, in i2°-i3° South lat., are still uncivilized and heathens; so, also, are the Araonas, who are stated to be cannibals and idol worshipers. Their idols are geometrically shaped pieces of polished wood and stone. Their chief deity is "Baba Buada," whom they identify with the wind, vutana, and whose home is in the air. He is said to live towards the south and to be the creator of heaven and earth. The general term for divinity is edutzi, and there is a zia ediitzi, god of maize ; an agave edutzi, god of health, etc. Each edutzi has his own yanacona, or priest, to superintend the proper rites.* Loan Words. The Tacana-speaking tribes have for generations adjoined on the west the once powerful and cultivated Aymaras, and on the north the populous herds of the Panos. The consequences on their tongue have been quite marked. A number of words have been borrowed from both sources ; but they are not so frequent nor of such a character as to authorize the supposition of an original unity with either of the stocks named. I give a list of some of these : Identities in Aymara and Tacana. Arm, Body, *E. Heath in Kansas City Review, April, 1883; Col. Labr£> in Proc. Roy. Gcog. Soc, 1889 ; Nic. Armentia, Explor. del Madre de Dioa. Aymara. Tacana. ampara, emhai, M. amaya, eami, M. Briatoa.] 48 [Feb. 6, Boat, Cold, Earth (patria), Green, Heaven, House, Island, Liglitning, Man, Meat (flesh, body), Morning (Span, manana), Night, Old, Star, Aymara. huampu, Vaarata, marca, chojna, alakhpacha, utax, huatta, llipikh-Uipikh, chacha, aycha, maylla, aruma, achacM, huara, Tacana. cuamha, M. bruada, T. mechi, S. china, T. evacua pacha, T. etai, M. eda-pupu, T. jili-jili, M. dreja, M. aicha, T. maita, M. apume, M. esi, M. erujdi, T. Identities in Pano and Tacana. Blood, Child, Flesh, Hill, Moon, Small, Son, Sun, Tongue, Uncle, Water, Pano. imi, abaque, nami, matsy, bari, hata, omibaque, uirti (star), ana, cucu, jena, Tacana. ami. ebacua. yami. emata. ban. bata. qui embaque. ireti. eana. cucu, juju. ena. Tacana. Pano. pea, atchou-pe, pa-ju beta, ta-bce, ru-ba. The only two numerals which can be claimed for the Tacana evidently also belong to the Pano : One, Two, The important words for maize, salt, tobacco and banana seem to be borrowed from other tongues : Maize, sJdje or dije. — Probably the Pano schequi, which in turn is un- doubtedly the Kechua cherchi, roasted maize. The grain evidently became known to the Panos as an article of food in this prepared form. Salt, banu. — Apparently a variation of the Ara wak pawiM. Tobacco, umasa or umarsi. — Doubtless, from the Tnin put-uma, Maypure iema. 1892.] ^y [Brinton. Banana, hondare and naja. — The former is the Pano hanara, panala, and rtoja is the same word with the first syllable omitted ; hanara is but a corruption of banana, an Arawak word. The color names appear to me irreducible, except that for "green," which has been borrowed from the Aymara. White, pasana. Black, devena. Blue, danane. Red, derena. Yellow, tidnia. A few similarities to the Moseteiio, a language spoken by a neighboring stock, may be noted : Tacana. MoseteSo. Fish, see. sen. Foot, euatsi. yu. God, edutzi, dogit. Water (river). ena, ogni. Woman, epuna. phen. But these have little significance. Phonetics. All the Tacanan dialects are facile and agreeable in their sounds, differing in this respect from the Aymara and Kechua, both of which are harsh to the European ear and almost unpronounceable to a foreigner. The Araona has no sound which is not capable of cor- rect expression by the Spanish alphabet; but the Tacana has the strong English th (as in this); a soft, scarcely audible aspirate, and a sound intermediate between /, ^ and r (heard in dudu, brother; tata, father, etc.), while the soft Spanish th (as in Span, ce, ci) is absent. The / is not heard in any native Tacana word. The statement quoted by D'Orbigny, from a MS. of one of the missionaries, to the effect that the Tacana is one of the most gut- tural and harshest of languages, is quite incorrect and could not have baen intended to apply to any of the dialects of this group. Pronouns. The paradigms of the Tacana pronouns are as follows : I, ema. We, ecnana. Of me or mine, quiema. Of us, our, ecuanasa. For me, quiemapuji. For us, ecicana puji. PROG. AMER. PHILOS. SCO. XXX. 137. G. PRINTED MARCH 8, 1893. Brintou.] 50 [Feb. 5, To me, ema. To us. ecuana. With me. ema neje. With us, ecuana neje. Thou, miada. You, micuana. Thine, miqmda. Your, micuanasa. For thee. mique puji. For you. micuanapuji To thee, mida. To you, micuana. "With thee. mi neje. With you. micuananeje He or she. tueda. That, ichu. Those, tueda cuana. Those, ichu cuana. His or her. tuseda. Tliis one, jida. This, yhe. These ones, jida cuana. These, yhecuana. Who? aydeni. Verbal Forms. Of all the dialects the Tacana is richest in verbal forms, and its various subdialects are less variable than its neighbors. Further, Armentia states that all the dialects have a dual number in both verbs and pronouns, but his work does not furnish the means of analyzing the character of this dual. As is well known to grammarians, there are several very different conceptions of duality in language. • The notion of action in the verbal theme undergoes modification by suffixes, thus : lia, to make, to do. e-hatani, I am doing [e^=^ema^\). e-hametani, I am ordering it to be done. ague, imperative, do ye. atique, go thou and do. Of such suffixes, y'^z expresses desire or to wish, as: puti-ja, I wisli to go. dia-ja, I wish to eat. idi-ja, I wish to drink. The suffix j'i, appended to a noun, signifies possession, as chipilo- ji, one having money; but reduplicated and suffixed to a verb, it conveys the sense of past time, as : puti-jiji, he has already gone. dia-jiji, lie has already eaten. 1892.] Oi [Brinton. The termination // appears to be that of the reflexive verb : (lama, to cover. ja damati, to cover oneself. The neuter is changed to the active signification by the suffix me : manu, to die. manuame, to kill. ja maniiamejiji, he who has killed another. Many verbs are compounded by simple juxtaposition, as : bahe, to know ; quisa, to tell ; whence : babequisa, to teach, i. e., to tell what one knows. The word M^e, to know, is itself a derivative from 3a, to see, which also appears in such compounds as i/i'a/m (from ^ia, to eat), to eat, seeing, /. e., to test or try a food (^probar la comida); and batsuatique {tsuati =^2^ov€), to look upward. Literature and Texts. The literature of the Tacanan dialects — if I may apply this term to such meagre material — is widely scattered and difficult of access. Ludewig, in his Literature of American Aboriginal Languages (p. 206), speaks of it as a dialect of the Yurucare, with which it has not the slightest affinity. The same author gives the Sapi- bocona as a dialect of the Kechua (p. 168), and the Maropa as related to the Yuracare. Of the Tacana proper I have made use of three published vocabularies: i. That given by H. A. Weddell, Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivie (Paris, 1859). He gives forty words and six numerals, obtained from a party of Tacanas from Ixiamas and Tumupasa, whom he met at Guanay. 2. A vocabulary of one hundred and fifty-seven words and six numerals, by Ur. E. R. Heath, contributed by him to the Kansas City Review, April, 1883. 3. A vocabulary of forty-eight words and ten numerals, accompanied by grammatical observations by the Rev. Nicholas Armentia, published in his Exploracion del Rio Madre de Dies (La Paz, 1889). The only printed text I have found is a small octavo of forty-one pages, with the following title : " Catecismo [ de la | Doctrina Christiana | en Idioma Tacana | Brill ton.] y^ [Feb. 5, por iin Misionero del Colejio de | Propaganda — fide de la | Paz de Ayacucho | 1S59. | Imprenta de Vapor. — Calle de la Aduana, No. 2>^. The text is entirely in Tacana, without the corresponding Spanish, and embraces the Pater, Credo, Salve, Smaller Catechism, Explanation of the Doctrine, the Via Sacra, etc. I have been unable to discover the author. Further, Armentia gives also vocabularies of the Araona and Cavineno dialects, and Dr. Heath supplies one of the Maropa. For the Sapibocona, I have relied on that printed by Hervas in his Vocabiclario Poliglotto. Dr. Heath refers to the great similarity between the Maropa and Tacana dialects, and adds the remark: "The Maropas have many words that have significations widely different ; etra means bone and also hair; biya means a louse, a wasp and urine." Prob- ably there is a difference in accent or inflection, which is not apparent to the European ear, but which to the native indicates which sense is intended. The version of the Lord's Prayer given below, as well as that of the Creed, are taken from the Catecistno en Idioma Tacana, above referred to. I have added an interlinear translation of the former, and also a translation of the latter, as there is evidently some slight change of the customary phraseology. Lord's Prayer in Tacana. Ecuanasa tata evacuapachasu, mi caniclianapajiji papa mique ebani, Our father heaven iu, thou sacred come thy name, mique evacuapacha ecuanasa papu, mique enime eni papu ye canasu, thy heaven (to) us come, thy wish come earth on, evacuapachasu epuani nime viame. Amen Jesus. Pamapa sinesu ecuanasa heaven in come (Hketo?). Amen Jesus. Every day our equita tucheji jeave ecuanatiaque. Ecuanasa jucha cuana chenubaque, body food to us. Our sins forgive, cuaja bata ecuaneda eichenubania ecuanasa manu cuana, ba ecuana even as we forgive dajajameji mi juchasu, inasiguaque pamapa madada cuanasu. Amen remove all evil us from. Jesus. Alongside of this I quote the same in the Guariza dialect, from Prof. Teza's work, already mentioned : 1892.] 53 [Brinton. Lord's Prayer in Guariza. Echeza tata evacuepachazu anigi mi, ibbubataguiicapapiiini micje evani, echebe pezu papu eyucaini mi reyno, agigicapapuini mige enime eubbazu evacuepachazu bntanja. Eeama geabe chinezu tiage echeza jana pugi : echebe jucha gigieuana icheiiubage echeza juchn r^etahxi, Ucevata ecama echeza majaycuana cichenubbaza : ecama tucheme age veca par'ajaja juchazu, chutemejabua ichenume cuanazu ecama viapenege. It is evident that this is a version by a different hand into a closely allied dialect. Creed in Tacana. I believe in the Father God, of all things in heaven and on earth the maker ; I believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, His only Son ; who was con- ceived by the grace of the Holy Spirit, and was born of a virgin ; he suffered under the power of Pilate ; he was crucified ; he died ; he went down to limbo; from among the dead he arose on the third day; he went up to heaven ; there he is seated on the right hand of the Father almighty; whence he shall come to judge the living and the dead ; I believe in the Holy Spirit, the holy Catholic church, the com- munion of all the saints, the pardon of sins, and that our bodies shall rise again, and that life shall not end. Earaa jei eania tata Dios pamapa aji, evacuapachasu ye eausu segua- meji ; jei eania tata .Tesucristo tusa evacua peada quita ; bataji puida Espiritu Santasa gracia eje putzu ; etsesa cuara Virgen cuinaida ; iche- nuda cuana vidiuaida Piiatosa emesu; tatajiji puida crususu; dapia manujiji puida, limbosu buteida ; manujiji cuana dujusu nettianaida quimicha zinesu ; soatida evacuapa- cha, mesa tata pamapa aji bai eui bene cani, da jenettia epueicha eideni cuana, manujiji cuana equi- saba puji ; eama jei eania Espiritu Santosa, santa Yglesia catolicasu, santo cuanasa aysaida jacti cuanasa jaditati, jucha cuanasa perdon, ecua- nasa equita quita eydeyo pupebas mave eide cani. Vocabulary — English-Tacana and Dialects. T.= Tacana (T. W. — Tacana ofWeddell); M.= Maropa; S.= Sapibo- cona ; A.= Araona ; C.= Cavineiio. Orthography Spanish ; _/:=Eng. h; h scarcely perceptible; s^Eng. th. Alive, eicle'ja, T. ; escJieveve, M. All, pamapa, T. ; huana', M. Always, dnja-pincha, T. A-Yva, ebu'e, T. ; embai, M. (probably from ema, hand). Arrow, pisa, T. ; pizi, M, Ascend, to, tsuati, T. Ashes, etimu, T., A.; etiquimuru, C. Aunt, nene, T., A., C. Bad, mada'da, T. ; emasa', M. (=ma-saida, not good). Bark (of tree), eviti, T. ; embili, M. Beard, que' da, T. ; ei'iesa', M. Belly, etu, T.; ese', M.;edde,T. (W.) Briaton.] 54 [Feb. 0, Bird, dia, T. ; bu'ni, M. Black, devena, T. ; sebe'mi, M. Blood, ami, T. and M. Blue, danane, T. ; savame', M. Body, equita, T., C; ea'mi, M.; ecuicha, A. Bone, e'fo'o, T.; eilm', M. Bow, a, pisairi, T.; pizairue, M. (see ^?Tc»«^)). Boj'", canane, edeave, T. ; dreja've, M. (see J/rt??-); «C2/, IM. Drink, a, ayeidi, T. ; ewZi, A.; eigi, C. Drink, to, iVZ/, eicli,T.; jaiscMtri, M. Duck, a, se'e, T. ; z-w'sz, M. Ear, edaja, T. ; eshacue'na, M, Earth (land), wccZz, edwa, T. ; metri, M. ; mecJd, C, S. ; e^ta, wcsi, A. Eat, to, dia-dia, T. ; chancha, M. Egg, e'ja, T. and M. Evening, trineWa, T, ; trinequa, M. (see Dap). Eye, etradru'ndru, T. ; etaclmndru, M. ; etuachuru, S. (see Sister, Mder and Hai?- ; apparently "sis- ter hairs," «. e., eyebrows, eye- lashes). Face, embu, T. and M. Father, my (by son), rema-tata,T.; qiii-iata, M. ; tata, or checua, S. C. Father, ray (by daughter), rema- tata, T. ; qui-taia, M. Far, uqueda, T. ; huazumi., M. Feathers, eina,'Y.; enuqua, ^I. (com- pare Hair). Fingers, ema, T. ; emechuja, M. (=head of hand). Fire, qua'ti, T. ; cua'ti, M., S., A.; etiqui, C; o?7*o, T. (W.) (compare Ashes and TFcxjrf). Fish, SiSi, M. ; see, T. ; jm, A. Flesb (see Meat, Body). Fly, a, vere-vere, T. ; 6e6j, M. (imi- tative). Food, j«/ia, T., A.; etduca, C. Foot, equatri,T . ; evatri, M.; ebbachi, S. ; euatsi, A., C. Forehead, emali, T. ; emma'ta, M. and S. Forest, e/i'je, T. ; hayjintni., M. Friend, apare'je, T. ; epere'je, M. Girl, ptt^M, epunave, T. ; punave, M. ; ebcezacua, A. ; ebacuna, C. (»e =: diminutive ; see Child, Daughter and TFbma/t). Give, to, , T. (W.) (compare Bone). That, yc/iM, T.; ic7m, M. There, chvpia, dapiavi, T. ; ichiizu, M. They, ychu-cuana, T. ; tuna've, M. Think, to, pi6a, T., A.; acZe&a, C. This, y7ie, T.; iye, M. Thorn, aquida, T. ; acuisa, A.; acuija, C. Thou, mi-cla, T. ; mi-ve, M. Thumb, ema-chuai, T. ; eme-chuja, M. (see 5ara(Z, Fingers, Head). Thunder, etiria'ni, T. ; «, C. (see House). Tree, a'gMi, T. andM. ; aciii. A., C. Uncle, jMJi/, T., A. ; ciicw, C. (a cele- brated word, probably of Carib origin, on which Martius founded his classification of the " Guck " nations). Walk, to, urease', T. ; aze, M. Warrior, jamaji tipuji (a quarrel- some person), M. Water, eavi, T. ; yu'vi, M. ; e^cvi, S., A.; ena, C; ya'ni, T. (W.). We, ecuana (dual form, eisea) T. ; ecama', M. When, quietsunu, T. White, pasana, T. ; paza'me, M. Who, ayde'ni, T. ; hayse, M. Wife, queina-equani,T .; quievane, M. Wind, &e'?2i, T. and M. (from this comes the name of the Rio Beni = Wind river). Wing, enabay, T. ; ennambai, M. (see Feathers). Wish, to, (Span, querer), tsada, T. Woman, epuna, a' no, T. ; a'nu, M. and S. ; epuna, C, A, Wood, ej'«a, T. ; a' qui (=tree), M.; cuuti-manu, A. ; cuati, C. (see Fire). 1892.] 57 Brinton. Work, to, muditmudu, T. ; mundru, Yes, elie, T. ; ee, M. M. Ye or you, micicana.T.; mica've, M. Year, mara, S. Yellow, tidnia, T. ; zakuami', M. Yesterday, maita puiclia, T. ; maita, M. (see To-morrow). Young, edea-ve, T.; dreja-veve, M. (= young man). Numerals. 1, pe«, peada, peara, T.; pembive, M. ; pe&t, S. ; equene, Cat. 2, &ei!rt, T., M. and S. 3, quimicha, T. ; camiscJta, M. (A.ymara). 4, pusi, T. and M. (Aymara). 5, picMca, T. and M. (Aymara). 6, sucuta, T. and ]\[. (Aymara). 7, Si'e^e, T. (Spanish). 8, ocTio (Spanish). 9, nueve (Spanish). 10, tunca, M. (Aymara); peara tiinca, T. 20, beta tttnca, M. (Aymara). Tacana-English Vocabulary. Aicha, meat, flesh. Aida, great. Ami, blood. Aniuti, to sit. A'no, woman, wife. Apareje, friend. Aquatri, mouth. Aqui, tree. Aquida, thorn. Arease, to walk. Atru, mammaj. Aydeni, who. Ba, to see. Babe, to know. Bdbe quisa, to teach. Babe-tsua, to learn. Bacua, snake. Bacua-dada, rattlesnake. Badi, moon. Bai, lake. Banu, salt. Baque, a deer. Beni, wind. Beta, two. Bruada, cold. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. X.XX. Bueyupa, sky. Dudu, sister (elder). Canane, a boy. Ca?w', sister (by brother). Chicli, small. China, green. Chipilo, money. Chupia, there. Cost, younger brother. Goto, kettle. Oaabua, canoe. Caati, fire. Dnjn-piucha, always. Danane, blue. Dapiave, there. Dati, tortoise, Deja, man. Depe, silver. Derena, red. Devena, black. Dia, bird. Dia-dia, to eat. Dije, maize. Eana, tongue. Ea'na, ice. 137. H. PRINTED MARCH 8, 1892. Brinton.] 58 [Feb. Eavi, water. Ebaid, name. Ehbai, skin. Ehue, arm. Ediu, head. Eclmena, hair. Edi, old. Ecuana, we. Ecuanasa, our. Edeave, young. Edidi, road, path. Edaja, the ear. Edapupu, island. Edeave, a boy. Edua, earth, land. EJie, yes. Eicleja, alive. Ei'na, wood. Eina, feathers. Eja, an egg. ^ye, forest. Ejtej, house. Ejude, town. Ema, or eama, I. E'ma, hand, fingers, E'ma-clmai, thumb. Email, forehead. Emata, hill. E'ma-ticM, nails. Embami, son. Embu, the face. ^Tia, river, Enabay, wing. Enidu, soul. Epuna, woman, wife Equani, wife. Equatri, foot. Equairi-ritrana, toes. Equita, body. ErucM, god. Erujai, star. Eshuneba, to love. Etidada, the leg. Etide, charcoal. Etimu, ashes, ^, been usually explained by a supposed extensive infusion of Spanish blood when their ancestors captured the city of Logrofio in 1599 and carried off the white women as wives. More probably they share, with the Yurucares, Tacanas and other Andean nations, the peculiarity of a complexion several shades lighter than that of the Kechuas and Aymaras. They have been little influenced by European visitors. A recent authority states that there are scarcely a hundred and fifty Christian families in the whole of the immense province of Canolos, a part of which they inhabit, and the area of which is more than 8000 square leagues.* The sources which I have had at command are two MSS. in the British Museum, the name of the author not given, but from some remarks probably a German Jesuit, who was a missionary to the tribe towards the close of the last century. The titles are : " Vocabulario en la Lengua Castellana, la del Ynga, y Xebera." Small 8vo, fol. 35. The vocabulary embraces about 1300 words, and is apparently complete. '' Gramatica de la Letigua Xebera^ Same size. This MS. is imperfect, leaves being lacking both at the beginning and the end. From these MSS. I have prepared the following sketch of this tongue. Phonetics. The sounds of the language are described as difficult to a European and fluctuating in character. The indistinct and alter- nating nature of certain phonetic elements appears in the Jivaro as in so many American tongues. In vowel sounds, the 0 is often confounded with the u, the e with the /, and the e with the ce, which is like the German o. The com- plex vowel sound represented by ou, as in poung, fire, is especially difficult for a foreigner. The vowels a and 0, when followed by i, are often elided. The consonants^, /, rand h are frequently alternated (that is, the one sound may be used at will for the other), or an indistinct sound is uttered, which may approach any one of them. The ;/ is * So says Father Magalli, above quoted, but the knowledge of this writer falls far short of what is requisite when he adds of the Jivaros and Japaros, " lis parlent tous la meme langue, le Quichua " {!). 1892.] ^-L . [Brinton. frequently omitted or uttered so slightly as to be scarcely audible. In the syllables quec and qued the final consonants are rarely clear, and both often have the sound q'^. In the vocabulary the o and sch should be pronounced as in German. Nouns. The relations of nouns are indicated by suffixes, e.g. : Tana, the forest. Tananquec, to the forest, or, in the forest. Tanancla, from the forest. Some words indicate the genitive relation by the termination qui. Nouns may be formed from verbals by the suffix m or bi, as timinlec, I die; timipi, the dead person, the corpse; also by the suffix asu, as dacoialec, I am ashamed ; dacotastc, one who is ashamed. The infix cuda has the same effect. The instrumental sense is conveyed by the termination c, which is the abbreviation of quec or quecla. Seotic, knife. Seoiicquec, with a knife. "■ With," in the sense of accompaniment, is expressed by /ec, as : Sadasulee, with a married man. Paparulec, with my father. Direction from is indicated by the termination ^«^^/a/ "for" or " instead of" by maleg, as : Natquimaleg, for or in place of another. Pronouns. The personal pronouns are : I, coa, qua. We, cuda, quenmoa, tnapoa. Thou, quenma. You, qiunma'ma. He or she, nana: They, nauha, nanalosa, nanadap'r- losa. This one, asii. Those, asudap' rlosa. The possessives are : Mine, quaqiii, ru, ca. Our, cudaqui, mapoa. Thine, quenmaqui, palin, ma. Your, quenmamaqui, palenma. His, nanaqui. Their, nanaqui. BriDton.] "^ [Feb. 5, The second forms above given are suffixes or infixes, as : Sudaru, my husband. Sudapalin, thy husband. Loantacasic. my desire. Loantamasu, thy desire. Loaniasii, his desire. As usual in American languages, tliere is no relative pronoun, its place being supplied by participial constructions. Number and Gender. Names of inanimate objects usually undergo no change in the plural. For persons the plural is formed by adding the suffix /osa or 7ianlosa. In possessives the plural suffix is often na, as : Hucha, a sin. Huchaneng, his sin. Huchanengna, his sins. Saden, his wife. Sadena, his wives. In verbals and verbs the plural termination may be doc, as : Huchapidoc, sinnings. Amilao, leave me. Anulaodbc, leave us. Infixes may be employed in place of these suffixes, especially in nouns derived from adjectives and participles. The most usual of these is «^, as : Nambilec, I live. Nambiasu, he who lives, the living man. Nambia^^casu, those who live, the living. The syllable inn, used either as infix or suffix, also conveys the plural sense, as: Palen, thine. Palenma, your. Feminines are distinguished by the suffix /// or //u, as tu/a, boy; vilalu, girl ; lus, man ; luslu, woman. Also apparently by a change of another vowel to the u, as we find, sadalec, married man ; stidalec, married woman. 1S92.I ^^ [Briuton. Numerals. The ancient cardinal and ordinal numbers of the Jivaros were as follows : 1, ala. 2, catu. 3, cala. 4, encatu. 5, alacbtegladic {ala, one ; btegla, hand ; du, termination). 6, intimutu (the thumb, of the second hand). 7, tannituna (the index finger, of the second hand). 8, tannituna cabiasit (=rthe finger next the index). 9, Mtin btegla cabiasu. 10, catbgladu {= two hands). This cumbrous plan has long been superseded by the adoption from the Kechua of the names of numbers above five, so that the present numeration is : 1, ala. 5, alacbtegladu. 9, isTcon. 2, catu. 6, sokta. 10, chunka. 3, cala. 7, gancMs. 100, pazai. 4, encatu. 8, pttsac. Particles. A marked feature of this tongue, which it shares with so many others on the American Continent, is the abounding use of particles to modify the meaning of roots and themes. Whether these are to be regarded as themselves the remnants of worn-down themes, or as primitive phonetic elements, is a yet unsettled question, though for myself I incline to the latter opinion. The MS. I am quoting gives a long list of such significant particles, the most important of which are as follows : a or 7ia indicates causative action on another ; as uranlec, I eat ; auranlec, I cause another to eat. apa or pa denotes present action, as nambilec, I live ; narribiapalec, I am now living. ata or anda is a suffix denoting an interrogation. cun, as an infix, denotes action about to talie place. ilala, as an infix, signifies that the action is of a permanent character. imbo, as an infix, conveys a negative sense, and is often employed with the regular negative, cola. Brinton.] (34 [Feb. 5, itu, inserted before the termiaation of verbs, indicates tliat the action is done for another. la, infixed, signifies that the action is for this one time only. misan, infixed, conveys the sense that the action is shared by all present. na, as a sutHx, indicates habit, as intuliiia, he who is habitually in a bad temper. nunda, infixed in the present tense, denotes that the action takes place at some other time ; as notonundalec, I do it (am accustomed to do it, but am not doing it now). pa or mba, an aflirmatory suffix. qui, as an infix, denotes that the action takes place where the speaker is at the time. ti is a frequent euphonic suffix, which does not alter the meaning. van, as suffix or infix, denotes possession; as huchavanlosa, those who have sins. vanan, like itu, signifies action for another ; as muchavananamasu, thou who asks for us. ya or nara, as a prefix, intimates a wish or desire; as palec, I see ; yapalec, I wish to see. yn, as a prefix, denotes reciprocal or mutual action ; as yaiiimali, they desire to take each other (in marriage). Verbs. The verbs have but two tenses, the present and the future. Occasionally the adverb epa, now, is prefixed to define the present, and iiuca, pi. naupa, to denote a past time. The formation of the future is frequently irregular, but the following examples will show its usual forms. It alone appears to present a dual number. Present. Fdtuek. Future. Future. Singular. Singular. Dual. Plural. Tdo, notolec, notetic, notoa. notoaua. I take, malec. matic. maa, maaua. I love. tandtnlec. tandenetic, tandeiia, tandenaua. I speak, laonlec. laontic, laotia, laonaua. I die. timinlee. timintic. iimiantala, timiantalua. I pray. malealec. maleatic, maleaa. nialeaua. The imperative is formed by the termination ^ued, often abbre- viated to t/r; as tecalec, I run ; tecaqued, run thou. Other termi- nations of an imperative character are tan, aner, licaa and ma. The substantive verb is not found in the language, its place being supplied by terminations, especially the pronouns cu or siicu, etc., as Pedrocu, I am Pedro; Pedroquenma, thou art Pedro; moim- 1892.] ^^ [Brinton. bosucu, I am bad. In a similar sense the verb nolec or fiilec, I do thus, I am thus, is often heard. There is no trace of a true passive voice, its place being supplied by the sense of the verb or by particles. At the conclusion of his MS. the author inserts two versions of the Lord's Prayer — the one " in the Xebera language, as it was spoken in the earliest times of the mission," the translation being that of Father Lucas de la Cueva (about 1655) 3 ^^^ second in the language of the period of the writer, which I suppose to have been about one hundred and fifty years later. Of the second or later of these I have ventured an interlinear translation, while the former I insert without a rendering. Lord's Prayer in Jivaro — Later Version. Papa mapoa, mosninanloqaec napala; linUn-paUnnomisansu muchai ; Father our, lieaven ia art thou ; name thy holy become; guenmaquinlosamasu cudaquec unadiai ; loantamasu nomisansu notoi thy kingdom us to come; desire thy holy be maponsu mosrdnanloquec, nanaposu pilaasu lupaquec unda; uglilosa as heaven in, earth in; daily tandamapoa epala ugli encaodec ; cudaqui huchabidoe anuladoc, maponsu bread our now to-day give; our sins forgive, as quenmoa unda alapila dape''dlosaqai huchanengna anulalidoc ; aiierata we others their sins forgive ; quenmoa dentatutan, quenmoa cola Dios ayuaimbocaquec ; nanamengtu our our us moimbosuouegla atiegodac. evil from deliver. Lord's Prayer in Jivaro — Earlier Version. Papa mapoa, mosenquee napalac linlinpalin ruchapalin ; quenma quilo- samasu cudaquec undiai. Loantacasu notetiuma mapoUna mosniamiloquec inosupila asumincenloquec unda. Uglilosa tanda epala ugli encaodbc nulaodoe cutaqui hudabidoc ; dengquina cuda anulalidoc avbaqui liucJia nengna ; anerata apolata muchaquecamengdana ; moimbocasuquegla atiego. English-Jivaro Vocabulary. Above, mosenquee. Ask, to, muclia. Ankle, tula. Bad, moaimbosu, aperosu. Arm, da'mpa. Beard, amucuiola noteri, Arrow, na'mu. Belly, du', metpi, oquiulec. Ashamed, to be, dacotalec. Below, vilenquec. PROG. AMER. PHIL08. SCO. XXX. 137. I. PRINTED MARCH 16, 1892. Briuton.] 66 [Feb. 5, Bird, ilans'r, tiperllu. Black, catli, cadladasu. Blind, dapina. Blood, uogladec. Blue, carcaso. Body, loqueglo, timipi. Bone, lansi. Born, to be, oclilec. Boy, Vila. Branch, taumec. Brave, nan'tapi. Breast, mudin, titoi. Brother, yalli, yuyu'uc. Burn, to, ugedalec. Buy, to, ucolatolec. Calabash, pabi. Call, to, pdclolec. Child, babi. Clothing, capi. Come, to, undialec. Cold no'qued, noq'r. Cotton, piterlu, boungpalo. Cover, to, patantulec. Dance, to, damalec. Dawn, to, ugliti. Day, 'ugli. Dead, timiansu. Dear, llada, nuailu. Death, tominacasd. Deer, boro'. Dog, nini. Drink, a, huasu, ulec. Drink, to, upailacu. Drum, tundo. Dwell, to, nambilec. Ears, bitec. Earth, land, lu'pa. Eat, to, calec, uranlec. Egg, cado. Elbow, giwg'da. Enemy, quegma. Enter, to, da'lec. Eyes, llada, da'pila. Face, llada (see Eyes). Feather, ambo'lu. Female, cuapr". Field, tiq'n nana. Finish, to, tavantulec. Fire, poung. Fish, samer, lapisamed. Flesh, meat, canan. Flint, mosed. Flute, pi'leana. Flower, a, dancu. Food, ca'lo'. Foot, la'ndec. Forehead, tequeda'. Forest, tana. Girl, mlalu. Give, to, n'galec. Go, to, palec. Gold, uri. Good, moa, moali. Grandfather, papaiangu. Grandmother, ami'. Great, euni, cM, halupi. Green, canin'rtia. Grow, to, zuzulec. Hair, hi/itie. Hammock, ta'la. Hand, btegla. Have, to, nali, napali. Head, uma. Hear, to, la'oclec. Heart, cangan. Heaven, mosninanlo. Herb, puma, daubad. High, eld. Hill, mutopi. House, pi'dec. How ? mapoli. Hot, ucasu. If, aa, n'tati. In, pa'lec. Indian, muda, cuapr". Iron, huana'. Kill, to, atiminlec. Knee, toto'pi. Knife, seotic. Know, to (things), nintitulec. (persons), loatulec. Lake, sangna. 189-2.] 67 [Briuton. Last, na'pi. Learn, to, niiUitanalec . Life, nambMcasu. Light, a, u^U, ocli. Light a fire, to, atengtukc. Lightning, yunurlec. Lip, u'Uc. Live, to, nambilec. Lizard, tuda, Uli. Love, to, ian'dc5 fFeb. 5, III. THE CHOLONA LANGUAGE. Nothing has heretofore been printed of the language of the Cholonas. This tribe dwells on the left bank of the upper Hual- laga river, between 8°-g° 30' South latitude. They were visited by Edward Poeppig in 1829, when he found them to number about 1000 souls, scattered in missions on the banks of the Monzon, Uchiza, Tocache and Pachiza, small streams flowing into the Huallaga. At the close of the last century they occupied a mission with the Hibitos or Xibitos, and together numbered about 5000.* Poeppig asserts that the Hibitos speak a wholly different tongue, but this is denied by my MS. authorities, who acknowledge only a dialectic difference ; but the German traveler is correct in his state- ment that some of the wild Chunchos of the Sierra belong to the same stock. My source of information in regard to this language is a MS. in the British Museum, entitled Arfe de la Lengua Cholona. Its author was Fr. Pedro de la Mata, who wrote it in Truxillo in 1 748, from which original the MS. in question is a copy made by Fr. Geronimo Clota, in San Buenaventura del Valle, in 1772. It is a small octavo of 132 folios and is complete. Fathers Jose de Araujo and Francisco Gutierrez wrote also Artes of these dialects, but I have not discovered their manuscripts. There is also a MS. Arte de la Lengua Cholona, apparently anonymous, mentioned by Ludewig, Lit. of Amer. Aborig. Langs., p. 162. The Cholona is a language extending over a small area, but it seems connected with no other, forming an independent stock. The only analogies worth mentioning which I have noted point towards dialects of the Arawak stock. For instance : Sun, muxac. This seems = M/«.tt saadie, "the shining sun," of the Moxos. Moon, pel; allowing for r=^l, this is close to the pueri ofthe Jucuna dialect. Eye, nache ; reminds one of the michii of the Canamirim ; the nacuque of theUirina, etc. Tooth, ale ; again allowing r = Z, this is the ari of the Goajiro. . Blaclc, zalucJi or chaluch ; ghulekm Araicu. White, Chech; ghalik'in Araicu. • See my American Race, p. 288. 1892.] '^^ [Briuton. Whether these analogies are sufficient to classify it with the Nu- Arawak groups of Von den Steinen is doubtful. The differences in the personal pronouns especially seem to isolate it from the dialects of that stem. Phonetics. The letters b, d, rand / are lacking in the Cholona alphabet. The soft ch (as in '' choose ") alternates with the soft th ; the latter is represented in the Spanish alphabet by z, so that in the Arte, z and ch are interchangeable. Initial g is hard before all vowels. The vowel represented by o is stated to be between o and u, and is probably the neutral vowel (as u in "but "). The initial / seems to represent a slight aspiration, as iayuox hayii, man. The elements n and ng appear to be nasals. The accent always falls on the last syllable, except in some verbal forms, where it is found on the penult. Poeppig says that the sound of the spoken tongue is disagreeable to the European ear. Nouns. The relations of the nominal theme are indicated by suffixes, which may be arranged to appear like a declension, though not really such. Norn. — iayu or iayutup, the man. Gen. — iayuilou, of the man. Dat. — iayuhe or iayuge, to the man. Ace. — iayute or iayutu, the man. Voc. — iayuey or iayupey (fern.), O man. Abl. — iayute or tep, pat, nic, with or by the man. The plural is formed by the insertion of the particle /o where the transition is from any of the other persons, singular or plural, to the third plural, as : apocollan, I love them. mipocollan, thou lovest them. guipocollan, we love them. mipocollan, you love tliem. cMpocollan, they love them. pa where the verb implies another object besides the direct one, as : ycJiac apaliapuchan^ I give them their food. la is employed when the transition is from the third person plural to some other person than this, as : 7nicolUlatan, they love thee. chi is confined to transitions from third plurals to third plurals, as: chipocollan, they love them. 1892.] 73 iBriuton. Syntax. The construction of phrases will be seen from the following examples : Liman ne yayu yzlp pusiuipat anantumild died an. Sierra in men their houses straw with covered are. "The houses of the Indians in the Sierra are covered witli straw." The noun zip and the verb anantuman have their pronouns in the third person plural, so the plural particle lol is omitted. The word chectan is an abbreviation of chi actan, the third person plural of the verb actan, I stand, I am in a place. This verb is much used to signify a usual action with reference to a noun, as cot actan, I bring water ; zip actan, I fix or arrange my house ; ayllan actan, I make the bed, etc. Kiinmac yayu izipte izoz pachacotan. Each Indian his house in his idols lieeps. "Every Indian keeps idols in his house." English-Cholona Vocabulary. Armadillo, xax, tacla. Bad, evil, ixioaj. Black, zaluch or dial. Boy, nun-pullup. Die, to, coUiae. Drink, a, axitlam. Drink, to, axcan. Each, every, nanmac. Eyes, nadie. Father, pa. Flesh, body, aydia (K.). Food, apudian. Fox, sup. Girl, ila-pullup. Give, to, allan. Good, pallou. Green, llin. Hair, pe. Hands, ne7i. Head, tech. House, zip, chip. Husband, muluch. Idols, izoz, ichoch. Lance or dart, ulluc. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. Louse, culla. Love, to, agollan. my love, agole. my lover, acoleuch. Maize, each. Man (homo), iayu or hayu. (male), nun. (married), muluch. Moon, pel. Mother, pan. Mountain, sierra, liman. Nose, quexum. Not, nothing, ma. Place, to, amdian. Red, llaca. River, xocot. Road, path, pana. Rule, to, capac (Kechua). Sick, cama. Silver, checho. Son, pul. Soul, zall or chall. Spittle, olle. Stars, licnna. XXX. 137. J. PRINTED MARCH 16, 1893. Brinton.] ^ 4: [Feb. 5 StraTv, dry grass, pusim. Will, wish, men. Sun, muxac. my will, amen. Teeth, my, ale. I wish, amenan. Tongue, monzey. Woman (female), ila. Town, putam. ilajayu. "Water, cot. (married), zala. "White, Chech. "Word, Ml. "Wife, zala. Tuca, el. IV. THE LECA LANGUAGE. The Lecos of the river Beni have been erroneously included in tlie Tacana stock by D'Orbignyand later writers (including myself). The only material I have anywhere found of their language is a short vocabulary given in Weddell's Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivia (Paris, 1859); but this is sufficient not only to take them entirely out of the Tacana group, but probably to place them in an inde- pendent position by themselves. As Weddell's book is not to be found in many libraries, I shall translate and rearrange his list of words and precede it with some remarks on the tribe and its possible affinities. The Lecos are stated by Weddelj to have resided originally on the Rio Tipuani and its affluent, the Rio Isuaya, whence they removed to the banks of the Rio Mapiri. On Arrowsraith's map (1809) the '^Rio de Lecos " is located as a branch of the Rio Beni, between 13'^ and 14° South latitude, in a region assigned to the "Samachuanes," though I suspect these are the " Muchanes" of other writers, and who, according to Weddell, are Mozotenos. The mission of Aten, in the valley of the Rio Beni, is distinctly stated by an official authority in the last century to have been peo- pled by the Lecos,* so we must include in them the " Atenianos," whom D'Orbigny classed with the Tacanas. A somewhat extended comparison has not furnished me with positive grounds for including the Lecos in any known linguistic group. Most of the analogies I have noted are with the Carib stock, and some of them are striking, but scarcely decisive. • " En Aten se hablan la Leca j>or ser este Pueblo de Iudic« Lecos." Devsripcrion de las Mmtmes dd Alio Peru, 1771. 1S92.] «5 [Brinton. Leca An.\logies. Sun, he'no ; compare hue' no (Opone, Carib stock). Moon, kurea ; comp. kede, sireffu (Carib dialects). "Water, dua; perhaps from Carib tuna. Arrow, uela ; not far from Carib boule'oua. Arm. bepel ; close to Carib yapoide, japaW. Toolb. bi/ciri ; nearly the same as the kxier and j/t'rt of Caribs. Heaven, kaut ; almost identical with the Bakairi kxau and Carijona cahoue, both Carib dialects. Legs, boo'te ; comp. Carib iebeti, bed. I think it is safe to inter from the above comparisons that there is an infusion of Carib elements in the tongue ; but the material is too scanty to assign its true value. According to a count made by the missionaries in 183:! there were about two thousand natives at the mission of Aten, all of whom we may assume were Lecos. Dr. Edwin R. Heath, who spent two years in the valley of the Beni about iSSo, does not men- tion them, at least under this name, and gives no specimen of their language. In personal appearance the Lecos are described (by Weddell) as of pleasant expression, with straight foreheads and horizontal eyes, the mouth of medium size. In temperament they were frank and cheerful. What is unusual, they seemed totally devoid of apprecia- tion or care for music, and had no dances or songs of any kind. The alphabet of the vocabulary is the Spanish ; ii is the French u ; J as tscha in German. English-Leco Vocabulary. Arm, bepel. Flower, tutlia. Arrow, uda. Forest, kanda. Belly, baiiahobo. Hand. bueu. Bird, kaichit. Head, barua. Blood, bile. Heaven, kaut. Bod}-, bonotclico'10. House, uan. Bow, tchata'ta. Leaf, uoia. Child, yatchpaik. Legs, boo'te. Earth, lal. Man, yvbasa. Eyes, bisiri. ^lilk, buchuluro. Feet, besd. Moon, kurea. Fingers, biai. Mountain, uotha. Fire, vioa. 3Iouth, bokorua. Brinton.] 76 [Feb. 5, Nails (finger), biuita. Teeth, bikiri. No, nai. Tree, 6a'^a. Nose, bitcJdnua. Village, tte's. Rain, essa. Water, dua. River, dua (water). "Woman, tchusuaya. Salt, tij. Wood, hamon. Skin, busutche. Yes, 0-0. Sun, he' no'. Numerals. 1, ber. 2. toi. 3, tchai. 4, didai 5, ber-tcha. 10, ber-bivque. V. A TEXT IN THE MANAO DIALECT. Two hundred years ago the Manaos occupied an extensive tract near where the Rio Negro empties its dark waters into the Amazon. They were, indeed, the most numerous accolents of the Black river on its lower course, and were estimated at something like ten thousand souls. Their large and shapely canoes and plastered conical dwelling houses bespoke a certain advancement in the arts, and their repute as daring warriors extended far among the Tupi tribes, who adjoined them on the Amazon. They were not affined in blood or language to the Tupis, but belonged to what is now known as the Arawak or Nu-Arawak (or, as M. Adams prefers to call it, the Maipure) linguistic stock. In the early history of the country, their name is connected with the legend of El Dorado and the land of the Amazons. Later they willingly received religious instruction from the Carmelite mission- aries, who gathered them in settlements. But the kidnapping Portuguese carried off many of the converts into slavery, and the remainder fled to the trackless forests, so that half a century ago scarcely a pure-blood representative of the tribe could be seen on the river. Of their language there are but two specimens known to me ; the one, a vocabulary of about 150 words, collected by the traveler. 1892.] * * [Briuton. Dr. Spix, and published in Martius' Glossaria Lingiiarum Brasil- tensiutn ; the other, a short catechetical work, which forms the material of this study, and which has never been printed. The original is in the British Museum, Manuscript Department, and bears the title : " Douirina christa'a pella Lingoa dos Manaos^ It lias long been known to bibliographers, and is referred to by both I^udewig and Von Martius, but no one has copied or pub- lished any portion of it. Its authorship and precise date are un- known, but it has the appearance of a draft or copy of an older work, which it would seem was composed in 1740. The orthog- raphy of the Portuguese words is somewhat irregular, and there also seems to be an uncertainty in the spelling of various native terms. The extract which I give is about one-half of the whole, and is sufficient to show the character of the tongue. A comparison of the words of the text with those collected by Spix about a century later shows little change in the dialect, especially when the difference in the method of transcription is allowed for, the writer of the text having employed the phonetics of the Portuguese tongue, while Spix followed that of the German. To illustrate this, and also to facilitate the examination of the text, I append a list of some of the words in the latter, the majority of which are also found in Spix's vocabulary; the latter I have placed in brackets and appended an S. English-Manao Words. All, sahaquc. Man, herenary {yrinaly, S.). Always, lyxabari. No, not, mehe {me'e, S.). Be, to, sahi. Our, us, dem\iiuene, S.). Believe, to, yaniqui. Se&' u, odbata {pipata, S.). Belly, tuba {tula, S. ). 'dins, barayda. Body, cacadyr {katy, S.) Son, bauri, dayri {tany, S.). Day, samaco (tzamnko, S.). Stone, kyd {ghua, S.). Die, to, m'ltica {uamatika, S.). Teach, to, cayiia. Earth, eludeo {ete'e, S.). Three, piaduqui (pialuky, 8.). Father, yracary {apakony, S.). True, caura. God, lupa {mauary, S.). Virgin, sabyra. Heaven, quinaucudeo {ghinauigoia, Where ? padeura. S.). l^\\y 1 capeda. Hell, caman latyma. Most of these words are derived from roots extending through Briaton.] 78 [Feb. 5, many Aravvak dialects, and are the property of that stem. Others, however, are borrowed from the Tupi. This is especially so with the word for God, Tupa, which is still in use in the Brazilian "Lingoa Geral." The personal pronouns as given by Spix are : I, no. Thou, pi. He, erouty. We, kueiie. You, yna. They, nela. The possessives, however, which are also employed in the con- jugations as inseparable prefixes, differ from these. Thus we have : oe-mequer, our Lord. oe-naca, like us. oa-yaniqui, we believe. oh-batar, we shall see. p'yaniqui, thou believest. ba-batare, they shall see (him). DouTRiNA christa'a pella Lingoa DOS Manaos. p. De q'. sorte se ha de haver o homem neste mundo querendosse livarsse do inferno, e querendo hir ao ceo ? R. Crendo em Deos, fasendosse baptizar, i goardando sua ley. P. Ha Deos? R. Ha. r. Gfi^des em Deos? R. Cremo: P. Quem he Deob"* R. O que fez todas as cou^ '. P. Com que fez todas essascouzasT R. Com hua' sua so'palavra. P. Deos tem corpo como nos? R. Nam tem. P. Deos teue antiguameute priacipio? R. Nam teve principio. P, Sempre soy ? R. Sempre. P. Ha de ser para sempre ? R. Para sempre. P. Ca peda lyanaqui samaco anaqui (jamanna tyma gotia, oau- uy-yapa que rey lyiia kynaucuda diche lyoaya edaca u§aa? R. Tupa yaquer cayta ca lygara auaquyra. P. Auuyna ca Tupa ? R. Auuynaca. P. Pyanyqui Tupa ? R. Oayaniqui. P. Capacjay Tupa? R. Sabaqui bayqui tumaquer. P. Capa iiyna pura' Tupa tuma bayque sabayque? R. Lygara iiynapura. P. Cacadyra o§naca Tupa 1 R. Mehe cacaliury. P. Catuquir ha quer rira bauy- napu Tupa ? R. Mehe catuquinhaqueri. P. Lyxaoari sahir? R. Lyxaoari. P. Bayrichipa sahi lideuri? R. Bayriche. 1892.] 79 [Brinton. P. Aoncle esta Deos ? R. No ceo, e na terra em todo o lugar aonde cliarafio por elle. P. Pode o liomem ver aqui a Deos? R. Nam pode ver. P. Porque? R. Porque nam tem corpo. P. Aonde o hemos de ver? R. No ceo hiiido nos la. P. Eos que sorem ao laferao nam o liao de ver? R. Nam o hao de ver. P. Por que rezam ? R. Em castigo desus culpas. P. Padeura sahi Deos ? R. Quinancudeo, etedeo sabaqui panoquer deo, padeno oacaj'ta. P. Sabyra sahi oabata caydSo Tupa? R. Melie sabi oabatar. P. Caypeda? R. Mehe cacasyr. P. Padire oabatar ? R. Guinacuda dixe guareda oaba- tar. P. Bamane camanhatyma diche gareda babatare ? R. Mehe babatare. P. Capeda? R. Mehe bayaligara gata oeney- ninique. Preguntas sobre a SS. Trinidade. P. Quantos Deoses ha? R. Hu so Deos verdadero. P. Sendo pessoas quantas sao? R. Sam tres. P. Como se chamao essas tres pes- soas? R. Deos Padre, Deos filho, Deos Espirito Santo. P. Aelle se chama santissima Trinidade ? R. Aelle. P. Porque rezam ? R. Porque era hu so Deos estam tres pessoas. P. Esse Deos Padre, Deos Filho, Deos Espirito Santo he o mesmo Deos? R. He hu so e o mesrao Deos. P. Em quanto pessoas he a mes- ma pessoas ? R. Nao : em quanto pessoas Deos Padre he differente, Deos filho he diflFeren^e, Deos Espiritu santo he differente. P. Qual dessos pessoas antigam'* P. Paquiby Tupa ? R. Baurayma Tupa caiira. P. Paquiby lideno paquiby. R. Pyaduqui baduqui. P. Capacapa mara qui-yo piadu- qui baduqui-yu ? R. Tupan yracary, Tupan bauri, Tupan Espirito Santo. P. Lysciniqui oena ss. Trind'^ ma- cuy ? R. Lyxiniqui. P. Capeda? R. Baurayma Tupa lyanaqui pya- duqui baduqui liQri. P. Baurayma lioari Tupa ly Tupa yracary Tupa bayri Tupa Espirito Santo. R. Baurayma Tupa oary, P. Bauraymara sahi lideobaura? R. Maycadi ; bauraymarara Tupa yracari, ayunaca Tupa bauri iiuyna- ca, Tupa Espirito Santo iiiiynaca. P. Padeuora lypa bauynapu lypa Brinton.] 80 [Feb. 5, soy pr°, Deos Padre soy pi'"ou Deos filho ou Deos Espirito Santo? R. Nao soy pro nea hum todos sempre foram. P. Qual dessos pessoas antiguam'" foy a q. se fez homem como nos ? R. O mesmo filho de Deos. P. Como se chama o filho de Deos depoy de fey to homem ? R. Nosso senhor Jesus Christo. P. Por isso he, que os Christaos tomaram este nome ? R. Por isso. P. Que quer dizer Christaos? R. O que he bapti zado, entre em Jesus Christo filho Deos. P. Deyxou antigamente N. S. Jesus Christo outra pessoa em suo lugar anlez de hir ao ceo ? R. Deyxou s. Pedro e todos os Papf.s seos successores p* gover- narem a santa madre Igresia Catolica de Roma assim chamada. P. Que couza he Santa Madre Igresja Catolica de Roma ? R. Sao todos os que sao baptiza- dos, e estao pela palavra do summo Pontifex Papa de Roma, e agvardao e creem em Jesus Cliristo. P. Quem e nosso senhor Jesus Christo ? R. Verdadeyro Deos, e verdadey- ro homem, como nos. P. Como he verdadeyro Deos? R. Sendo verdadeyro filho de seo Padre. P. Como e verdadeyro homem. R. Sendo verdadeyro filho da sempre virgem Maria. P. Deos filho tern corpo como nos? R. Tern corpo. P. Quem fez antigamente o corpo de nosso Senhor Jesus Christo? Tupa yracary lypa oacaru Tupa bauri oacaru Tupa Espirito Santo? R. Mehe lyaquyra quariry. P. Capa bauynape qui-yo piadu- quy baduqui di lixir ; herenari cau- ra5" eaanady ocnake? R. Tupan bayri. P. Capa(jay Tupa bauyri-y here- nari caurary tuminhane garede? R. Oemequer Jesus Christo. P. Lygayqui cayta Christaos ? R. Lygayqui. P. CapaQay caytaca Christaosly? R. Tupan bayri catyaca Jesus Christo eyaquer. P. Nemeda dipa baunape oeme- quer Jesus Christo baura 6e cuni- apay quinaucuda lixyra gereda f ga- taya ? R, Nemeda S. Pedro sabaque Pay abarepano mar Simani caydixi santa madre Igreyja catholica mequer-ey Papa de Roma oacayta. P. Capacay Santa Madre Iga Ca- tholica de Roma ? R. Sabaque caytaca Jesus Christo eyaquer ligara abarepano mar Papa de Roma gara anaguja-a. P. Capacay oemequer Jesus Christo ? R. Tupan caura, herenari caura, aenaca. P. Capeda Tupa caurayri? R. Tupa yracari bayrinyo. P. Capeda herenari caurayri ? R. Santa Maria ababycagoereyma dayri cauraj^ri. P. Cacadyra oenaque Tupa dayri ? R. Cacadyra. P. Capabaiij'uapu oemequer Jesus Christo carytumaquer? 1892.] 81 [Briiitou. R. Ncii liuaia' pessoa, o fez por gra(ja o por obra do Espirito santo ley fey to. P. Aoiide foy feyto? R. No ventre de liua donzella chamada Santa Maria. P. E essa Santa Maria ficou sem R. Mehe capatomar Tupan Espir- ito santo tunia quenda deo letuniin- ha f graqa tumaquenda deo lelu- minlia. P. Padeuora sahi liaona? R. Lymaque sabyra Santa Maria cayra ababycago eriij-ma tubadeo. P. Lydeu-o Santa jNIaria enlda- lezao assim conio otra qualqer vir- gareda sabyray ababj- cagoereyma gem que nunca pario ? R. Nem mais nem meuos. P. E depois de parir filou sem lezam ? R. Nao teve lezao ficou sempre vlrgem. P. De que sorte se liouue N. S. Jesus Christo neste mundo de uas- cer de sua santissima may ? R. Padeceo fo mecede e canpaqo e todos OS malles de pena por amor poyla sabaque bayque pura ly ta ba de nos f por nosso amor. ij a cady die. P. Ensinou antigamente N. S. P. C ayna datir bauynapu o e Jesus Christo dando entendimento mequer Jesus Christo Lila ecataya a gente ? nitia herenari ychy ? R. Ensinou. R. Recaynada. P. Ao depoiz morreo na cruz P. Guayneypa remolica cruza mehe runida aguyra sayro ? R. Lyaquira oary, P. Lncaoaniquy pura luy nidan gai eda ? R. Mehe ruputa. P. Capeda 6e mequer Jesus Christo yma samaco anaquya lyra- caro gatia ly nidan gaieda tayapa payni gareda? R. Poaty yburi metatyr pe le ly por nos, em paga de nossos pecca- dos? R. Morreo. P. Por amor q.*^™ morreo? R. Por amor de nos, por amor de nossos peccados, ou satyfuQum del- les, p^livarnos do Infierno, e levar- nos ao ceo. P. Por sua vontade? R. Por sua vontade morreo. P. Pois elle nao hera Deos ? R. Hera Deos. P. Pois esse morreo ? R. Nao : o corpo q'^tomou de sua santissima may he q*^ morreo. P. Nao havia mos de hir ao ceo, se elle nam morrera ? R. Nao havia mos. quadia o amane barayda oeney ? R. Matica. P. Capeda remalicu ? R. Oagayque ii amane baiayda oeney camanha tymagaiii. o a u giiy yapaquer quynauda jixira eda ciiy- day. P. Pananey ? R. Pananeyra rematica. P. Mehe sayhe Tupaly? R. Tupa. P. Lydeu-ora Tupa nialica? R. Mehe ; tupa nuuira caca rj-ra liracaro lyxira ba gua lyoiiri mail- cady. P. Mehe Uama quynaucuda diche mehe 6 a matica gaieda ? R. Mebe ijama PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 137. K. PRINTED MARCH 18, 1892. Briuton.] "'^ [Feb. 5, P. Quantos dias esteune N. S. P. Paquyby samaco oemequer Jesus Christo debayxo da terra Jesus Christo lideo rimaticani gar- no teo sepulcro de pedra? eda ete iiya a pudeo kya anaquya. R. Tres dias. R. Pyaquibaqui samfico. P. Era depois como passou? P. Guayney padeura? R. Resuscitou. R. Cayd§u-o ocary. P. Depois de resuscitar como se P. Cayd§uo ocary guayney pad- houve? 8ury? R. Subio ao ceo depois de 40 dias. R. Lycuruca iquiuaudadire 40 samaco buiutiquey. P. De que sorle se ha, ou esta P. Paquypa sahe cachadir lid- agourla ? 8ury ? R. Esta asentado a mao direyta R. Tupan yracar sabj'di libauray de Deos Padre tao honrado e esti- quidea-o : subinha : aquidi caura mado como elle. ymiJeta pyrama. VI. THE BONARI DIALECT OF THE CARIB STOCK. The last of the Bonaris died about 1870. At one time they were a tribe of considerable strength, having their homes in the thick forests along the river Uatuma, which empties into the Amazon from the north, not far below the mouth of the Rio Negro. They were, therefore, neighbors to the Manaos, whose location I have already described. They were a docile people, and readily collected around the mission Father Nuno Alvarez de Couto established at Sant' Anna do Atuma. There, however, they fell victiins to various diseases brought by the whites, and when Canon Francisco Bernardino de Louza visited them, of all the tribe only one old woman survived who was able to give him the words of its speech. These he pub- lished in his book. Para e Amazonas (three parts, 8vo, Rio Janeiro, 1874-5), which is scarce outside of Brazil, and from which Dr. A. Ernst, of Caracas, obligingly copied for me the vocabulary which I subjoin. The name of the tribe is taken from the Tupi language or Lingoa Geral of Brazil, and in its proper form Boa-n-iiara means "snake- men " or "serpent-people." Other boanari or snake-men are mentioned, one band on the river Uaupes (Von Martins) and another on the river Iq:anna (Natterer). It was a term probably derived from the totemic sign, or perhaps from some accidental or fancied peculiarity, and has no ethnic significance. 1892.] 83 [Brinton. Even a slight examination proves the Bonari a well-marked Carib dialect, and as such it is correctly assigned and located on Karl von den Steinen's linguistic map inserted in his work, Durch Central Brasilien. The only word, however, which he gives from their dialect, keri, moon, is not quite correct, according to this vocabulary. English-Bonari Vocabulary. Air, cahu. Arrow, purena'. Black, tapaiuna. Bow, urapa'. Brother, mimien. Cold, tecominhoa'. Dance, timiara. Ear, panare'. Earth, nono. Eye, nuruba'. Fire, %iatu. Fish, mUu. Girl, meacaba'. God, tupan. Grandfather, tamunbd. Head, iriopo'. Heat, atupeua'. Heaven, maiea-paa. House, abeno\ Husband, iinho. Infant, pitianhea. Light, atdquice. Man, xiquere' . Moon, quece. Old, tapoucu'. Old woman, nafoucit'. Rain, cunoba. River, tuna' (see Water). Son, child, meco'. String, ubiidiana. Sun, usiu'. Thunder, darara'. Tootli, jore. Uncle, uemi. Water, tuna. White, tiada'. Wife, upuiten- Wind, iriane'. Woman, uauri. The influence of the neighboring Tupi tribes is seen in such words as tupan, God; tamunhd, grandfather; urapa', arrow {tirapa'ra, Tupi) ; tiada, white {ti, Tupi) ; tapaiuna, black {tapan- kuna, Tupi), and a few others more faintly. These are loan-words which do not affect the mass of the language. vir. THE HONGOTE LANGUAGE AND THE PATAGONIAN DIALECTS. Among the manuscripts in the British Museum there is one in Spanish (Add. MSS., No. 17,631), which was obtained in 1848 from the Venezuelan explorer, Michelena y Rojas (author of the Exploracion del America del Siir, published in 1867). It contains Brinton.] o4 [Feb. 5, several anonymous accounts, by different hands, of a voyage (or voyages) to the east coast of Patagonia, " desde Cabo Blanco hasta las Virgines," one of which is dated December, 1789. Neither the name of the ship nor that of the commander appears. Among the material are two vocabularies of the Tsoneca or Tehuelhet dialect, comprising about sixty words and ten numerals. These correspond closely with the various other lists of terms col- lected by travelers. At the close of the MS., however, there is a short vocabulary of an entirely different linguistic stock, without name of collector, date or place, unless the last words, "a la Soleta," refer to some locality. Elsewhere the same numerals are given, and a few words, evidently from some dialect more closely akin to the Tsoneca, and the name Hongote is applied to the tongue. This may be a corruption of "C^lhoonke," the name which Ramon Lista and other Spanish writers apply to the Tsoneca (Hongote ■=. Chongote = Choonke = Tsoneca). The list which I copy below, however, does not seem closely allied to the Tehuelhet nor to any other tongue with which I have compared it. The MS. is generally legible, though to a few words I have placed an interrogation mark, indicating that the handwriting was uncertain. The sheet contains the following : Descripcion del Indio. Caveza, seyocup. Frente, eyssen. Ojos, can. Orejas, coana (qy. coauay Narizes, hacsen. Cejas, suman. Boca, zuzin. Dieutes, idis. Pescuezo, saislan. Brazos, cheslan. Man OS, cupa'ches. Dedos, gailyocoye. Barriga, coaa'. Muslos, cava'. Pierna, euxin. Pie, paxasen. A las conchas, chavi/i (?). Cuchillos, chavi. 1392.] 85 [Brill ton. 1. pa. 2, sa. 3, chalas. 4, bok. 5, ciechs. 6, tesan. 7, zohs. 8. tachs. 9, tens (?). 10, o'pen. No le he podido eateuder mas. Caaoa, tasdbay. Canalete, asaup. Toda clase de botones, coyoriiy. Abalorios, jamts (?) A la Soleta. The above list I translate and arrange in alphabetical order as follows : Arms, cheslnn. Beads, jamts (?). Belly, Goya'. Buttons, coyocuy. Canoe, tasabay. Ears, coana (or coaua). Eyebrows, suraan. Eyes, can. Fingers, gaayocoye. Foot, paxasen. Forehead, eyssen. Hands, cupa'ci Head, seyocup. Knives, ehavL Leg, euxin. Mouth, zuzin. Neck, saislan. Nose, bacsen. Paddle, asaup. Teeth, idis. Thighs, cava . The other vocabulary, although it presents the same numerals, differs widely in some of the words. It gives : Fire, kanikerk. Water, cuk-hin. Sun, kekar. Woman, becok. Eyes, kavak. Ears, kakuk. Mouth, kakke. Tongue, kakshlut. These are more closely akin to other Patagonian dialects than the words of the former vocabulary. It must be acknowledged, however, that we are but poorly sup- plied with information about the tongues of Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. In the latter country we have, indeed, sufficient ma- terial iu the Yahgan, thanks to Brydges, Adam and others; but in Brinton.l oO [Feb. 5, the Onas tongue there is practically nothing and but little of the Alikuluf. It is still uncertain whether the last mentioned is a branch of the Yakanacunny, and whether these latter in turn differ from the true Patagonian or Tehuelhet.* D'Orbigny insists that the Puelches, who have for a century and a half occupied the plains between the Rio Negro and the Rio Col- orado (39° to 41° lat. South), are radically different in language both from their Aucanian neighbors to the north and the Patagonian tribes to the south. f For this reason they are called by the Arau- canians Quinviolu-che, "People who cannot understand. "J D'Or- bigny's short comparative vocabulary of the " Patagon " and "Puelche" certainly reveals a wide difference, but a comparison of the few words of " southern Puelche" collected by Hale discloses unmistakable identities between the two idioms, as: S. Puelche. Tehuel-het. Star, s'/jdela, tsbkalela. Tree, apa, opuk. Bone, ohatsk, ohit. Mr. Hale collected his vocabularies at Carmen, on the Rio Negro; and the influence of the northern tribes is distinctly visible in them. Especially the Guachi would seem to have percolated into them. The possessive pronoun of the first person singular, ia or ya, " my," is seen in both Hale's vocabularies and also in D'Or- bigny's Puelche. It is common to the Tsoneca or Tehuelhet and the Guachi. Guachi. Teh. or Puelche. Nose, ia-note, ia-nots. Water, euak, yag^ip- Mouth or lips, ia-pe, ia-pelk. Teeth, ia-va, ia-haii Mountain, tegec-loan, atecq, yuiUmana. The Poyas or Pey-yus are stated in the Informe of General Pietas, above quoted, to have dwelt (in 1729) from the river Lauquen-leufu one hundred leagues southward and quite to the Atlantic. Twenty- five years ago Guinnard found the "Poyu-che," as he calls them, wandering along both banks of the Rio Negro from Pacheco Island * The writers of the Mission Scientiflque au Cap Horn identify the Onas with the Yakana- cunny, and assert that they speak a closely related dialect of Patagonian. i L' Homme Amb'icdin, Tome ii, p. 71. X Informe of Don Geronimo Pietas, 1729, quoted by Dr. Darapsky in the Bull, del In^ti- tuta Geographico Argentino, Tomo x, p. 278. I 1S92. 87 fBriiiton. to the Cordilleras.* The words he gives from their tongue — if they can be depended upon — prove it to be an Araucanian dialect. Of the Chonos, who were a maritime people on the west coast, we have no linguistic material ; nor can we define the relationship of the Calen and Taijatef, who resided on the shore south of 48° and spoke one tongue. In the following table I present a comparison of a limited num- ber of common words in Patagonian vocabularies, beginning with the earliest — that collected by Magellan on his first visit to the straits that bear his name, in 1520. It is interesting to note how little the language has changed in the nearly four centuries which have passed since that period. The list is found in Pigafetta's nar- ration. Dl.iLECT. Author. Man. Woman. Sun. Moon. 1. Patagonian, Pigafetta, calexchem. 2. MS. Br. Mas. I. nuken, ache, kora, amama, H. " MS. Br. Mus. II, nuken, sunum, kokmia, amania. 4. Martins, nuken, zimum, sindm, amanta. 5. D'Orbiguy, nuca, nacuna, chiiina, chili na. ti. Tsoneca, Hale, kina. iamo-kanika, ajriuxk. 7. Clioonke or Tehuelche, or Musters, alionican, karken. qengcnko, shouan, S. Tehuelhet, I>ista, kengudikin, shf-qucnon, 9. Puelche, Hale, kine. iamo-kanok, tqiaxntoka, apixok, 10. D'Orbignv, chia, iam-kat, apiucuc, pioo, 11. Hongote, MS. Br. Mus I, 12. MS. Br. Mus. II, becok, kekar, U. Telvennika (or YahjfMu). Brvdges, won, kepa, lum, linnnukn, 14. Alilculuf, acMnish. ackhanash. lum. cutmcqua. Dialect. Author. Fire. Water. Head. Eye. Ear. 1. Patagonian, Pigafetta, gialeme. holi. her. oter. snnv. 2. MS. Br. Mus. I, jarra, gnU. go.Kl, jme, 3. " MS. Br. Mus. II, hamonaka. karrn, guinl, Qotd. shen6, 4. Martins, hamonaka, karra, quil, gottel. shent, 5. D'Orbignv, ma) a, ara, dil. qutcr, jene. 6. Tsoneca, Hale, hauakok, iagup, iagoha, iatelk, 7. Choonke or Tehuelche, or Musters, ynik. !eu, kiltar, btl, 8. Tehuelhet, Lista, yeike, lehe. otel. shna, 9. Puelche, Hale, auixok. lagop, ia'oe, iateteke, iatsosk. 10. D'Orbignv, aquacake, lagup, taraa. intUco, iaxycxke, 11. Hongote, MS. Br. ^nls. T. seyocup, ran. roana. 12. MS. Br. Mus. II, kauikok. kukhin, kavak, kaktik. 13. Tekennika (or Yahgan), Brj'dges, pvshaky, shamea. Ivkabe, delta, vfkhca, 14. Alikuluf. tltal. chanash. of'chocka. telkh. tddil. *A. Guinnard, Three Years among the Patagonians, p. 49 et al. (Eng. trans., London, 1871). The prayer he inserts in some dialect not clearly stated on p. 163 is almo.st pure Araucanian, as are the numerals on p. 261. It is doubtful if he was ever among the true Patagonians (the Tehuelhet). Brititon.] 88 [Feb. 5, Dialect. Author. Mouth. Nose. Tongue. Tooth. 1. Patagonian, Pigafetta. chian, or, scial, for, 2. " MS. Br. Mus. I. deol, jor, kor. 3. MS. Br. Mus. II, 6, dd. kurr. 4. " Martins, 00, dd. c.urr, 5. D'Orbiguy, ihum, ho, jor. 6. Tsoneca, Hale. iaptdk, ianots, iax'iia. 7. C h 0 o n k e or Tehiielche, or Musters, tchal, tal, o'er. 8. Tehuelhet, Li.?ta, shahan, or. orre, 9. Puelche, Hale, iapolk, ianit. iaivonok. ia hai, 10. D'Orbigny, 11. Hougote, MS. Br. Mus. I, zusin, bacsen, id is, 12. MS. Br. Mus. II, kakhe, kakshlut, 13. Tekennika (or Yahgan), Brydges, yeak, cv shush, lUn. tit'un, 14. Alikuluf. vffeare. nohl. luckin. catiwash. Dialect. Author. Hand. Foot. House. One. 1. Patagonian, Pigafetta, eMne (cori, fingers). 2. MS. Br. Mus. I. •jan, I'd, cochn. jaiiken. 3. MS. Br. Mus. II, ore. kel. cochn, cheuken. 4. Martius, ore, fan, keal. cocha, cheuguen, 5. D'Orbigny, cMini, ti. 6. Tsoneca, Hale, tQiC, 7. Choonke or Tehuelche, or Musters, tsicc'r, shnnkence, kou, churhe. 8. Tehuelliet, Lista, alj, choche, 9. Puelche, Hale, ia sk'vp, iapgit. ahoike, iQt, 10. D'Orbigny, la paye. 11. Hongote, MS. Br. xMus. I, cupaches, pasasen, pa. 12. MS. Br. Mus. II, pa, 13. Tekennika (or Yahgan) , Brydges, josch. c6rrn, ukkral. ocoale, 14. Alikuluf. yuccaba. cutliculcul, hUt. towquidoiv. Dialect. Author. 1. Patagonian, Pigafetta. 2. " MS. Br. Mus 1 3. " MS. Br. Mus. n, 4. " Martius. 5. " D'Orbigny, d. Tsoneca, Hale, 7. Choonke or Tehuelche, or Musters, 8. Tehuelhet, Lista, 9. Puelche, Hale, 10. " D'Orbigny, 11. Hongote, MS. Br. Mus. r. 12. " MS. Br. Mus. II, 13. Tekennika (or Yahgan), Brydges, 14. Alikuluf. Two. keukay, xeukay, pdefQi, honke, jauke, pe tQi, sa, sa, combabe, telkeow. krar, keash, keash, gotsk, ads, kaash, got, c?mlas, chalas, mutta. cup'eb. Four. kekague, kckagui, kekaguy, mala, earge, kague, mala, hok, bat, carga. inadaba. Five. kaszen, keitzun, keglzun, tanka, ktsin, tzen. tanke, cierhs, cLecli, cup'aspa. Notes on the Vocabulary. Jlfan. — The root in all the allied Tsoneca dialects is ^en, kin or kan, which is the generic term for the species homo. It is seen 1892.) ®*^ [Briuton. with a feminine prefix in iamo-kan-ok, kdrken, ackhanash {=.^va- kan-ash). The English form of this root becomes cunny, found as a suffix to various tribal names. JVoman. — Zunum = woman, as zunum nakon, ugly woman ; zunum kekalun, girl, young woman; iama ox yama means properly " mother;" ache or ys her (Musters) is a woman of the same gens, the masculine form of which is chen, brother; karken is a married woman. Sun and Moon. — The two prevailing roots are kar and skuin. They both appear in Pigafetta's calexchem {=ikare- skuin). The vocabulary No. 2 translates kora as "sun, heaven, God." The generic term for both orbs is shuiti {ckui7ia), which seems allied to the Araucanian ^«j'^, which is the Be- toya ?/(^(?, sky, heaven. Domi, 7iomio, "woman," is really a compound of the Betoya feminine ro, female, and oni, or uma, " man " (homo), as is easily seen in the Tama romeo. Very few analogies are visible to the Tapuya (Ges) dialects, to which the Tucano has usually been assigned. The only one of importance is the word for ^xe, pckhdmi (Tuc), pdhgd (Jauna), which appears to be the Botocudo pek. 1392.] 105 [Brinton. The conception of number is very slightly developed in this stock, and even the dialects most closely related show wide varia- tions ; for example : Betoya. Tama. PlOJE. 1, edoyoyoi, teyo. mono (finger). 3. edoi, ca'yapa. tsamun-cua. 3. ibutu. cho-teyo (2+1), tsamun-huente-cua. 4, ibictu-edoyoyoi (3 + 1), ca'ynpa-ria (2 again), tajeseca. 5, ru-mocoso (hand), cia-jente (hand), teserapin. In the vocabularies both moko and j'enU (Z^^^) s^re given for hand, and both are used in the words for " five." In the Tucano group the dialect which has retained, the strongest affinities is the Curetu : One, tehudyu (= Betoya edyuyu) Two, ap-adyu (= " edyu). Three, arayu. Four, apaedyai (=2 + 2). Five, Uhumupa. I believe the evidence here briefly presented will be adequate to prove the extended affinities of this stock, and to vindicate its importance in South American ethnography. How far its analogies may be traced north and west I have not sufficient materials to determine. In The American Race, p. 275, I pointed out a few similarities between Betoya and Choco roots; and I would particularly mention that the words for ''man" and "woman," uma and ira, reported by early explorers (in 15 15) as in use along the northern shore of Venezuela and the Isthmus of Panama, cer- tainly belong to the Betoya language.* * " Eu toda esta tierra llaman ^ los hombres omes, y a las mugeres iras." See J. Acosta, Hisloria de Nueva Granada, p. 453. The tract referred to is from the Gulf of Uraba to the Punto del Nombre de Dios, along the shore of the Isthmus of Panama. niOC. AMER. I'HILOS. SOC. XXX. 137. N. PRINTED MARCH 30, 1892. 106 [Jan. 15, Stated Meeting J January 15^ 1892. Present, 47 members. President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair. Correspondence was submitted as follows : A circular from the Observatoire National Astronomique et Meteorologique d'Ath^nes, asking exchanges, which was asrreed to. A circular from M. Julio N. Rosas, announcing his appoint- ment as Director Gi^neral de Statistique de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata. A circular from the Royal Geographical Society, on the orthography of geographical names. Letters of envoy from the Observatory, Adelaide, S. Aus- tralia ; Biblioteca N. C. di Firenze ; Musee Guimet, Paris ; Meteorological Office, Zoological Society, London, Eng. Letters of acknowledgment from the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Melbourne, Victoria (18 l-lS-i); Tokyo Library (135) ; Prof. Dr. Ludwig Riitimeyer, Basel, Switzer- land (135); Direccion General de Estadistica de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata (131, 132, 133, 134). Accessions to the Library were reported from the Observa- tory, Adelaide, Australia; Count R. d'Hulst, Alexandria, Egypt; Anthropological Society, Tokyo; Societe Imp. des Naturalestes, Moscow; Physical Central-Observatoriums, Bibliotheque Geologique de la Russie, St. Petersburg ; Acade- mic R. de Belgique, Bruxelles; K. Nordiske Oldskrift Selskab, Copenhagen; Physiologische Gesellscliaft, Berlin; R. Ministero della Instruzione Publica, Firenze ; R. Istituto Lombardo, Milan ; Soci^t6 des Antiquaires de Picardie, Amiens, France ; Society Historique, Littcraire, etc., Du Cher, Bourges ; Societe de Borda, Dax ; Socidte des Sciences Naturelles, etc., de la Creuse, Gudret ; Soci6t(^ des Sciences Naturelles, La Rochelle ; Ecole des Mines, Musee Guimet, Socicto Zoologique de France, Socidte D' Anthropologic, Socidtd N. des Antiquaires de France, 1S92. 107 Paris ; Societc de Geographie, Toulouse ; Academie N. des Sciences, etc., Bordeaux ; Societe des Antiquaires de la Morinie, Saint Omer ; Zoological Society, London ; Geological Society, Manchester ; Natural History Society, Montreal ; Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, Winnepeg ; Harvard Uni- versity, Cambridge, Mass.; Travelers' Insurance Co., Hartford, Conn. ; Editors of the " American Journal of Science," Agri- cultural Experiment Station, New Haven, Conn. ; Agricul- tural Experiment Station, Storrs, Conn. ; Mathematical So- ciety, New York ; Engineers' Club, College of Pharmacy, Franklin Institute, Hydrographic Office, Dr. Charles A. Oliver, Philadelphia; State Board of Health, Nashville; Experiment Station of Florida, Lake City ; Editor of " Journal of Compara- tive Neurology," Cincinnati, 0.; Sociedad Cientifica "Antonio Alzate," Mexico. The decease of the following members was announced: General Montgomery C. Meigs, Washington, D. C. ; born May 3, 1816; died January 2, 1892. Mr. Addison May, West Chester, Pa. ; died January 8, 1892, a3t. 80. Mr. Edward Penington, Philadelphia; died December, 1891. Prof. Jean Louis Arrnand de Quatrefages, at Paris, January 12, 1892, £et. 82. This being the evening for the selection of the Standing Committees of the Society, for the ensuing year, on motion the President was authorized to appoint the same, which he sub- sequently did as follows : Finance. William B. Rogers, Philip C. Garrett, Charles S. Wurts. Hall. J. Sergeant Price, William A. Ingham, Charles A. Oliver. Publication. Daniel G. Brinton, George H. Horn, Samuel Wagner, Patterson DuBois, Horace Jayne. 108 [Jan. 15, Library. Edwin J. Houston, William John Potts, Jesse Y. Burk, William H. Greene, William S. Baker. Michaux Legacy. Thomas Meehan, J. Sergeant Price, William M. Tilghman, Isaac Burk, Isaac C. Martindale. Henry M. Phillips'' Prize Essay Fund. Richard Vaux, Henry Phillips, Jr., William V. McKean, Furman Sheppard, Joseph C. Fraley. The President and the Treasurer of the Society, ex officio. This being the evening for the election of Librarian, a ballot was held and the tellers reported that Mr, Henry Phillips, Jr., had received 28 votes and Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman had received 12 votes ; whereupon Mr, Phillips was declared duly elected Librarian for the ensuing year. [Secretary Phillips present and not voting.] Pending nominations Nos. 1232 and 123B, and new nomi- nations Nos. 1234, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1238, 1239 and 1240 were read. The Committee appointed to examine the paper of Prof. Cope, offered at the last meeting for the Transactions, reported progress and was continued, Dr, Brinton presented the following papers for the Proceed- ings: "On the Mazatecan Language of Mexico, and its Affini- ties," and " Observations on the Chinantec Language of Mex- ico." The Committee on the Michaux Legacy presented a paper on "The Temperate and Alpine Floras of the Giant Volcanoes of Mexico," by Prof. Angelo Heilprin, which was ordered to be printed as a part of its report. The report of the Committee, on the Publications of the Society, appointed December, 1890, was then taken up. The report was then read, signed by the Chairman and three 1892] ^^y other members of the Committee, the Chairman stating in answer to inquiry that the signature of the other member was withheld on account of his not approving the second resolu- tion. The resolutions were then read as follows: Resolved, 1. That the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society be issued quarterl}', and also at more frequent periods whenever an amount of matter is ready for press, which will make sixty-four pages of text, but so as not to interfere with the regularity of the quarterly issue. Resolved, 3. That in order to permit estimates of the cost of illustra- tions, authors shall submit either completed drawings or the specimens to be drawn ; and tliat the Secretaries shall accept either as sufficient basis for the publication of articles otherwise unobjectionable. On motion of Dr. Frazer, the Society proceeded to the con- sideration of report of the first resolution. A debate took place thereon, participated in by Messrs. Price, Morris, Hous- ton, Cope, Frazer, Barker, Vaux, Martindale and Horn. Mr. Martindale moved to strike out all after the word "quarterly" and to insert thereafter the words "provided suf- ficient material shall be furnished for that purpose." The amendment being put to a vote was carried and a vote being taken on the resolution as amended it was adopted. The question then arising on the adoption of the second resolution, Dr. Brinton stated his reasons for declining to recommend the same, and ofi'ered as an amendment the substi- tution of the word "may" for "shall" in the third line, to read " the Secretaries may, etc." The amendment was carried and the resolution as amended was adopted. On motion of Mr. Dudley, the Society adjourned. 110 [Feb. 5, Stated Meeting^ February 5, 1892. Present, 8 members. Dr. Morris in the Chair. The following correspondence was submitted : A letter from Commander F. M. Green, U. S. A., giving suf- ficient reasons for declining the membership in the Society to which he had been elected. A circular from the Manchester Geographical Society, an- nouncing the decease of its President, the Duke of Devonshire. A letter from Gustav Fock, bookfeller in Leipzig, offering for sale the library of the late Prof. Zarnke for 45,000 marks. Accessions to the Library were announced from the Royal Society of South Australia, Prof. II. Y. L. Brown, Adelaide ; Linnean Society of jST. S. Wales, Sydney ; Prof. H. H. Risley, Calcutta ; Section fur Naturkunde O. T. C, Vienna ; K. danske Geografiske Selskab, Copenhagen ; Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft, Horticultur- Gesellschaft, Messrs. Friedlander & Sous, Berlin ; K. Sachsische Meteorologische Institut, Chemnitz ; Societe des Sciences Naturelles, Fribourg ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Halle a. S. ; Verein fiir Thiiringische Geschichte und Alterturaskunde, Jena; K. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig ; K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Munich ; R. Societatas Scientiarum, Upsal ; Etat Independant du Congo, Bruxelles ; Soci1 [Cope. plate. This tuberosity is in some of the plates developed into a promi- nent spine or horn, which has an anteroposteriorly oval section. The surfaces of the tuberosities are punctate. These horns are placed on the sides, and probably not far from the median line, since they form with the adjacent tuber-bearing plates a strong angle, such as would be neces- sary to enclose the neural spines of the vertebral column. It is also not certain whether these spines were on the dor,sal, cervical or caudal regions, or whether they were on all of them. The plates adjacent to those bear- ing spines are the most robust. The spines are gently curved, probaI)ly backwards. Measurements of Dermal Plates. MM. {anteroposterior 90 transverse 78 vertical at suture 18 {anteroposterior 100 transverse 70 vertical at suture 37 i anteroposterior 115 transverse (chord) 65 vertical at suture 35 Elevation of spine of plate last, measured from base (apex restored) 190 f anteroposterior 95 Diameters of spine at base | transverse 65 f anteroposterior 30 Diameters of spine 45 mm. below apex | tl.a^sverse 20 Diameter of pits on flat bone 5 Diameter of pits on knobbed bone 9 In comparison with the only species of the genus known thus far, the E. horridiis, from the Triassic bed of New Mexico, the present species has the tuberosities and horns of a different shape. In that species the former are compressed and keel-like, and the horns are also compressed, having an edge in front and a triangular section. The individual which served as the basis of the description of the £J. horridus is also of rather smaller size than the present one. Cope.] ■'-"•^ [March 4, On Ti((,x)orus, o- Neio Ge/ias of TeiidcB. By E. D. Cope. {Bead before tlie American Philosophical Society, March 4, 1892.) TiAPOKUS FULiGiNOSUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. — Tongue cylinclric and sheathed at the base ; no femoral pores ; abdominal scales smooth ; a cervical collar fold ; tail cylindric. Digits 5-5. Tliis form is identical with Amiva, except in the absence of femoral pores. Monoplocus Gthr. has no femoral pores, but the tongue is not sheathed, and the abdominal scales are keeled. Char, specif. — The squamous surface of the tongue is ovate posteriorly and not notched. The apex of the tongue is deeply bifurcate. The teeth of the maxillary bone are compressed, and have a principal compressed apex, and one or two denticles of the edges near the base. The rosettes of scales, which in other genera surround the femoral pores, are present, but the pores are absent. The animal is about the size of the Amiva corvina Cope. The dorsal scales are minute, measuring .03 mm. The abdominal plates are in twelve longitudinal and thirty-two transverse rows. They are smooth, and those of the external row are smaller than the others. The nostril is on the suture between the nasal plates. The parietals axe divided into two and sometimes into three plates, the internal of which is wider than the interparietal. The latter is smaller than each frontoparietal. Supra- orbitals, four ; supraciliaries, six ; no freuoorbital. Head rather elongate and acuminate ; labials | ; infralabials, three large and two small, sepa- rated from labials by two rows of large scales. A few rows of scales on the middle of the mesoptychium equal those of the gular region, which are a little larger than those of the neck, which are equal to those on the posterior part and edge of the gular fold. The brachial scales are not large, and are in three or four rows, separated by small scales from a few small postbrachial scales near the elbow. The antebrachial scales are not continuous with the brachials, and are in one large external and two or three smaller internal rows. No postantebrachials. Femorals in 13-14 rows ; the third from the front large ; the posterior six rows not imbri- cate. Tibial scales in five rows, the external much larger. Anal plates with five or six large marginals, and five in front of them, four arranged round a small central one. Caudal scales narrow, numerous, not oblique, keeled, but not uncinate. No spurs. Color above brown, sometimes with a lead-colored shade. Below lead color, with an olive tinge, to nearly black. A blacic band from temporal region to above femur present in all the specimens. In three specimens there are traces of one or two brown bands on the middle dorsal region 1892.] 1«^^ [(;ope. anteriorly ; in one of these also an interrupted black lateral band below the one already described. Below this there are in the same specimen two rows of blackish spots on the sides, the inferior on the lateral ventral scales. In a 9 there is a row of small pale spots above and below the superior lateral black band. Total length, 310 mm. ; length to angle of mandible, 30 mm. ; do. to collar, 38 mm. ; do. to axilla, 45 mm. ; do. to vent, 108 mm. ; do, of fore- leg, 40 mm. ; do. of forefoot, 17 mm. ; do. of hind leg, 83 mm. ; do. of hind foot, 47 mm. This remarkable species has no particular resemblance to any known species of Amiva or Cnemidophorus. Four specimens. No. 14,710 U. S. National Museum Register, from Swan Island in the Caribbean Sea Collected by Charles Townsend. Swan Island is off the northeastern coast of Honduras, at a distance of about two degrees of latitude. It is about five degrees west by south of Jamaica. It was visited by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, and Mr. Townsend, the naturalist of the expedition, obtained this species with several others. The present form is related to Amiva as Monoplocus is to Centropyx. Explanation of Plate. Fig. 1. Head profile : a, from above ; b, from below ; fig. 3, anterior limb from above ; b, forearm from below ; fig. 3, hinder limb with anal region from below ; fig. 4, portion of side of body. JUN ''' "•: April 1.1892.] ^^^ [Ruschenberger. PROCEEDINGS AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol. XXX. April, 1892. No. 138. A Sketch of the Life of Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D. By W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. {Bead before the American Philosophical Society, April 1, 1S92.) The Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, devoted the stated meeting of May 12, 1891, to commemorate its President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, who died April 30. The meeting was very large and impressive. Drs. William Hunt, Harrison Allen, Henry C. Chapman, James Dar- rach, Edward J. Nolan, Prof. Angelo Heilpriu and Mr. Joseph Wil- cox, by appointment, delivered appropriate addresses ; and the Rev. Dr. H. C. McCook, Mr. Isaac C. Martindale, Dr. James J. Levick and others eulogized the dead President. A more affectionate tribute has seldom been paid in this city to the memory of a votary of science. Ample testimony was adduced that Dr. Leidy had attained distinction among scientific men at home and abroad, and that he had the warm sympathy and respectful regard of all those members of the Society with whom he had been in any degree associated. In the first hours, while a great bereavement is still fresh, love and admiration so obstruct perception that the extent of the loss sustained may be sometimes overstated. But let whoever may conjecture that in this instance some of the addresses were too fervid, consult the cold rec- ords of the Academy in which are faithfully set down his works since he entered the Society, and he will find that they justify the encomiums pronounced. Loyalty to truth and ingenuousness were shining features of Dr. Leidy's nature. The first paragraphs of Dr. William Hunt's opening address on Dr. Leidy's personal history are cited here in illustration : " It is fitting that we imagine the beloved subject of our discourses this evening to be with us in spirit, as he doubtless is in influence, and to let him introduce himself as I heard him do in Association Hall some years ago when he was about to give a popular lecture. I was unexpectedly called upon to introduce him. 'What!' said I. 'Who is to introduce the introducer? Here's a man more widely known to the city and to the PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. R. PRINTED APRIL 20, 1892. Ruschenberger.] XOO l^April 1, world tlian any of us.' Dr. Leicly, hearing the conversation, said : 'Oh ! Dr. Hunt, keep your seat ; I don't wish to be introduced ; I'll introduce myself.' And, stepping to the rostrum, he spoke in this way : " 'My name is Joseph Leidy, Doctor of Medicine. I was born in this city on the 9th of September, 1823, and I have lived here ever since. My father was Philip Leidy, the hatter, on Third street above Vine. My mother was Catherine Mellick, but she died a few months after my birth. My father married her sister,* Christiana Mellick, and she was the mother I have known, who was all in all to me, the one to whom I owe all that I am. At an early age I took great delight in natural history and in noticing all natural objects. I have reason to think that I know a little of natural history, and a little of that little I propose to teach you to-night.' " Dr. Leidy' s ingenuous introduction of himself suggests that a fuller account of his ancestors may be acceptable. Carl Leidy, the forefather of the American-born Leidys, came to Amer- ica from Rhenish Germany in the early part of the eighteenth century (about 1724), and settled in that part of Penn's province which now includes Montgomery and Bucks counties, Pa.f * Erroneous. —His mother died May 28, 1825 (soon after her son Thomas was born), twenty months after the Doctor's birth. His father's second wife was a cousin and not a sister of Dr. Leidy's mother, as stated. See, The Story of an Old Farm, or Life in New Jersey in eighteentli century. By Andrew D. Mellick, Jr., Somerville, New Jersey, 1889. f Genealogical Notes.— Curl Leidy's son, Carl Ludwig, b. Dec. 30, 1729, and his wife, Ursula Elizabeth, b. Feb. 8, 1734, had issue : (1) John Jacob, b. Nov. 7, 1753 ; (2) George Heinrich, b. Oct. 19, 1755 ; (3) Margaretta, b. Nov. 15, 1757 ; (4) Eva Christina, b. Dec. 25, 1759 ; (5> Anna, b. Oct. 1, 1761 ; (6) Magdalena, b. Dec. 18, 1763 ; ^7) Carl, b. Aug. 20, 1765 ; (8) Anna Maria Elizabeth, b. Feb. 24, 1768 ; (9) George Ludwig, b. July 1, 1770 ; (10) Maria Cather- ine, b. May, 1772. Both parents and children were natives of Hilltowu township, Bucks county, Pa. John Jacob Leidy, the first-born of this family, m. April 18, 1777, Catherine, b. March 16, 1757, a daughter of Cliristian Comfort. They had issue : (1) Charles Ludwig, b. Jan. 7, 1778 ; (2) Henry, b. Jan. 12, 1779; (3) Catherine, b. May 16, 1780; (4) Maria Margaretta, b. March 1, 1781 ; (5) Jacob, b. Jan. 10, 1782; (6) Christian, b. Jan. 3, 1784 ; (7) George, b. Oct. 7, 1786 ; (8) Conrad, b. Nov. 25, 1788 ; (9) Philip, b. Dec. 5, 1791, d. Oct. 9, 1862 ; (10) Emanuel, b. Dec. 22, 1794 ; (11) Frances Fanny, b. March 6, 1798. All were natives of Hilltown township, Bucks county. Pa. Philip Leidy, the ninth child of the preceding family, m. Oct. 6, 1818 (he was then settled in Philadelphia), Catherine, a daughter of Peter and Rachel Mellick. She was born in Bloom township, Columbia county, Pa., Jan. 27, 1790, and died in Philadelphia, May 28, 1825. They had issue : (1) Peter, b. Dec. 28, 1819, d. Aug. 29, 1820 ; (2) Catherine, b. Aug. 7, 1821, d. Nov. 20, 1822 ; (3) Joseph, b. Sept. 9, 1823, d. April 30, 1891 ; (4) Thomas, b. May 21, 1825, d. April 20, 1870. Philip Leidy m., May 25, 1826, Christiana Taliana, a cousin of his first wife. She was born in Philadelphia, July 29, 1797, and died Jan. 6, 1881. They had issue : (1) Christiana T., b. Feb. 22, 1827, m. June 4, 1839, James Cyrus Umberger, d. Oct. 24, 1878 ; (2) Francis, b. Dec. 14, 1828, d. June 3, 1856 ; (3) Aslier, b. July 30, 1830, d. July 6, 1878 ; (4) Helen, b. Sept. 30, 1833, d. Dec. 3, 1839; (5) Catherine Mellick, b. March 28, 1837, d. Aug. 12, 1839 ; (6) Philip, b. Dec. 29, 1838, d. April 29, 1891. All born in Philadelphia. Peter, the forefather of the Mellick family, came to America from Rhenish Germany about the close of the sixteenth century (1695). German and English, it may be said, were vernacular languages to the members of the Leidy and Mellick families generally— the German came to them as a birthright, and English from their environment. 1S92.] ^^* [Ruscheuborger. The name first appears in the City Directory for 1809—" Leidy, Jacob, shoemaker, 9 Summers' Court." Prior to that year the Leidys probably lived either iu Bucks or Montgomery county. All of them who exchanged a country for a city residence were of the class called "plain people," composed of well-to-do and respectable workers' — men whose individ- ual energies when united constitute the national strength and are almost exclusively the progenitors, in aftermaths, of millionaires, consequently of aristocratoid or "first families " and gentry, often more boastful of an- cestry than of creditable achievement. The name of Philip Leidy, hatter, the father of our subject, first appears in the City Directory for 1817, and that of his brother, Conrad, bootmaker, in 1820. At those dates they were established in business. During several years before that time they resided in the city. Both volunteered in the War of 1812-15 against Great Britain and served with those at Camp DuPont. The Leidys named in the City Directories for 1809 and for several years thereafter were mostly mechanics, makers of hats, boots, chairs, etc., and probably had been apprentices and learned their trades in the city. One of their contempo- raries, now an influential citizen advanced in years, remembers that "all the Leidys were smart." Philip Leidy, who was born in Montgomery county. Pa., December 5, 1791, is spoken of as a powerful man whose stature was rather more than six feet and in every way well proportioned. Though not conspicuous for mental force he was naturally endowed with practical good sense. His educational acquirements were limited ; but his industry, honesty and frank deportment secured him confidence and respect wherever he was known. He made and sold hats, did a good business, and had many cus- tomers from the adjoining counties as well as in the city. He was a mem- ber of the German Lutheran Church in New street, and with his family habitually attended its services. Dr. Leidy said in his self-introduction, every word in a halo of grateful love, my stepmother "was the only mother I have known, who was all and all to me, the one to whom I owe all that I am." Besides being notable in the management of domestic aflairs, she pos- sessed a large share of tact and of good womanly qualities. She was in- tellectually the superior of the family, had literary taste, wrote verses sometimes, was ambitious, and desired that her children should be well educated and that her sons should study the professions. Through her influence Joseph, at the age of about ten years, was sent to the Classical Academy, a private day-school conducted by the Rev. William Mann, a Methodist clergyman. There he studied English and read Latin — Historia Sacra, Viri Romie and Virgil — the principal being scrupulously careful that his pupils should understand the grammar. Probably he began Greek also. Minerals and plants interested him at an early age. Mr. ]Mann encour- aged the cultivation of this taste. One day an itinerant lecturer from the so-called "Universal Lyceum " visited the school, and, by permission. Ruschenberger.] id J [April 1, discoursed about mineralogy, illustrating his lesson with specimens. Young Leidy was so much interested that soon after he procured books on mineralogy and botany and diligently studied them. At length he became so fascinated in the pursuit that he often absented himself from school without leave to seek specimens in the rural districts near the city. Parental chidings for delinquencies of this kind did not always restrain him. His self-will and eagerness to hunt for minerals and plants often caused him to forget those admonitions and follow the inclination of the hour. The conduct of the boy, his spontaneous ways, are in many instances forecasts, in outline, of the characteristic features of the man he will become ; and therefore it is interesting to observe those surroundings which may influence their development. At the time Joseph entered the academy, Mrs. Burris, a respectable col- ored woman, a widow, lived near and did laundry work for support. Her son, Cyrus, a bright youth a few years older than Joseph, was errand boy in the hatter's shop. His chief duty was to deliver hats at the homes of their purchasers, and for each errand of the kind he received si.^ or twelve cents, according to the distance he had to walk. There were then three schools at no great distance apart. Mr. Collom and Mr. Livensetter charged three dollars a quarter for each pupil and Mr. Mann twelve dollars. The boys of the two schools were at war with those of the academy, and they had a fight whenever they met in the street. Apprehensive that her son miglit be assaulted by some of those "rowdy Ijoj's, " Mrs. Leidy engaged Cyrus to accompany him to school. These two became intimate friends and often went together botanizing. Cyrus Burris is now a well-preserved man, of pleasant deportment, and of more than seventy-five years of age. He is intelligent and has a reten- tive memory. In answer to questions, Cyrus related substantially that Mr. Leidy once took all his family for a picnic out where Fortieth and Baring streets are now, and he went with them to carry things and be useful. At that time plenty of weeds grew on the side of the hill. They at once attracted the young professor, who found that he did not know any of them. But Cyrus, who had been brought up in the country, near Burlington, N. J., had there learned to know and name the herbs and weeds in his neighbor- hood, was able to tell him the names of many of tliem. This show of superior information pleased him so much that afterwards Cyrus was his chosen companion on botanical excursions. His favorite hunting ground was along the banks of the Schuylkill and Wissahickon. On the way, on one of their early walks, they strolled into Mr. Henry Pratt's famous grounds at Lemon Hill. The late Mr. Robert Kilvington, a practical and proficient botanist, then had charge of the hothouses and garden. He noticed Leidy, and kindly answered his 1892.] ^ «^^ LRiischenberger. questions, regardinj;- him as a poor, intelligent bo}- who was striving to instruct himself. This was the beginning of an enduring friendship. In a short time Mr. Kilvington cheerfully assumed to be his systematic in- structor, and, after his pupil had become distinguished, complacently mentioned to friends that he had been Leidy's botanical preceptor. On one occasion Cyrus and the young professor spent a whole day in Bartram's garden, near Gray's FerrA^ and did not reach home till night. '• The professor," as Cyrus styled him, "used to say that the valley of the Wissahickon was the best place in the neighborliood to find plants. He very soon knew more about them than I did. Sometimes we w^ent all day with nothing to eat but raw turnips we got out of the fields, for the old man was stingy of spending-money to his boys, though he was always a bountiful provider of the very best things in the market for them at home. Once we went into Jersey, and that was the only time I ever cheated the professor. We saw in a thick bush a big snake, four or five feet long, with a white spot under his throat.* The professor wanted to catch him, so he gave me a carpet bag to hold open on one side of the bush for the snake to run into, while he frightened him out from the other. The snake came hissing along towards me. I jumped aside — I couldn't help it— and let him get away, but I never let on that I was scared." In the course of his schooldaj's the young naturalist, besides gathering stones and plants, caught butterflies and bugs, which he pinned in a box prepared for the purpose, to be arranged in his cabinets at home. Cyrus stated, among other things, that he sometimes acted as caterer and waiter tor the lads on special occasions ; and that whenever the boys came into the hatter's shop, their father always talked to them in German. He also said that Dr. Leidy had taught him a great deal about plants and their medicinal uses, adding, "Through what I learned from him, I have been able through many years to make a decent living." The offspring of almost constant companionship during their boyish days, at home or in the fields, was a personal sympathy, a friendship which, to the credit of both, was life-long, notwithstanding the extreme difference and dist.ince between the social places each occupied in adult age. The professor gave him, at different times, several books on medi- cine, and among them his Elementary Treatise on Anatomy, in which is written, "To Cyrus Burris, from liis old friend, the author." These are Cyrus' treasures. He quietly but, no doubt, proudly shows them to a favored few. The future professor did not own shinny or hockey stick, kite, skates nor ball ; never played marbles, nor whistled nor hummed a tune at any time. He was a good boy in school, always neat and tidy, and never joined his schoolmates in their out-of-door sports during the hour of daily "recess," but sat the while at his desk, pencil in hand, portraying some natural object, as a snail shell, carefully and beautifully shading if, or drawing caricatures suggested by acts of his fellow-pupils. Ruschenberger.] Lrt\J [April 1, He had no teaching to develop this talent. The high artistic skill which he acquired was exclusively due to self-cultivatiou. A small book of his portraits of shells, dated February, 1833, has been preserved, which show his skill with a pencil in his tenth year. According to his school champion, who, the boy always declared was the best Greek scholar in the academy, "Joseph Leidy never sized up to the other boys." His schooldays ended in his sixteenth year, probably about the last of July, 1839. His worldly condition required that he should now be taught some art by which to earn a livelihood. As he had manifested at an early age un- common aptitude in draughting and drawing, his father conjectured that he wov;ld best succeed as a sign painter. But the son, who had passed much of his leisure in the wholesale drug store of his cousin. Napoleon B. Leidy, M.D., "physician and druggist," as the City Directory styled him, fancied that he would rather be an apothecary. In compliance with his preference he was placed with an apothecary and in the course of a few months acquired such a degree of knowledge of drugs and the method of compounding them, that he was considered qualified to be left in temporary charge of the retail business. His loving stepmother, however, was not satisfied. She seemed sure that there was in him the making of a successful physician. Her argu- ments at last prevailed. With the consent of his father, rather reluctantly given, it was agreed that he should study medicine. In the autuma of 1840, he became a pupil of Dr. James McClintock, then a private teacher of anatomy in College avenue. His father's prop- osition to pay the preceptor's fee in hats was accepted, but the settle- ments provoked dispute and at last estrangement of the parties. Parts of 1840 and 1841, more than a year, were devoted to practical anatomy under the able instruction of Dr. McClintock. During the first half of 1841 he parted from Dr. McClintock, who, having accepted the office of Professor of Anatomy in the Castleton Medical College, in Ver- mont, removed from Philadelphia in 1843. Leidy matriculated at the University, October 26, 1841, and was under the instruction of Dr. Paul B. Goddard, then Demonstrator of Anatomy in the University and Prof. Horner's prosector. He was a promising surgeon, a man of bright qualities. In conjunction with Mr. Robert Cornelius he was the first in Philadelphia to make a daguerreotype. He devoted his leisure evenings in his office, with a few intimate friends, to microscopic studies, and there young Leidy received his first lessons in the use of the microscope. Having attended three courses of lectures and submitted a thesis on The comparative anatomy of the eye of vertebrated animals, the degree of Doctor of Medicine was conferred upon him, April 4, 1844, by the University of Pennsylvania. In the year after graduation, he was an assistant in the laboratory of Dr. 14^1 1SP2.] xtcx [Riischenberger. Robert Hare, Professor of Cheuiistry, during six weeks, and tlien entered tliatofDr. James B. Rogers, lecturer on Cliemistry in the Medical In- stitute of Philadelphia, from 1841, and remained there through the summer course. On the retirement of Dr. Hare, in 1847, Dr. Rogers succeeded him in the University.* He was now prepared to begin the practice of any brauch of medicine he might prefer, but he had yet to learn how to make the profession of commercial value to himself. No plan of proceeding was immediately formed. In August, 1844, on foot with several companions, he visited Harvey's lake, Bethlehem, Mauch Chunk ; also the Beaver Meadow and Hazleton coal mines. In a letter to a sister he wrote : " Pedestrianated to Wilkesbarre and arrived at Berwick yesterday, August 28, having walked from the lake to this place, thirly-flve miles, the longest distance I have ever walked in one da3\" In the autumn he opened an office, No. 211 North Sixth street, hoping to obtain employment as a general practitioner. But the business which came to him during two years' trial did not promise a satisfactory living, and therefore he determined to devote himself exclusively to teaching. Possibly his failure to obtain practice was ascribable in some degree to lack of due attention to patients. Years after this time, to show how intently attractive comparative anatomy was to him, he related to his private class that on one occasion he was so absorbed in his oifice studying the anatomy of a worm that he totally forgot that he had been called to an obstetric case which he had engaged to attend. Later in life he would have felt that unbridled eagerness to learn the structure of a worm is an inadequate plea for forgetting a professional or other engagement. An unhappy experience, which occurred shortly after he began the practice, tended to disgust him with it and may have been one reason among others why he abandoned it. Ten years afterwards he narrated substantially that, called to a child suffering "with all the symptoms of tubercular meningitis," he informed the parents that medicine in such a case is inefficacious. Nevertheless, they requested him to visit it. At the end of a week a much older practitioner was called, and attended the child till it died. He then "informed the parents that he could have saved the life of the patient had he been called at the time of Dr. Leidy's first visit." t In 1845, on the resignation of Dr. Goddard and the appointment of Dr. John Neill, Demonstrator, in his place, the Professor of Anatomy, * Biographical Notice of Joseph Leidy, M.D. By the Editor. "The New Jersey Medical Reporter and Transactions of the New Jersey Medical Society." Edited by Joseph Parrish, M.D., Burlington, N. J. Published by S. W. Butler, M.D. Ninth month, September 30, 1853, Vol. vi, No. 2. It is imderstood that this notice had the approval of Dr. Leidy. + See p. 16, Valedictory Address to the class of medical graduates of the University of Pennsylvania, delivered at the public commencement, March 27, 1858. By Joseph I^eidy, M.D., Professor of Anatomy. Published by the Graduating Class. Collins, Printer, Philadelphia, 1858. Ruschenberger.] 1^^ [April I, Dr. Horner, appointed Dr. Leidy his prosector. In 1846 he was chosen Demonstrator of Anatomy in the Franklin ]\Iedical College, but resigned the office at the close of the session, in 1847, resumed his position with Dr. Horner and delivered to his students a private course of lectures on Human Anatomy. He indulged himself with a short vacation in July, 184G, and visited his friends, Messrs. Haldemann, at Chickies, Pa. While his kinsman, Dr, N. B. Leidy, was Coroner of the County of Philadelphia (1845-48), he acted as Coroner's Physician and received fees for the autopsies he made. In the spring of 1848, impaired health induced Prof. Horner to visit Europe. He invited his friend, Dr. Leidy, to be his travel- ing companion. They sailed in April and returned in September. In England, Germany and France they "visited hospitals and anatomical museums, and sought out eminent anatomists and surgeons." Dr. Leidy witnessed in Paris, June 20, some vivisection experiments by Magendie, in his physiological laboratory, which interested him. They "were in Vienna while the revolutionary'' movements were in progress :" and "were also in Paris during the fierce conflicts from 23d to 26th of June ; and during several days afterwards they "witnessed in the hospitals, filled with wounded, every variety of gunshot wound and the modes of treatment pursued."* On his return from Europe, in the autumn. Dr. Leidy delivered a course of lectures on Microscopic Anatomy; and in the spring of 1849 began a course on Physiology in the ]\Tedical Institute of Philadelphia, which the condition of his health required him to abandon. f He edited Qwain's Human Anatomy, which was published June, 1849, by Lea & Blanchard. An interesting event enabled Dr. Leidy to go abroad again under very favorable circumstances. Dr. George B. Wood, who was elected May, 18o0, Professor of the Practice of Medicine in place of Dr. Nathaniel Chapman, resigned, desired to collect in Europe models, casts, preparations, etc., suitable for objective illustration of his future courses of instruction. Aware of the artistic judgment of Dr. Leidy, and of his recently acquired knowledge of localities in which objects adapted to his purpose could be purchased. Dr. Wood easily persuaded him to be his companion and assistant in hunting and selecting desirable specimens. Dr. Wood had proved, while Professor of Materia Medlca from October, 1835, till May, 1850, tliat placing before his class appropriate objects illus- trative of his subject is superior, more successful than the purely oral and *A discourse commemorative of William E. Horner, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, delivered before the Faculty and students of the University of Pennsylvania, October 10, 1853. By SamuelJack.son, M.D., Professor of the Institutes of Medicine. Published by the Class, Philadelphia, 1853. fSketch of Joseph Leidy. By Edward J, Nolan. Vie Popular Sciaire Monthly, September, 1880. This sketch was read and approved by Dr. Leidy. 1892.] 14(5 [Ruschenbergcr. didactic method of instructioa. For this reason he was confident that it would be equally useful, though perhaps more dillicult to accomplish, in teaching that to which materia medica is merely subservient. With special reference to his intended system of instruction, he visited the most cele- brated schools in Europe, and at u cost of many thousands of dollars, pur- chased models, castings and drawings of many pathological specimens. " These formedacabinetof morbid representations unique in this country, and supplied material for a course of medical tuition which was as instructive and satisfactory as it was interesting and novel."* Dr. "Wood was the lirst to teach the practice of medicine in a series of "object lessons," by placing before his class models, casts, etc., appro- priate to the illustration of each lecture. At the end of his holidaj'S in Europe, Dr. Leidy resumed his routine work in the University. He was elected a Fellow of the College of Physi- cians of Philadelphia, August, 1851. He seemed to be not much interested in the pursuits of the Society; seldom attended its meetings, and was not a contributor to its Tiansactions.f He was Secretary of the Committee on Lectures, under the Miitter Trust, from January, 18G4, and kept a neat record of its proceedings. In November, 1883, "on account of his scien- tific achievements," the College exempted him from future payment of annual contributions. He lectured on Physiology in the Medical Institute of Philadelphia in the summer courses of 1851 and 1852. He was appointed in 1853 Pathologist to St. Joseph's Hospital, a purely nominal position. Failing health had disabled Prof. Horner. "With approval of the Trus- tees and the Medical Faculty of the University, Dr. Leidy, as his substi- tute, delivered the course of lectures on Anatomy for 1852-53. Dr. Horner died March 13, 1853, and in May Dr. Leidy was elected Professor of Anatomy, He was yet in the thirtieth year of his age. His educational opportuni- ties and collateral advantages may have been less than those of his pre- decessor and friend, but from the hour he resolved to be a teacher he probably hoped some day to fill a Professor's Chair. The unremitting exercise of his natural abilities, his ever eager quest of knowledge enabled him to publish, prior to this time, many works which won for him praise * Memoir of George B. Wood, M.D., LL.D. By S. Littell, M.D. (read October 1, 187'J). Transactions of tlie College of Physicians of Pliiladelpliia, Vol. xii, 1S81. t At a meeting of the College, May 5, 1886, he related that he had recently examined three nematoid worms, found in the intestines of young cats, sent to him from Chicago, and read a letter from Durango, Mexico, reporting the great prevalence of scorpions in tliat district. He also exhibited " photographs of trichiufe in the Uesli of the pig." In answer to a remarli by a Fellow of the College that it had been repeatedly stated in Berlin that the trichinae had been found there in the pig, prior to tlie time when Dr. Leidy announced his discovery of it, he said : " I believe mine was the first notice of the para- site occurring in the pig." Transaciions of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, third series, Vol. viii, 1886, pp. 41-43. PROC. A.MEE. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. S. PRIXTED APRIL 20, 1892. Ruschenberger.] Lrt'x: [April 1, and a name, and proved him to be an eligible candidate, and, after an unusual trial of his aptitude for the office, fairly secured his preferment. A brief notice of his predecessors in the same Chair is submitted to show in what respects he resembled them. The medical department of the University of Pennsylvania has always been happy in selecting men of marked ability and acquirements to fill its professorships. At the start the Trustees elected (September, 1765) two professors. Dr. John Morgan, to whom the credit of founding the Medi- cal School of the University belongs, was appointed Professor of Medicine, Miiich embraced the practice of physic, materia medica and pharma- ceutical chemistry, and Dr. William Sliippen, Jr., Professor of Anatomy and Surgery, when he was twenty- nine years of age. He also taught midwifery. Their first courses of lectures began in November, 1765. He was an eminent general practitioner of medicine and a surgeon of the Pennsylvania Hospital during nearly twelve years. Dr. Caspar Wistar, at the age of thirty-one years, was appointed, Janu- ary, 1792, adjunct, and after the death of Dr. Shippeu, July 11, 1808, Professor of Anatomy, Desirous to improve the method of teaching anatomy. Dr. Wistar had made gigantic models, exactly proportioned, of several minute and intri- cate structures — of the internal ear, for instance — which he used as objec- tive illustrations of his lectures. His collection of numerous models and anatomical preparations was presented, after his death, by his family to the University, and by resolu- tion of the Trustees, styled "The Wistar Museum." Dr. Wistar published, in 1811, A System of Anatomy, which was a text- book during many years. He was versed in botany, mineralogy and chemistry. He was a surgeon of the Pennsylvania Hospital more than sixteen years, and always among the most eminent and beloved practi- tioners of medicine in the community. On the death of Dr. Wistar, January 22, 1818, Dr. .John Syng Dorsey was appointed, but died November 13, 1818, a week after the delivery of his introductory lecture. The course on anatomy for 1818-19 was com- pleted by Dr. Physick,with the assistance of Dr. William E. Horner. Dr. Philip Syng Physick, an eminent surgeon, who had been Professor of Surgery from June 4, 1805, was elected Professor of Anatomy July 13, 1819, and resigned in 1831. He was a surgeon of the Pennsylvania Hos- pital for twenty-two years, and rendered important services to the public during the epidemics of yellow fever in 1793 and 1798. Dr. William E. Horner was elected adjunct in 1820 and Professor of Anatomy in 1G31. He, a native of Virginia, had been a surgeon's mate in the Army of the United States from 1813 to March, 1815, and served on the Niagara frontier in the war of that period. Dr. Wistar appointed him, March, 1816, his prosector, at an annual salary of $500. From 1820 he was a surgeon of the Philadelphia Almshouse dating 1802.] 14D. [Ruschenbcrger. twenty- four years. His private practice was large. In 1823 he published A Treatise on Practical Anatomy ; in 1826, A Treatise on the Special A)iatomy of the Human Body, in two octavo volumes, which passed through eight editions, and at ditierent times contributed valuable papers to the medical journals. The numerous pathological and anatomical preparations made by him- self, whicli Avere appraised at $10,000, he bequeathed to the Wistar Museum. In acknowledgment of this valuable bequest, the Trustees of the University decreed that it should be named thenceforward the Wistar and Horner Museum. The anatomical chair, under the lustre shed upon it by the professional skill and eminence of its occupants, had become notably conspicuous. They resembled each otlier so much in their works and ways that it seems not difficult, to imagine that a kind of composite portrait of Shippen, Wistar, Physick and Horner may ever mark the Chair which they in suc- cession so admirably filled from 1765 to 1853, about eighty -seven years, before Dr. Leidy was installed. The University of Pennsylvania appointed Dr. Leidy its delegate to the American Medical Association in 1854 at St. Louis, Mo., and in 1873 at Philadelphia, but he did not directly contribute to its Transactions at either meeting. The Committees of the Association on Medical Literature and on Medical Science cited with encomium his papers. On the Compara- tive Structure of the Liver ; On the Intimate Structure and History of the Articular Cartilages ; On the Intermaxillary Bone in the Embryo of the Human Subject, published in the "American Journal of the Medical Sciences," for 1848 and 1849, and On Parasitic Life, printed in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Dr. Leidy was on the list of permanent members of the Association from 1854 to 1876. At the St. Louis meeting he was appointed Chairman of a Committee on Diseases of Parasitic Origin, and member of a Committee on Prize Essays, but no report from either has been recorded. In 1861 he published An Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy, and in 1889, the work having been out of print many years, a second edition, rewritten and enlarged. The illustrations are largely from his own drawings of many recent dissections made by him in connection with this work. A peculiar feature of the volume is that English names of the parts are given in tlie text, and their old Latin names in footnotes, under a belief that the subject thus presented would be more readily understood by students. Philip Leidy, the father of the professor, died October 9, 1862, in the sixty-seventh year of his age. In 1862, when the "Salterlee," a U. S. Army Hospital, was established in West Philadelphia, Surgeon I. I. Hayes, U. S. V., in charge, a num- ber of leading teachers and medical practitioners of Philadelphia volun- teered their services as ward physicians, and received contracts as acting assistant surgeons. To Dr. Leidy was assigned the task of conducting Kuschenberger.] 140 [April 1, the autopsies and reporting them, from time to time, to the Surgeon- General of the Army. A number of pathological specimens prepared by him accompanied his reports. They have been preserved in the Army Medical Museum in Washington. He made about sixty autopsies, of which his reports are publislied in "The Medical and Surgical History of the War of the Rebellion."* In this capacity he served from 1862 to 18G5. His brother. Dr. Philip Leidy, was assistant surgeon of the lOGtb Pennsylvania Infantry from November 1, 1861, till September, 1863, ■when he was appointed surgeon of the 119th Regiment of Inftmtry, and served in the field till he was honorably discharged, June 10, 1865. He was present in nearly all the battles of the Army of the Potomac, evinc- ing courage and devotion to his duties "with the rare qualities of a gifted man." His official reports to the Surgeon-Greneral are published in the history above named. Dr. Joseph Leidy was appointed a member of the Sanitary Commission Association, April 3, 1862; and September 11, "The State of Pennsyl- vania, Executive Office of the Military Department at Harrisburg, " appointed him Chief Surgeon within the old limits of the city of Phila- delphia. August, 1864, he married Anna, a daughter of Robert Harden, of Louisville, Ky. To compensate for the sterility of this union, they some 3'^ears afterwards adopted the infant daughter of a deceased friend. Dr. Leidy told the writer that had this dear child been his own he could not have loved her more. He was fond of children. The crying or hilarious romping of the playmates of his young daughter in the study did not in the least degree disturb or divert him from his work. Since his reports to the Surgeon-General of the Army the only paper con- nected with the science of medicine from his pen found in print is an essay on Intestinal Worms, included in A System of Practical Medicine hy Ameri- can Axothors, edited by William Pepper, M.D., LL.D , etc., assisted by Louis Starr, M.D., etc., published by Lea, Brothers & Co., Philadelphia, 1888. This essay — largely derived from foreign publications — occupies thirty-five pages of the second volume. At the close of this paper, Dr. Leidy states that for much of his information he is indebted to the articles on '•Intestinal Parasites " and "Diseases from Migratory Parasites, " in Ziemssen's Encyclopmlia of the Practice of Medicine. After he relinquished practice to devote himself exclusively to teaching, no branch of the healing art attracted or practically engaged his attention. From this circumstance his father, who unwillingly consented that he might study medicine, was probably led to say that "a first-class sign- painter had been spoiled to make a poor doctor." Dr. Leidy delivered courses of lectures on comparative anatomy in the University, and on pure human anatomy as part of the medical curriculum, * Vol. i, Part i, and Vol. ii. Parts i aiul il. 147 1892.] XT! [Ruschcnberger. seldom advertiiiii' to its useful applications in suruery or the practice of medicine, but not merely for the sake of imparting knowledge of his sub- ject. He carefully taught human anatomy as a means of self-mainte- uaiice. And within his domain he zealously wrought to promote the welfare of the medical department of the University, the principal source of his livelihood. This was his serious occupation, his work, which to all concerned was always acceptably done, during thirty-eight years. In all that period he was absent from his post through indisposition in the aggregate only five days. His pastime, while not engaged in his appointed task, was somewhat different though not less laborious. To increase knowledge of natural things, animate or inanimate, gigantic or microscopic, seemed to be a ruling passion ; and, like a true huntsman, he cared less for the capture than for the pleasure of pursuing his game. It may be truly said that Dr. Leidy was born to be a naturalist. To his iQuate ability to perceive the minutest variations in the forms and color of things was united artistic aptitude of a high order. These natural facul- ties, in continuous exercise almost from his infantile days, and his love of accuracy, enabled him to detect minute differences and resemblances of all objects, and to correctly describe and portray them. Besides, nothing, however small, that came within the scope of his vision, while walking or riding, escaped his notice. He says (p. 294) of his work on Fresh Water Rhizopods, 1879 : "The study of natural history in the leisure of my life, since I was fourteen years of age, has been to me a constant source of happiness, and my expe- rience of it is such that, independently of its higher merits, I warmly recommend it, than which, I believe, no other can excel it. At the same time, observing the modes of life of those around me, it has been a matter of unceasing regret that so few, so ver}^ few people give attention to intel- lectual pursuits of any kind." His first important work in natural history was begun in the winter of 1844, at the instance of Mr. Amos Binney, President of the Boston Society of Natural History. It is entitled, Special Anatomy of tJie Terrestrial Gasteropoda of the United States. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., of Philadel- phia. Quarto, pp. 169 ; illustrated by 16 plates, containing 120 figures. This admirable essay is included in the first of the three handsome vol- umes of Mr. Binney's work.* In the Preface Mr. Biuney says : "The author is gratified in announcing that the anatomical details of the species, together with the dissections and drawings, are exclusively due to the labors of Joseph Leidy, M.D., of Philadelphia. They constitute the most novel and important accessions to science contained in the work, and are * The TeireHrial Air-breathing Jfdlusk^ of the United States a7id the Adjacent Territories of North America ; described and illustrateil. By Amos Binney. Edited by Augustus A. ■Gould. Charles C. Little and James Browu. Boston, 1851. Quarto, Vol. i, pp. 366, 16 plates ; Vol. ii, pp. 362, 74 plates ; Vol. iii, pp. 183, 57 plates. Mr. Binney died February 1><, 1847. Ruschenberger.] IrrO [April 1, an lionorable evidence of a skill and industry which entitle him to a high rank among philosophical zoologists." Dr. Leidy, in 1845, contributed three papers — anatomical descriptions of mollusks named — to the Boston Society of Natural History, which were published in its Journal and Proceedings. On nomination by Dr. Samuel George Morton and Messrs. John S. Phillips and John Cassin, Dr. Leidy was elected a member of the A.cademy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, July 39, 1845, then at the northwest corner of Broad and Sansom streets. At that period natural history interested comparatively few persons in the community, and by those few was regarded chiefly as a rational pastime. A brief retrospect of the subject, which is nearly associated with Dr. Leidy's career, may be permitted to recall its ancient standing and prog- ress in public estimation. John Hyacinth de Magellan, of London, in 1786, gave to the American Philosophical Society (of which he was chosen a member January, 1784) two hundred guineas, to be a permanent fund, the interest thereof to be annually awarded by the Society in premiums "to the author of the best discovery or the most useful invention, relating to navigation, astronomy or natural philosophy {mere natural history only excepted)."* This exception, though seemingly contemptuous, was wise. Had natu- ralists been eligible to receive those premiums. Dr. Leidy alone, who almost annually discovered many genera and species, might have earned the whole income of the fund. Magellan's opinion, which was probably common in his day, seems to have been that to discover and describe natural species of any kind is comparatively so easy, requires so little inventive aptitude and intellectual force, and the discovery itself imports so little to the good of mankind that such work needs no encouragement. A century's experience has modified this notion in many respects. Natural history attracted very little attention in Philadelphia during the first quarter of the present century. There were some botanists, but very few were interested in other branches of natural science. A half dozen gentlemen who, at chance meetings, often discussed ques- tions connected with the subject, formally assembled, .January, 1812, at the residence of one of them, to form a natural history society. They styled themselves "Friends of science and rational disposal of leisure moments." After due consideration at several meetings they founded, March 21, 1812, "The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia." * John Hyacinth de Magellan, a Portuguese physicist, was born in Lisbon in 1723. He claimed that Magellan, the first circumnavigator, was one of his ancestral kinsmen. He long sojourned in tlie convents of St. Augnstin, of which he assumed the habit , and removed to England about 1764, to devote himself to the study of physical science, and died at Islington, near London, January 7, 1790. He was elected a member of the Royal Society of London, 1774, and was also a member of the Academies of Paris, Madrid and St. Petersburg. NouvcUe Biographie general depui& leg temps les plus reculcs juaqtic nos jours. Firmin Didot, Frercs, Paris, ISfiO. 1892.J l^J [Ruschenbei^er. To rationally dispose of leisure mouieuts ; to foster peaceful study of natural things, as a wholesome diversion of the mind from the mental weariness and waste incident to idlers, quite as harmless, and more useful than contending at a game of chess ; and to communicate freely to each other, as well as to the world, the results of their studies and si^ontaneous investigations were the chief motives which led its members to institute the Society and promote its progress. Many books of reference, to tell students what had been already ascer- tained, and collections of numerous natural objects, to compare with those supposed to be new, are indispensable implements of a naturalist, but no individual was able to obtain them. Immediately after founding the Society the members saw this urgent need, and together began to form a library and a museum for their common use. Looking forward to a time when the members of the Society would be numerous, and possibly might include zealous supporters of difierent relig- ious creeds and rival political parties, the founders were somewhat appre- hensive that a source of discord might arise in meetings of men holding conflicting opinions on these subjects, and for such reason agreed from the outset that, on entering the premises of the Society, every member should leave his religion and politics behind him at the door, and that debate of religious or political questions should be always out of order. This un- written By-Law, solely designed to preserve harmony, though well under- stood by the members, was misconstrued outside of the Society. Educated people, generally, then regarded the study of natural history to be in some vague way antagonistic to religion, and erroneously sup- posed that its votaries must be atheists or at best deists, and, therefore, to be avoided. The above unwritten By-Law, which, according to vulgar rumor, required members on joining the Society to give up religion, sustained the popular error. During the first quarter of a century of the Academy's existence, natural history was not a part of the curriculum in any school or college in our country, because its economic value was not generally understood. Most of the Society's members were self-taught. They met in the evening once a week and before the meeting was called to order, passed some time harmoniously conversing about their studies. Their aim was to encourage spontaneous investigations and to make the Academy a practical school of natural history. No one then imagined that knowledge of it would ever become, as it is now, marketable knowledge, a part of the stock in trade of the teacher's beneficent vocation. At that time the chief incentive to the study was pure love of it, without hope of renown or emolument. When Dr. Leidy joined the Society its library contained about 12,000 volumes, and its museum representative collections of thousands of speci- mens in all departments of natural history, besides chemical and other apparatus. He had at once use of all these resources, and the encourage- ment which flows from the fellow-feeling of many comrades working on the same line. He often said in after years that, without the facilities Ruschenberger.] -L^U [April 1, found in the Academy, lie could not have succeeded in many of his original researches. Dr. Leidy was elected Lihrarian December, 1845. He resigned at the end of the year, and the Academy voted him thanks for his efficient ser- vice. In December, 184G, he was elected a Curator, and was continuously Chairman of the Board till he died^more than forty-four years. During all that time he virtually directed and managed the afltairs of the museum. To him it was a congenial occupation — helped him in the line of his pursuits. At the weekly stated meetings of the Academy the Chairman of the Curators usually invited attention to any notable addition to the museum. In this connection his verbal communications, which are recorded in the Proceedings, are very numerous, and were always seemingly delivered and heard with pleasure. An examplary specimen of them is, as follows : At a stated meeting of the Academy, October 6, 1846, Dr. Leidy announced substantially that he had lately detected an entozoon in the thigh of a hog, which "is a minute, coiled worm contained in a cyst. Tiie cysts are numerous, white, oval in shape, of a gritty nature, and between the thirtieth and fortieth of an inch in length." He supposed it "to be the Tricliina spiralis heretofore considered as peculiar to the human species. He could perceive no distinction between it and the specimens of T. spiralis which he had met with in several human subjects in the dissecting rooms, where it had been observed by others, since the attention of the scientific public had been directed to it by Mr. Hilton and Prof. Owen."* In an address, delivered Maj' 1, 1886, he said : "I recall to mind an occasion upwards of forty years ago, while I was a student assisting my preceptor, Dr. Goddard, the Demonstrator of Anatomy in the University and Prosector to Prof. Horner. TVe were making preparations for a lecture on the muscles when Dr. Goddard, who was endowed with quick perception and sharp vision, observed an appearance in the flesh which led him to examine it with the microscope. In it he found a number of minute coiled worms to which he called the attention of Prof. Horner. The parasite had been discovered a short time previously by the English surax'on, Sir James Paget, and was described by Prof. Owen with the name Trichina spiralis. Several j'ears later I found the same parasite in pork."f It appears that the existence of trichinse in the human subject was first noticed in England in 1832. On the 22d of January, 1833, Mr. John Hilton read a paper before the Medico-Chirurgical Society of London, entitled, "Notes on a peculiar * Proc. Arwl. Nat. Sc. of Phila., Vol. iii, pp. 107-S, 18^6. t " Au Address on Evolution and the Pathological Importance of the Lower Forms of Life." By I'rof. Joseph Leidy. Delivered before the graduating class of the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania, May 1, 1886. Keprinted from the Therapeutic Gazette for June 15, 1886. George S. Davis, Detroit, Mich., 1886. 1892.] -»-«?J- IRuschenberger. appearance observed in human muscles, probably depending upon llie formation of very small cysticerci. By John Hilton, Demonstrator of Anatomy at Guy's Hospital." He states substantially that Procter, aged seventy, was admitted into the hospital for a cancer, and died three months after. "Between the [mus- cular] fibres, and having their long axis parallel to them, are situate several oval bodies, transparent in the middle and opaque at either end, altogether about one-twenty-fifth of an inch in length. No organization could be discovered with the aid of a microscope."* At a meeting of the Zoological Society of London, February 24, 1835, Mr. Owen read a description of a microscopic Entozoon, infesting the mus- cles of the human body.f In the Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, Vol. i, pp. 315-23, is the same paper, "By Richard Owen, Assistant Conservator of the Royal College of Surgeons in London," with a plate. In that paper Mr. Owen states in substance that Mr. Paget, an intelligent student at St. Bartholomew's Hospital, observed that muscles of the body of an Italian barometer-maker, who died January 29, 1835, aged fifty, were beset with minute whitish specs," and that Mr. Paget, aided by Mr. Brown and ]Mr. John Bennet, at the British Museum, at the same time satisfactorily determined the existence of the entozoon. Mr. Wormald, Demonstrator of Anatomy at St. Bartholomew's Hos- pital, stated that he had noticed more than once the same condition during previous anatomical seasons, and at the request of Mr. Owen, soon fur- nished him ample materials for microscopic examination from the subject above mentioned. Mr. Owen at once described the entozoon, which he named Trichina spiralis, and reported the result of his investigation to the Zoological Society. Dr. Henry J. Bowditch, of Boston, was the first American who noticed the Trichina spiralis. If. No one had ever suggested a source of or how this parasite found its way into the human subject until Dr. Leidy, while eating a piece of ham at his own breakfast table, discovered its existence in the hog. In an- nouncing his discovery, with his usual caution, he said that he supposed it to be the Trichina spiralis described by Owen. This may be a reason wiiy it was not generally recognized at the time. The publication of it in the Proceedings of the Academy was copied in full in the Annals and 31agazine of Natvral History, Vol. xix, p. 358, London, 1847 ; and Drs. F. Kiichenmeister and F. A. Ziirn slate, in their work on the Parasites of Men, that "Leidy found, in 1847, the parasite in the muscle of pigs."§ * The London Medical Gazette for February 2, 1833, Vol. xi, p. 605. + See Proceedings Zool. Soc. t His observations are published in the Boston Med. and Surg. Jour, for 1842 and 1844. §Dr. T. Spencer Cobbold, a chief English authority on the subject, in his work on Entozoa, published in 1864, cites Dr. Leidy in his bibliography, but does not mention him in his text in reference to Trichinx. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. T. PRINTED APRIL 23, 1893. 1 ^'^ Ruschenberger.] . a.uu [April 1, The discovery that Tricliina spiralis infests the hog is, in its economic relations, among the most important observations Dr. Leidy ever made. Very soon after Dr. Leidy's discovery became generally known in Europe, the importation of American pork by Austria-Hungary, Ger- many, etc , was arrested, under a belief that American hogs are very often infested by this parasite. Recently, however, relying upon tlie system of inspection establislied by American authority, American pork is no longer excluded from European countries in which immense quantities of pork are consumed in the form of smoked meat, imperfectly cooked. Whether the Germans suppose, as has been asserted, that one pound- of raw pork contains as much nourishment as a pound and a quarter well cooked, or prefer the taste of it simply smoked, is an open question. Be this as it may,, it is now known that thorough cooking renders trichinous pork harmless. Though the most ancient of lawgivers declared swine to be "unclean," unwholesome food, it does not seem supposable that he anticipated Leidy and knew that the pigs of his time were infested by this microscopic parasite. Trichinae found now in man, it is believed, are derived from the hog, but whence the hog receives the parasite has not been demonstrated. Dr. Leidy was chosen a member of the American Philosophical Society October 19, 1849. Though not frequently present at its meetings, he con- tributed several papers to its Transactions and Proceedings. Need of very much more space to properly accommodate the rapidly growing library and museum of the Academy had been apparent for some time, and had become so pressing that, early in 1806, measures were adopted to supply the want. Forty members were appointed a com- mittee to solicit citizens generally to contribute to a Building Fund. Dr. Leidy was one of them, but it is believed that his modesty prevented him from actively participating in the work. A trust was created. The con- tributors were to elect thirteen members of the Academy Trustees of the Building Fund, with authority to purchase a site and erect thereon a Buitable edifice. They represented the contributors, to whose bounty alone the Academy would be indebted for the proposed new building. "When the subscriptions amounted to $100,000, the fund was placed in the custody of the Trustees. This method of procedure was designed to remove the subject from the meetings of the Academy, and to avoid delays in construction, which, it was conjectured, might arise from officious meddling of non-contributing members, if the work were confided to a Committee of the Society. Dr. Leidy was elected a member of the first Board of Trustees of the See, On Poisoning by Diseased Pork, being an essay on trichinosis or flesh-worm disease, its prevention and cure. By Julius Althaus, M.D., M.R.C.P., London, Physician to the Royal Infirmary for Diseases of the Chest, 8vo., pp. 34. John Churchill & Sons, London, 1864. Also, Animal Parasites and Messmates. By P. J. Bencden, Professor at the University of Louvain ; correspondent of the Institute of France, with 83 illustrations. D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1876. [Kusehenberger. Building Fund. January, 18G7, and was regularly reelected till the close of his l,fe. The work of the Board was not in harmony with his previous experience or taste. For this reason, perhaps, and because he unre servedly confided in the business ability of his colleagues rather than on his own, he d.d not warmly participate in it, though none was more desirous of its satisfactory achievement. During his student days, and for years after graduation, Dr Leidy was generally held to be poor ; but he had already acquired a local reputation on account of his knowledge of natural history, and was re- garded to be a young scientist of unusual promise. He attracted the attention of some prominent citizens, among them Dr. James Rush to whose beneficence the city is indebted for the Eidgeway branch of Ihe Philadelphia Library. Mrs. Rush was frequently pleased to make him a .on at her evening parties. At that time many persons were pleased to believe that he strongly resembled the conventional likeness of our baviour. Both Dr. and Mrs. Rush were his friends and admirers durinsr their lives. ^ Mrs. Rush died October 23, 1857. After that event Dr. Leidv oflen dined tete-a-tete with Dr. Rush. Dr. Rush died May 36, 1869. Dr. Leidy was invited to be a pall- bearer at the funeral, and at the same time received an intimation that he should not fail to be present. He accepted the invitation. A few days afterwards he was greatly surprised by the receipt of a bank cheque for $500. He learned that Dr. Rush had named those friends whom he desired to be his pallbearers, and that he had instructed the executor of his estate to give $500 to each of those who served in that capacity at his funeral. At its summer commencement of 1869, the Franklin and Marshall College. Lancaster. Pa., conferred upon him the honorary deo-ree of Legum Doctor— Lh.Tf. j o ui In the spring of 1871 he was appointed Professor of Natural History in Swarthmore College, eleven miles from the city, in Delaware county and lectured there at 10 o'clock a.m., at first once in the week and subse- quently twice. He resigned the office in June, 1885, but continued his connection with the institution as emeritus or retired professor The Secretary of War invited him. May 6, 1873, to be the senior mem- ber of the scientific corps during an exploration of the route of the Pacific Railroad. This invitation was declined. In December, 1874, he was ofleredtheHersey Professorship of Anatomy in the University of Harvard, at an annual salary of $4000 He passed the summer of 1875 in Europe, visiting museums in London Pans, Berlin, and mingling socially with renowned professors and distin- guished votaries of natural science wherever he halted. He spent the greater part of two seasons exploring the country around Fort Bridger, the Uinta mountains and Saltlake basin in search of materials for his treatise on Fresh Water Rhizopods of North America Ruschenberger.] xi-»^ [April 1, under the auspices of the U. S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, then directed by Dr. F. V. Hayden. The work was pub- lished in 1879. Dr. Leidy states, January 1, in his introduction to it, that during four years he had studied these Rhizopods as they occur in all the fresh waters of the country from the Atlantic border to an altitude of 10,000 feet in the Rocky mountains, and gratefully refers to the generous hospitality and aid received from Dr. J. Van A. Carter, formerly of Fort Bridger, who conducted his expeditions to 'the Uinta mountains and de- frayed their expenses. Various railroad companies granted him entirely free transportation, or at half fare, so that to the Survey the expenses of tliis admirable work, besides the charges incident to its publication, amounted to about $223. His friend, Mr. Joseph Wilcox, relates that while they were visiting the "badlands" of Wyoming, he asked Dr. Leidy, "What beauties do you see in this forbidding territory? " In reply he said, "This is a most interesting place to see, where no living animal or plant exists. I enjoy the novelty of this anomalous locality. You will all agree with the man who appropriately compared this place to the infernal regions after the fires had been put out." During many years Dr. Leidy habitually visited the Twelfth Street Market in search of specimens, and became quite intimate with Mr. R. M. Holbrook, who is a large dealer in fresh fish, etc., and is also Treasurer of the Market Company. Speaking of Dr. Leidy, Mr. Holbrook said, "He was a man of such simplicity of manner that he drew all classes of persons to him, even children would stop and listen to him. " At one time a few years ago he got from me a specimen of some kind of fish and wrote an article about it, in which he gave me the credit of furnishing the specimen. The article was copied in a London journal, but by mistake gave my name as the author. As soon as he saw it Dr. Leidy came and asked me whether I had written much for the papers. He then told me of the mistake, laughed heartily, and seemed to enjoy it very much.* "And he told me about the publication of his book on Rhizopods. And on my expressing a hope that he was well paid for liis work, he said that all he got for his labor was twenty copies of it and that he was satisfied. " At another time he told me that he had just received an unexpected remittance from Boston ; that he had written a paper for the Walker prize the year before and had not received anything, but this year in con- sideration that his papers were good both years the committee had awarded him a double prize. His childlike manner in telling me about it, without reference to the sum of money he had received, and without the least tinge of egotism or conceit, showed that he wished me to enjoy his success with him. * At a Slated meeting of the Academy, May 10, 1870, Dr. Leidy "called attention to errors in published reprints of the Academy's Proceedings in foreign journals." 1892.] 100 [Rusclicnbcrger. " He usually came to market about six o'clock in the morning before the crowd began, and sat behind the stall a half hour or more talking and watching the men while they were cleaning tish. He was always pleased to carefully examine whatever might be found in the stomachs or intes- tines of the larger varieties. Tlie entrails of very big ones were some- times sent to his house that he might inspect them at his leisure. And if anything strange came along — for whatever comes into the fisherman's net is fish — it was sent to him. Sometimes he wrote the Latin name of an uncommon kind on a scrap of paper, which my men copied in large letters and, sticking it on the specimen, displayed it on the stall. For example, on one scrap he wrote, ' Horse Crevalle — Caraux hippus. Cape Cod to the West Indies. Belongs to the Pilot-fish family and related to the Mackerels ; ' on another, ' Pensacola black grouper — Trisopteris microlepis ; ' and on a third, 'The Massachusetts Tile Fish — Monacanthus Massachusettensis.' " The Boston Society of Natural History, January 22, 1880, "Voted that, the Walker Grand Honorary Prize for 1879 be awarded to Prof. Joseph Leidy for his prolonged investigations and discoveries in zoology and paleontology, and in consideration of their extraordinary merit the sum awarded be $1000.* In August, 1880, an invitation to lecture and supervise the scientific studies of the postgraduates of Princeton College, N. J., was declined. In December, 1881, he was elected without competition President of the Academy of Xatural Sciences of Philadelphia, and continuously held the ofiice till he died. About the year 1866 it was suggested that natural history should be taught in the University. The proposition was entertained and discussed from time to time, and lingered on without action. In 1882, under the propulsive and successful administration of Dr. William Pepper, the dis- tinguished Provost of the University of Pennsylvania (whose policy appar- ently is to enlarge the institution and foster within it every branch of * Dr. William J. Walker, a generous frieud of science, who died at Newport, R. I., April 2, 1865, placed in trust of the Boston Society of Natural History means of awarding prizes for the best memoirs, written in English, on subjects proposed by a committee, appointed by the Council of the Society. The first and second prizes to be awarded annually, and the third once in five years, beginning 1870. First.— For the best memoir presented a prize of $60 may be awarded, which sum, at the discretion of the Committee, may be increased to *100, if the memoir be of marked merit. Second.— For the next best memoir a prize of not exceeding 850 may be awarded, pro- vided it be of adequate merit in the opinion of the Committee. Third.— Grand Honorary Prize. The Council of the Society may award the siun of $500 for such scientific investigation or discovery in natural history as may be deserving thereof in its judgment, provided such investigation or discovery shall have first been made known and published in the United States of America; and at the time of said award shall have been made known and published at least one year. "If in conse- quence of the extraordinary merit of such investigation or discovery, the Council of the Society should see fit, they may award therefor the sum of $1000." Fruc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hisl.. Vol. X, p. 146, 1866. 1 HiK Ruschenberger.] J.tJ\J [April 1, liuman knowledge which may be profitably taught), a school of natural history was devised and instituted under the modern style of Department of Biology, and Dr. Leidy was appointed, for the current academic year, Professor of Biology (Zoology) in the Faculty of Philosophy. In 1884 the department was organized by the appointment of a Faculty of seven professors, including Dr. Leidy as Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, and he was elected. May 6, Director of the Biological Department.* It w^as proposed, March 16, 1885, that his salary should be $6000, on condition that he should resign his position in Swarthmore College, which lie did, and give his time exclusively to the University. A laboratory, an herbarium and an appropriate museum were started. To the latter Dr. Leidy contributed many of his skillfully made prepara- tions, and bequeathed to it an herbarium of about 1400 species of plants, collected by himself. In this connection the University Marine Biological Association has been founded, with laboratories and aquaria located at Sea Isle City, N. J. The Geological Society — Burlington House, London, January 5, 1884 — awarded to Dr. Leidy the Lyell Medal, with its accompanying purse of £25, in recognition of his important services to paleontology. About the close of the year 1883 the attention of Dr. Leidy was invited to a subject which he had not previously considered. Mr. Henry Seybert, a firm believer in modern spiritualism, who died March 3, 1883, aged eighty-two years, not long before his death gave to the University of Pennsylvania a sum of money sufficient to found a Professor- ship of Philosophy, on condition that the University should appoint a com- mission to investigate "all systems of morals, religion or philosophy, which assume to represent the truth, and particularly of modern spiritualism." Ten gentlemen, most of them members of Faculties or of the Board of Trustees of the Universit}^ were constituted a commission to investigate modern spiritualism. Dr. Leidy, with one or more members of the com- mission, attended twelve sittings with reputed spiritualist mediums, from March, 1884, to April, 1887. The commission submitted a preliminary report of its proceedings May, 1887. f The Trustees of the Wagner Free Institute of Science elected him, July 27, 1885, President of tlie Faculty and Professor of Biology, at an annual salary of $500. From that date the Trustees obtained his views before deciding any question relating to the scientific policy of the Institute, and appointed members of the Faculty subject to his approval. He lectured two or three times every season, and always attracted a large audience. In the spring of 1890, lectureships superseded the Faculty system, and * University of Penusylvauia. Handbook of Informatiou, concerning the School of Biology, Philadelphia, 1889. t Preliminary Report of the Commission appointed by the Universil y of Pennsylvania to Investigate Modern Spiritualism, in accordance with the Request of the late Henry Seybert, 12nio, pp. IdO. J. B. Lippiucott Company, Philadelphia, 1887. 1892.] -'■'-'• I Ruschouberger. Dr. Leid}'' was elected Director of the Museum June 3, 1890, aad spent some of his last days ia planning a synoptical arrangement of it. He was authorized by the Trustees to expend $3000, while in Europe in 1889, in the purchase of specimens for the museum, and on his return $1000 more were placed in his hands to be spent in the United States for objects of the same kind. His interest in the growth of the museum and library was constant. He presented many books and specimens collected by himself. At its summer commencement of 1886, Harvard University conferred upon him its honorary degree of Legum Doctor — LL.D.; and the Insti- tute of France awarded to him, December 18, 1888, the Cuvier prize medal. He had now reached the sixty-fifth year of his age. Unremitting routine and other labors, and the enjoyment of many social meetings with friends, had somewhat abated both his physical and mental energies. Rest was desirable. Accompanied by his wife and daughter he visited Europe in the summer of 1889, but his first letters from London indicate that the sojourn there was much less cheering to him than it ever had been. And then the serious illness of j\Irs. Leidy, soon after reaching England, greatly augmented his depression, although the sym- pathy and attention of his English friends were unstinted. After her recovery the projected tour was completed, and in September all returned in better health and spirits than when they started on their trip to Europe. Soon after reaching home a rumor from the University was a source of much distress to Dr. Leidy. It was said that the professorships were to be rearranged, and to realize the plan he would be asked to relinquish the Chair of Anatomy and retain his position in the Biological Department. A city newspaper reported substantially that Dr. Leidy had been requested to resign. The statement was at once authoritatively contradicted. Nevertheless, subsequently he, who was pronounced by one of the Faculty to be the "most consummate teacher that ever held the Chair of Anatomy," was requested to relinquish it, but he declined. During the year 1890, in compliance with the wish of a valued friend, he visited several times the establishment of Mr. Keely, who claims that he had long ago discovered a new motor of extraordinary force. Diligent study during many years has failed to ascertain a practical method of applying this power to any use. With this aim Mr. Keely has con- btructed costly and ingenious machinery which is set in motion by this occult power. Many prominent scientists, engineers and others have been invited at difiierent times to inspect it, hoping probably that their opinions would encourage his continuous research. It seems, however — if the public be rightly informed in the premises — that, in their judgment, the nature of this new force, whatever it may be in fact, is not yet appa- rent. But Dr. Leidy w^rote, December 18, on his card to a friend, "Keely appeared to me to have command of some power previously unknown." Ruschenberger.] j.rj\j [April 1, This statement is not even presumptive testimony that a previously unknown natural force is now under command. Unsurpassed ability to ascertain the structure of organisms of every kind, as Dr. Leidy had, is not in itself sufficient to guarantee that the witness may not be deceived as to the motive force that operates complicated machinery, especially one who has never been interested in or studied any branch of physics. The judgment of a backwoodsman on the sea-worthiness and fighting qualities of the first battleship he ever visited would be as respectable. His membership in many societies at home and abroad is significant of his widespread reputation. A list of them is appended. Prof Henry C. Chapman, of Jefierson Medical College, in his Memoir, printed in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, for 1891, has noticed in a summary but admirable manner each of Dr. Leidy's leading publications. Lists of all of them may be found in the Appendix. The general character of all his works is anatomical. They consist almost entirely of technical descriptions of genera and species of existing or extinct animals. Though highly creditable to their author, they inte- rest very few persons besides votaries of natural history, because they are not applicable to any apparent industrial use. Such writing does not bring pecuniary reward. With the exception of his books on Anatomy and reports to the Surgeon-General of the Army, he received no sub- stantial compensation for any of his numerous essays. Inasmuch as botany and mineralogy were greatly preferred to other branches of natural history in his early life, it is notable that he published little, if anything of importance, in connection with either. Prof. Thomas C. Porter, of Lafayette College, among the foremost of our botanists, who was his intimate friend during many years, wrote in reply to inquiries : "To your other question I can give a definite answer. Of course, as a master of biology, he had a comprehensive knowledge of structural and physiological botany, but his interest in the plant world was only a side-interest. He had a fair acquaintance with our native flora, and his wonderful powers of observation were sometimes of great service to his friends who were engaged in its study. Had he turned hi5> mind from animals to plants he would, no doubt, have done the same kind of valuable work amongst the latter as he had done amongst the former. But I know of no thorough investigations of the sort made or published by him. Looking over his species of Panicum one day, he remarked to me that, if he could devote the time to it, he should like to produce a monograph of that difficult genus. He had a herbarium com- posed chiefly of specimens of his own collection. It is not large, but like everything else which passed through his hands, in excellent condition." In his charming personal history of Dr. Leidy, Dr. William Hunt says: "I remember walking with him along the grassy path by the seaside at Bar Harbor one summer day. We were on our way to visit a Phila- delphia lady who was herself an amateur botanist, and particularly well 1S92.] J-O" [Ruschenbergcr. acquainted with tlie region about us. Suddenly Dr. Leidy said, raisin i:; his hands, ' Dear me ! there is a plant which Gray says only grows high on the mountains, and here it is by the sea. ' He gathered a portion of it with great care and put it in his pocket. When he got to the house he spoke of his find, and showed Mrs. the specimen. 'Why, Doctor,' she said, 'that is Empetrum.' The doctor looked carefully at it and said, 'Why, so it is ; I thought it was Loiseleuria,' and laughed heartily, receiving the correction as though it had come from Gray himself.''* His deep interest in mineralogy was continuous from boyhood till the close of his life. To him it was a kind of Sunday afternoon or holiday recreation to visit friends who had cabinets, examine their newly acquired specimens, and talk about them in connection with those in rival collec- tions. Always seeking to obtain rare specimens, especially of gems, he bought and sold and exchanged minerals with his friends whenever oppor- tunity occurred. About the year 1870 he purchased a collection, said to be the finest ever brought from Europe to this country, and a year or two after sold it to a party in Boston for $2000, because he said he could not afford to keep it. He continually added to and improved his cabinet, which, at his death, was sold to the National Museum at Washington, D. C, for $2800. He was not practically interested in the chemical analysis of minerals. But through his life-long habit of examining, comparing and exchanging specimens, as well as of buying and selling them, he acquired the skill of an average lapidary in recognizing mineral forms, especially of gems, and among his friends became an authority for their market value. Yet more than once he mistook an artificial for a real stone, submitted to his inspec- tion by a dealer to test his knowledge. Dr. Leidy had a broad chest and strong limbs, was about five feet ten or eleven inches in height and 200 pounds in weight. Relatively to his stature, slightly stooping at the shoulders, his head was rather small; and it was ascertained after death that his brain weighed forty-five and a half ounces — somewhat less than the average. But deficiency of brain tissue was probably compensated for by the sustaining power of good blood- circulating and digestive apparatus, upon the normal functions of which mental activity in a degree depends. It is commonly known that a drink of tea or of any stimulant temporarily augments the activity of the mental machinery when it is moving slowly from fatigue or other cause. It is generally supposed, however, that intellectual energy is in proportion to the size of the brain, the prevailing weight of which in adult man is from forty-six to fifty-three ounces, according to an English authority,! and from forty-five to fifty-five ounces among our own people, and among all races from two to four pounds, according to an American authority. | * In Meraoriam. Dr. Joseph Leidy, b. Sept. 9, 1823, d. April 30, 1891. Personal History. By William Hunt, M.D. Read at the Academy of Natural Sciences, May 12, 1891. ^Anatomy, Descriptive and Surgical. By Henry Gray, F.R.S. XAn Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D., etc. Second edition, 1889. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. U. PRINTED APRIL, 23, 1892. Ruschenberger.] J-Ot/ [April 1, " A little man with the same size of head as a big man will (other things being equal) possess more energy. In weight of brain, again, considerable differences exist among men of acknowledged power. The average weight of the male brain in civilized races is about 49 ounces. Cuvier's brain weighed 64 ounces; Abercrombie's and Schiller's, 63 ; De Morgan and Gauss, the mathematicians, 52f and 52 respectively. But Grote, the his- torian, had a brain only three-quarters of an ounce above the average, wliile the brains of Tiedemann, the anatomist, and Hausmann, the min- eralogist, fell 5 and 6 ounces below it. * * * "The heaviest known human brain belonged to a Sussex bricklayer, who died of consumption in University College Hospital in 1849. It ex- ceeded 67 ounces and was well proportioned ; while in physical size its owner was not greatly above the average, being 5 feet 9 inches in height and of robust frame. But the man could not read or write, though he was said to have a good memory and to be fond of politics."* According to these data size or weight of brain is not a measure of mental capability. Dr. Leidy had a handsome forehead, though it was not remarkably high nor broad. Compared with the head, his face was perhaps large. Nearly horizontal, straight brows slightly overhung tranquilly pensive blue eyes, which were not widely separated by a fuil-sized, well-formed nose. His mouth, slightly drooping at the corners, contained a set of fine teeth. The lips were well proportioned and his chin was broad. He wore a full beard and was well crowned with fine hair. While conversing with friends the expression of his face was truly significant of his very amiable disposition. His utterance was distinct and the tone of his voice pursuasive and pleasant, though slightly nasal. A natural and very modest demeanor made him welcome wherever he was. He loved the company of his friends. No member of either the Old Contributorship, of whicli he was a Director, or of the Biological Club, of which he was President, enjoj^ed more their stated dinners; on those occasions his clieerful and instructive conversation, almost always mentioning some fact new to them, gratified his companions.! To him controversy and conflict were always repugnant. He preferred to yield at once, rather than contend. For him it was a task to say. No, This feature of his nature at times lessened his administrative efllciency in He says, p. 713 : "All other conditions being equal, it is observed also to hold a relation in size to the degree of mental development ; hence the more civilized races and more cnltivated and intelligent people are distinguished by a larger and heavier brain, while the opposite condition exists in the barbarous races and the least cultivated persons." * The Insanity of Genius and the General Inequality of the Huvian Faculty, Physiologicalli Conddered. By J. F. Nisbet, author of Marriage and Heredity. Ward & Downey, 12 York street, Covent Garden, London, 1891. fThe Biological Club, as a token of its appreciation of Dr. Leidy, had painted a very- satisfactory portrait of liira, which is in the library of Academy of Natural Sciences. The College of Physicians of Philadelphia has in its library a portrait, which is a lugubrious likeness, though artistically well painted. 1S92.] Ibl [Kuschenbcrgcr. the opinion of some of his warmest friends, and caused tliem on occasions to jocosely say : "Oil! he is an invertebrate." While he was a bachelor his manner of living was properly economical, and his savings at different times amounted to considerable sums ; but his financiering ability or forecast seemed to be limited to this kind of hoard- ing. At the time when speculation in petroleum was imagined to be a sure road to fortune, he listened to a friend supposed to be knowing in the field, invested in a petroleum company and lost $4000. On another occa- sion he was lured by promises to invest in a silver mine and lost about twice as much. Next he purchased stock of a certain railroad which from that day never made a dividend, and sold it for about half its cost. During the first half of his life or more his attention was exclusively given to anatomical and natural history pursuits. General literature or popular diversions did not interest him in any considerable degree. His diarj' kept while in Europe in 1848 mentions that he once attended the Hay- market Theatre in Loudon, and that he passed one evening in Paris at the Theatre du Palais Royal. But galleries of paintings and sculpture attracted his attention. To a friend who presented him a poem years ago he said : "I never read poetry. It seems to me such a round-abound way of expressing ideas." And to another he said he did not understand how anybody could read "rhyming stuff." But in the last decade of life, when age and experience had tamed his energies, and egoism was less exacting, his tastes changed. He read with pleasure certain poetic compo- sitions, which friends commended, and now and then a novel. Theatrical amusement often attracted him, and he was sometimes pleased to hear the music of his daughter's piano in the parlor while he was engaged in his study. He daily read newspapers, and, as a good citizen, voted at elec- tions of city. State and United States officers. In some respects he resembled Charles Darwin. Matthew Arnold says: "Mr. Darwin once owned to a friend that, for his part, he did not experi- ence the necessity of two things, which most men find so necessary to them — religion and poetry ; science and the domestic affections he thought were enougli."* In his autobiography Mr. Darwin says: "For many years I cannot endure to read a line of poetry; I have tried lately to read Shakespeare, and have found it so intolerably dull that it nauseated me. I have almost lost my taste for pictures and music. * * * My mind seems to have become a kind of machine for grinding general laws out of a large collec- tion of facts." Dr. Leidy, however, sought chiefly to ascertain facts ; he did not attempt to deduce general laws from them. He accepted, without reserve, all the theories of evolution, etc., of Mr. Darwin, with whom he had correspondence, but their religious views were very different. * Discourses in America. By Matthew Arnold. Macmillan & Co., London, 1685, p. 113. 1 1\9 Ruschenberger.] xkj^ [April 1, In a letter, dated February 28, 1879, addressed to liis friend, the Rev. Dr. Henry C. McCook, he said : "I mark what you say in reference to quoting from the Cosmic Philosophy of Prof. Fiske, instead of expressing my opinions in my own language. I preferred doing so because my relig- ious views so fully accord with those he so clearly presents to the reader. I have always had an antipathy to enter into a discussion of religious opinions, and when persons, curious to know mine, have questioned me, to avoid discussion, I have the last few years referred them to the admir- able work of John Fiske. "While I am disposed to avoid public notice, I feel some recompense in your having read my note to your audience, as it may tend to remove the reproach of atheism, which you know is so unreasonably and freely im- puted to all naturalists and philosophers. "Through life I have been conscious of having been a devoted wor- shiper (again to quote Mr. Fiske) 'of an ever-present God, without whom not a sparrow falls to the ground;' and I have often felt annoyed at the implied reproach of infidelity from the self-sufficient who consider tliat they fulfill all religious duty in lip-service to the same Deity." Thougli not a regular attendant of any church, he was pleased to listen occasionally to sermons of the Rev. Drs. Phillips Brooks (Episcopalian), Ed. R. Beadle (Presbyterian) and "William 11. Furness (Unitarian). The teaching of the last was in accordance with his own religious views. The genius of Dr. Leidy — an innate force that seems to dominate tlie exercise of the natural aptitudes or talents — a force none of his ancestors possessed, and is therefore not ascribable to heredity — impelled him to investigate natural objects and portray those which had not been previ- ously described. His strong egoism was more gratified in this occupation than in any other. Some of his contemporaries, who wrought in the same field, possibly may have done more, but in the accuracy of their work none surpassed him. Prof. Cesare Lombroso, of Turin, forcibly argues that genius of every kind is always associated with abnormal conditions of the organism, and for such reason its presence is significant of some degree or kind of degen- eration.* Dr. Leidy was, as geniuses generally are said to be, precocious and sterile ; also, emotional and so far, neuropathic. During his visits to Europe, too long and too eager quest of whatever he sought was some- times followed by a feverish state and an unpleasant degree of nervous depression ; but perfect rest for a day, as his diaries show, enabled him to resume his pursuits. Dr. Leidy had a rare experience of living nearly sixty eight years with- out provoking personal hostility, without making an enemy. Troops of friends encouraged his pursuits, and among them some were ever ready to give him, when needed, substantial help to publish his works. No votary of natural history was helped more or more favored or more popular. *Tlie Man of Ocniim. By Cesare Lombroso, Professor of Legal Medicine at the Univer- sity of Turin ; with illustrations. Walter Scott, 24 Warwick Lane, Loudon, and Charles Scribner's Sous, New York, 1891. 1S92.1 ^^^ [Ruschenbcrger. Announcement of his death l)rought expressions of regret for the loss sustained and of admiration of his character from many citizens. News- papers published sketches of his career and praised his works and ways. The Alumni Society of the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania held its annual meeting in the evening of the same day. The President, Dr. Alfred Stille, officially announced that Dr. Leidy had died in the morning, and said, among other things, that by the death of Dr. Leidy the University "looses the profoundest and most consummate teacher that ever held the Chair of Anatomy, and whose fame as a comparative anatomist, paleontologist, geologist, zoologist and botanist was not bounded by his native city or country, but w^as coextensive with the civilized world. " No man, who had such reason to be proud, was ever more humble. His simple and amiable manners attached to him the old as well as the young, and made him revered in the gravest circles of the learned and loved by the students, whom he inspired by his example and enriched by Lis knowledge." The Wagner Free Institute of Science recorded 'its sense of loss in a minute, as follows : "With feelings of deep sorrow we record the death of Dr. Joseph Leidy, who, for the past six years has stood at the head of the science work of our Institute as President of the Faculty and Director of the Museum. "The death of this true and honest man, as gentle as he was strong, as humble as he was great, is to the whole civilized world, as it is to our own country, the loss of one of the most distinguished scientists of the day ; while to Philadelphia, the city of his birth and lifelong home, it is the loss, not only of one of her greatest men, but as well of a true and faith- ful son, who loyally spent his whole life in her service, and who died, as he lived, in entire devotion to duty, wholly forgetful of himself, and mind- ful of the welfare of others. "To the Wagner Free Institute of Science the loss occasioned by his •death is beyond repair. The place he has left vacant cannot be filled. To him, more than any other man, and to his good guidance more than anything else, is due whatever has been accomplished by the Institute since the death of its founder, in the organization and conduct of its work in the cause of science. It is impossible to express in words the debt of gratitude we owe to him ; only by deeds can we give expression to it, by striving to carry out the work which he has planned for us with such consummate skill, that it may become a living memorial of his earnest labors, his broad intelligence and his commanding knowledge." And in the first paragraph of his Valedictory Address to the graduating classes in medicine and dentistry of the University, delivered at the annual commencement, May 1, 1891, Prof. James Tyson said : "The ink was scarcely dry on my page when came the intelligence that Joseph Leidy was seriously ill, and close on this fact of his death. This most Ruschenberger.] jlv^^x [April 1, unexpected calamity has changed the present occasion from one of rejoic- ing to one of mourning — scarcely mitigated by the circumstance that Dr. Leidy died as he wished, after a short illness and with his shoulder, as it were, still at the wheel. For Dr. Leidy never ceased to work. His industry was only equaled by his intellect, and these by the sweet simplicity of his life. He loved science for science's sake, and neither poverty nor promise of riches, nor ambition, nor princely decoration could swerve him from his purpose. We are stupefied by the suddenness of our loss. And there is a fitness in the association of the end of your greatest teacher's life, and the new commencement of your own, which ought not to be without its effect in keeping green his precious memory, and in stimulating you to emulate his example." The funeral services were at the First Unitarian Church, May 2. Members of the societies to which he belonged, the Faculties of the Uni- versity, and prominent citizens in large numbers were present. The venerable and Rev. Dr. Furness ofiiciated, and delivered an eloquent and touching tribute to his worth. His remains, and at the same time those of his brother. Dr. Philip Leidy, who died April 29, were cremated. May 9. Not long afterwards representatives of the University solicited contribu- tions to an endowment of $50,000 to be raised at once and exclusively devoted to the use of his widow ; and ultimately revert to the University, "to establish and endow the Leidy Memorial Museum as an independent part of the great museum" projected for the Institution. Dr. Leidy be- queathed a modest sufficiency for his family. For such reason, probably, the necessity of the proposed endowment was not generally regarded to be urgent. About the same time it was decided to obtain an endowment for the Chair of Anatomy, the sum to be counted in the General Endow- ment Fund of $250,000 for the Medical Department, which, to make Dr. Pepper's conditional subscription of $50,000 payable, "must be secured before June 1, 1892, and then designate this chair by " the illustrious name of Leidy, whose labors gave it imperishable fame." "No more fitting memorial," says the circular, "can be found for this great man and beloved teacher." And the other circular says, " No memorial of Joseph Leidy can be more fitting than a museum in which will be garnered the infinite variety of natural objects which formed the basis of his admirable studies." Prof. J. P. Lesley, his personal and scientific friend, early in May pub- lished in the Chrinilan EeyisUr a warm tribute to his worth and memory. He said among other statements: "The eulogy of the dead runs easil^y into exaggeration. In this case that cannot happen. Rare men are so j-fire — a few in a generation, here and there one whose excellence is above degrees, the perfect man, the ideal man. He is like a statue set up in the public park of the metropolis, veiled until the day of showing comes. Death drops the veil, and the splendid apparition smites the heart of the community with a strange astonishment." 1892.] -'■"•-' [Ruschenbcrger. He also suid, in substance, that while Cope and Marsh were working the fossiliferous Held into which Dr. Leidy had entered long before, and by his labor made, in a sense, his own, they fell into disputes over priority of dates of different names of genera and species found in the later strata of a Western Territory, in which contention Leidy, the friend of both, refused to take any part. And, it seems proper to add, so dominant was his repugnance to controversy of every kind that he left his friends, freed from his participation, to compete with each other, and for a considerable period engaged in an entirely different field of investigation, to return long afterwards to his beloved paleontology. The Trustees of the Building Fund of the Academy of Natural Sciences ordered, 3Iay 15, 1891, a memorial notice to be preserved with the record of their proceedings, in which it is stated that "his modest, amiable de- portment at all times, his abiding interest in the welfare of the Academy and in the progress of the natural sciences, won for him the unreserved confidence and respect of his colleagues on the Board, and made his pres- ence at its meetings alw^ays welcome. But his connection with the Trustees and his many official positions in the Academy could not add to the high estimation in Avhich he was held in the community. His accu- rate and extensive knowledge of natural history in all its departments, his writings, his most acceptable teachings as Professor of Natural History in Swarthmore College, and as Professor of Human Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania during more than a third of a century, from May, 1853, obtained for him a deserved reputation and fame among the friends of the Natural Sciences at home and abroad." In his Address to the Graduating Class of 1891, at Swarthmore College, June 16, the President of the Board of Managers, Mr. Joseph Wharton, said: "And since nothing more potently aids us in the struggle to be- come wiser and better than observation of those who stand above us, and study of their methods, I can do nothing more fitting this occasion than endeavor to show you how this great man came to be so eminent, so trusted and so beloved. "Joseph Leidy inherited excellent constitution of mind and body ; lie was transparently sincere and absolutely devoted to truth ; he was re- markably devoid of selfishness in any form ; he had persistent and life- long diligence ; he was systematic in his expenditure and careful in his economy of time ; he held firmly to whatever task he undertook ; his temper was cheerfully equable and his disposition affectionate." Commenting on each of these characteristics successively, in a lucid style, Mr. Wharton thus happily concludes his pleasing address : "If now I have succeeded in showing you that every part of Dr. Leidy's great eminence grew out of the cultivation of such natural powers as your own, and out of the constant practice of such simple virtues as should also be yours, that, in a word, you may hope to scale such heights, to breathe such lofty air, to serve so well your kind, and to attain such universal respect and affection, without possessing other genius than that which lias Kuschenberger.] lUU [April 1, been defined as ' an infinite capacity for taking pains ; ' and if in sliowing this I have stirred in you a secret resolution to raalve j^our lives bear some resemblance to his clean and fruitful life, raj^ aim has been reached." The tribute delivered at the opening session of flie Congress of Ameri- can Physicians, assembled at Washington, D. C, September 21, 1891, is the last. Dr. Pepper, the distinguished Provost of the University of Pennsylvania, said: "In the death of Joseph Leidy, whicli occurred April 30, 1891, at the age of sixty-eight years, the medical profession in America lost its most loved and honored member, and American science its most illustrious representative.* It makes a difference to tlie world when such a man passes away. At his birth Nature gave him her accolade, and all his life long he was loyal to the holy quest of truth, which is the vow imposed on those whom she invests as her chosen knights. Who can say how much of the marvelous and inexhaustible knowledge of nature this great man possessed came from the singleness of his life and the purity of his heart," etc., etc. Leidy's life sustains rather Arthur Schopenhaur's opinion, that "thinkers and men of genius are those who have gone straight to the book of Nature ; it is they who have enlightened the world and carried humanity further on its way."t Postscript. — In the preparation of the preceding sketch, the writer has earnestly endeavored to avoid errors and hopes that he may have fairly succeeded. Incidents connected with the career of Dr. Leidy, though some of them may be unimportant or even trivial, have been narrated under an impression that they may assist in conveying a true representa- tion of him. The degree of usefulness to the world of his life-long work, according to the opinion that may be formed of it in the future, will be the criterion •of its worth as well as the measure of the duration of his reputation. * Knowing that Dr. Leidy liad entirelj' ceased to practise medicine more tlian forty years before, a witty friend of the Provost, after reading liis graceful eulogy, remarked in ■substance that it was like telling an assembly, representative of all the tanners of the United States that, in the death of General Grant, they had lost the most beloved mem- iber of the trade. t November 17, 1891, Dr. William Hunt delivered an address on his University career before the alumni and students of the Medical Department of the University of Penn- sylvania. 1892.] lt)< [Ruschenberger. APPENDIX. Societies at Home and Abroad of which Dr. Joseph Leidy was a Member. Boston Society of Natural History, 1845. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, July 29, 1845. Naturhistorischer Verein fiir das Grossherzogthum Hesse und Umgebung, 1848. American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1849. American Philosophical Society, Oct., 1849. Fellow of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, 1851. Philadelphia County Medical Society. Soci(5t6 de Biologic, Paris, 1851. Medical Society of Virginia, 1852. Linnean Society of Pennsylvania College, Gettysburg, 1853. Soci^te Imperiale de Naturalistes de Moscow, 1853. Logan Institute, Virginia, 1853. Zoosophical Society of the University of Pennsylvania, 1853. Philomathian Society of the University of Pennsylvania, 1854. Society des Sciences des Arts et des Lettres de Hainault, 1853. Dallas Historical Society, 1855. Iowa Lyceum, Des Moines, 1855. Natural History Society of Charleston, S. C, 1855. American Medical Association, 1856. Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo., 1856. K. Leopoldinisch Carolinische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, 1857. Zoological Society of London, 1857. K. Bairische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1858. Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association, 1859. Burlington County |N. J.] Lyceum of History and Natural Science, 1859. K. Bomische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, 1860. R. Academia economicoagraria dei Georafili di Firenze, 1861. K. K. Zoologisch-botanischer Verein, Wien, 1861. Geological Society of London, 1861. Dublin Natural History Society, 1863. National Academy of Sciences [an original member], 1863. Minnesota Historical Society, 1863. Entomological Society of Pennsylvania, 1864. College of Physicians and Surgeons, Reading, 1870. Alumni Society of the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania, 1871. Anthropological Society of London, 1872. Linnean Society of London, 1872. Minnesota Academy of Natural Science, 1873. Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg, 1873. Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural, 1874. Zoological Society of Philadelphia, 1876. Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool, 1877. Historical Society of Pennsylvania, 1884. Biological Society of Washington, D. C, 18S4. New York Microscopical Society, 1884. K. Danske Videnskabemes Selskab, 1886. Essex Institute, 18S7. Victoria Institute, or Philosophical Society of Great Britain, 1888. Anthroiwmetric Society, P. Association of American Anatomists, P. In all 50. PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. 80C. XXX. 138. V. PRINTED MAY 6, 1892. Ruscheiiberger.] -lvu [April 1, De. Leidy's Medical Papers and Books. The Medical Journal of the Medical Sciences : On Several Important Points in the Anatomy of the Human Larynx. Vol. 12, pp. 141-13, 1846. Kesearches into the Comparative Structure of the Liver. Vol. 15, pp. 13-25, 3 plates, Jan., 1848. On the Intimate Structure and History of the Articular Cartilages. Vol. 17, pp. 277-94, 2 plates, April, 1849. Intermaxillary Bone in the Embryo of the Human Subject. Vol. 17, p. 577, 1819. Also reported Jan. 9, 1849, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. 4, pp. 145-47. Notice of Certain Bodies observed in the Human Subject. Vol. 20, pp. 89-91, 1850. Human Anatomy. By James Quain, M.D. Edited by Richard Quain, F.R.S., and Wil- liam Sharpey, M.D., F.R.S , Professor of Anatomy and Physiology in University Col- lege, London. First American from the Fifth London Edition. Edited by Joseph Leidy, M.D. In 2 Vols., with over 500 illustrations. Lea & Blanchard, Philadel- phia, 18 J 9. Atlas of Pathological Histology. By Gottlieb Gluge, Professor of Physiology and Patho- logical Anatomy in the University of Bruxelles ; Member of the Royal Academy of Bruxelles. Translated from the German by Joseph Leidy, M.D., Pathologist to St. Joseph's Hospital, Philadelphia ; Fellow of the College of Physicians of Philadel- phia ; Honorary Fellow of the Medical Society of Virginia ; Corresponding Member of the Biological Society of Paris, etc. With 320 figures, plain and colored, on 12 copperplate engravings. Folio, pp. 100. Blanchard & Lea, Philadelphia, 1853. The Medical and Surgical History of the War of the Rebellion. Quarto. Part i, Vol. 2, 1870. Surgical History : Report of Case of Gunshot Wound of the Cervical Vertebrae, with Autopsy and Specimen. p. 431, 1863. Gunshot Wound of Rib, with Autopsy and Specimen, p. 569. Part ii, Vol. 2, 1876. Surgical History : Gunshot Flesh Wound, with Autopsy, p. 439. Excision of Humerus necrosed after Gunshot Wound, with Autopsy, p. 596. Gunshot Wound of Forearm, with Autopsy and Specimen, p. 927. Specimen of Ulna successfully excised on Account of Gunshot Wound, with Report of the Case. p. 902. Part ii. Vol. 1, 1879. Medical History : Reports of Cases and Autopsies made from July 30, 1352, to Oct. 25, 1861. pp. 109-122 ; and subsequently p. 300, p. 518 and p. 581. Note.— Dr. J. Leidy's official communications to Surgeon-General Barnes embrace reports of more than sixty autopsies and cases. An Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania ; Curator of the Academy of Natural Sciences ; Member of the American Philosophical Society, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Natural History Society, Boston, Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Elliot Natural History Society, Charleston, S. C, Medical Society of Virginia, Academy of Sciences of St. Louis, Imperial Society of Moscow, Royal Academy of Sciences, Munich, Imperial Leopold Carol. Academy of Sciences of Jena, Biological Society of Paris, Society of Arts and Sciences, Mons, Zoological Society, London, United Zoological and Botanical Association, Berlin, etc. With 392 illustrations. J. B. Lippincott & Co., Philadelphia, 1861. Intestinal Worms. 8vo, pp. 930-961 iucl., in Vol. 2 of A System of Practical Medicine. By American Authors. Edited by William Pepper, M D., LL.D., etc. ; assisted by Louis Starr, M.D., etc. Lea, Brothers & Co., Philadelphia, 1888. 1S92.] Iby [Ruscliouberger. An Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy. By Joseph Loidy, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Human and Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in the University of Pennsylva- nia ; President of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and of the Faculty of the Wag- ner Free Institute of Science. Second E.iition, rewritten, with 495 illustrations. 8vo, pp. 950. J. B.Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, 1889. Dr. Leidy's Books and Papers on N.vtural History. Anatomical Description of the Animal of Littorina angulifera. Illustrated. [Presented July 16, 1845.] Boston Journal of Natural History, Vol. 5, pp. 311-17. Boston, 1847. On the Anatomy of the Animal of Helix albolabris, Say. lUastrated. Proceedings of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 2, p. 57, 1845. On the Sack of the Dart, and of the Dart in Several Species of American Pneumo- branchiate Mollusks. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 2, pp. 59-60, 1815. A Notice of Helix lithophaga, p. '207, Official Report of the United States Expedition to Explore the Dead Sea and River Jordan. By Lieut. W. F. Lynch, U.S.N. Publisheii at the National Observatory, Washington. Quarto, printed in Baltimore, 1852. Dr. Leidy's Papers Published in the Proceedings of the Amer. Philos. Soc. Octavo. Verbal Remarks, March 4, 1859, on the Geology of the Headwaters of the Missouri. Vol. 7, p. 10. A Biographical Notice of Isaac Lea, LL.D. Read Nov. 18, 18S7. Vol. 14, pp. 400-3. Dr. Leidy's Papers Published in the Transactions of the Amer. Philos. Soc. Vol. 10, New Series, Quarto, Published 1853 : On the Organization of the Genus Gregarina of Dufour. Read Jan. 3, 1851, pp. 233- JO, 2 plates. Some Observations on Nematoidea imperfecta, and Description of Three Parasitic Infu- soria, pp. 241-44, 1 plate. Description of an Extinct Species of American Lion. Read May 7, 1832, pp. 319-24, 1 plate. A Memoir on the Extinct Dicotylina of North America. Read May 21, 1852, pp. 323-43, 4 plates. In VoL 11, New Series, Quarto, 1860 : Notice of the Remains of the Walrus discovered on the Coast of the United States, pp. 83-86. Descriptions of the Remains of Fishes from the Carboniferous Limestone of Illinois and Missouri. Read July 15, 1856, pp. 87-90. Saurocephalus and its Allies. Read Nov. 21, 1856, pp. 90-95. Observations on the Extinct Peccary of North America ; being a Sequel to a Memoir on the Extinct DicotyliiiEe of America. Read Nov. 21, 1856, pp. 95-1U5. Extinct Vertebrata from Judith River and Great Lignite Formations of Nebraska, pp. 139-54, plate. United States Geological Survey of the Territories. Description of the Remains of Extinct Mammalia and Chelonia from Nebraska Terri- tory, collected during the Geological Survey under the Direction of Dr. David Dale Owen. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., of Philadelphia. Quarto. Pp. 540-72 of the Report of the Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota. By D. D. Owen, under instructions of the U. S. Treasury Department. Lippincott, Grambo & Co., Philadel- phia, 1S.52. Contributions to the Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of the Western Territories. By Prof. Joseph Leidy. Quarto, pp. :>58, 37 plates. Being Vol. 1 of the Repw't of the United States Geological Sufvey of the Territories. By F. V. Hayden, United States Geologist in Charge. In Five Volumes. Government Printing Press, Washington, 1873. 170 Ruschenberger.] -*■ • ^ [April 1, Freshwater Rhizopods of North America. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania, and of Natural History in Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania. Government Printing Office, Washington, 1879. Quarto, pp. 324+18 =372. Illustrated hy six figures intercalated in the text, and 48 plates which contain 1180 figures of 31 genera and 84 species, of which Dr. Leidy originally described 52 species. All the figures were first drawn and colored Vjy Dr. Leidy, to be copied by artists. JOt'ENAL OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Second Series. Quarto. 1. Histon,- and Anatomy of the Hemipterous Genus Belostoma. 2. Miscellanea Zoolog- ica. Vol. 1, pp. 5,-67 and 67-70, 1 plate, 1847. Descriptions of two species of Distoma, with the partial history of one of them. Vol. 1, pp. 301-309, 1 plate, 1850. Descriptions of Some American Annelida abranchia. Vol. 2, pp. 43-50, 1 plate, 1850. Description of a New Species of Crocodile from the Miocene of Virginia. Vol. 2, pp. 135-8, 1 plate, printed Dec. 1851. On the Osteology of the Head of Hippopotamus, and a Description of the Osteological (Characters of a New Genus of HippopotamidfE. Vol. 2, pp. 207-24, 1 plate, 1853. On Bathygnathus borealis, an Extinct Saurian of the New Red Sandstone of Prince Ed- ward's Island. Vol. 2, pp. 327-30, 1 plate, 1854. Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of the Coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Vol. 3, pp. 135-152, 2 plates, 1855. Descriptions of Some Remains of Fishes from the Carboniferous and Devonian Forma- tions of the United States. Vol. 3, pp. 159-65, 1 plate, 1856. Descriptions of Some Extinct Mammalia. Vol. 3, pp. 166-71, 2 plates, 1856. The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska. Including an Account of Some Allied Forms from Other Localities, together with a Synopsis of the Mamma- lian Remains of North America. Illustrated with 30 plates. Preceded with an In- troduction on the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Dakota and Nebraska, accompanied with a Map. By F. V. Hayden, M.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology in the Univ. of Pa., U. S. Geologist, etc., etc. Vol. 7, pp. 472, 1869. Note. — The authors of the above-named work were enabled to execute it chiefly through the generosity of Messrs. Joseph Jeanes and William P. Wilstach, to whom, as well as to some others, they acknowledge indebtedness. Description of Vertebrate Remains chiefly from the Phosphate Beds of South Carolina. Vol. 8, pp. 209-61, 5 plates, 1871-81. Parasites of the Termites. Vol. 8, pp. 425-17, 2 plates, 1874-81. Remarks on Bathygnathus borealis. Vol. 8, pp. 449-51. Uruatella gracilis, a Fresh-water Polyzoau. Vol. 9, pp. 5-16, 1 plate, 1884. Smithsonian Contributions to Knoavledge. Quarto. A Flora and Fauna within Living Animals. (Accepted for publication 1851.) Vol. 5, pp. 68, 10 plates, 1853. Memoir on the Extinct Species of Fossil Ox. (Accepted for publication 1852.) Vol. 5, pp. 20, 5 plates, 1853. The Ancient Fauna of Nebraska ; or a Description of Extinct Mammalia and Chelonia from the Mauvaises terrcs of Nebraska. (Accepted for publication 1852.) Vol. 6, pp. 126, 25 plates, 1851. A Memoir on the Extuict Sloth Tribe of North America. (Accepted for publication Dec, 1853 ; published June, 18-55. ) Vol. 7, 1855, pp. 70, 16 plates, retaceous Reptiles of the United States. (Accepted for publication Dec, 1864.) Vol. 14, 1865, pp. 140, 20 plates. 1892.] 1 1 i [Rnschenberger. Annual Repokts of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. Brief Review of a Memoir on tlie Cretaceous Reptiles of the United States, published in the Fourteenth Volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. By the Author, Joseph Leidy, M.D. 8vo, pp. 63-73. For the year 18G1. Washington, D. C, 1865. Written and Verbal Communications by Dr. Josepii Leidy Published in the , Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1845. Notes taken on a Visit to White Pond, Warren Co., N. J., and a List of Ten Species of Fossil Shells collected there. Vol. 2, p. 279. Verbal, Nov. 18, That his microscopic observation of a portion of a vertebra of the Fossil Zeuglodon shows that it has all the characteristics of recent bone. Vol. 2, p. 292. 1846. Remarks on the Anatomy of the Abdominal Viscera of the Sloth, Bradypus tridactylis. Vol. ii, pp. 72-4, 2 figures. On the Anatomy of Spectrum femoratum, Say. Vol. 3, pp. 80-1. Illustrated by 18 figures on 2 plates. On the mechanism which closes the membranous wings of the genus Locusta. Vol. 3, p. 104, 1 fig. Descriptions of a new genus and species of Entozoon, Cryptobia helicis. Vol. 3, p. 100, 1 fig. [Finding that this name, Cryptobia, had been previously appropriated he changed it, August, 1817, to Cryptoicus.J Verbal, Oct. 6, notice that he had lately detected an Entozoon [Trichina spiralis] in the superficial part of tlie extensor muscle of the thigh of a hog. Vol. 3, pp. 107-8. On the Situation of the Olfactory Sense in the Terrestrial Tribe of Gasteropodous Mol- lusca. Vol. 3, pp. 136-7. Verbal, April 15, remarks on the great fecundity of the Cryptogamia indicated in a specimen Pufifball. Vol. 3, p. 195. 1847. Verbal, May 4, statement that he has observed numerous octagonal crystals, supposed to be oxalate of lime, in the cellular structure of several species of Parmelia. Vol. 3, p. 210. Verbal, June 8, notice of the remains of sutures of the incisive bone distinctly trace- able in the cranium of a New Hollander, then exhibited. Vol. 3, p. 217. Verbal , June 22, description of Distoma helicis, an Entozoon found in the pericardium of Helix alternata. Vol. 3, p. 220. Verbal, Aug. 24, remarks on the teeth of the specimen of Squatina Dumerli exhibited. Vol. 3, p. 247. Description and Anatomy of a New and Curious Subgenus Planaria. Vol. 3, pp. 248-51. Description of two new species of Planaria. Vol. 3, pp. 251-2. On the Fossil Horse of America. Vol. 3, p. 262, 1 plate, 6 figs. Verbal, Nov. 9, remarks on the slow destructiliility of Animal Tissues in certain states . Vol. 3, p. 313. . On a new genus and species of Ruminantia, Poebrotherium Wilsonii. Vol. 3, pp. 322-0, 1 plate, 6 figs. Verbal, Dec. 14, observations, in addition, on the Fossil Horse. Vol. 3, p. 328. 1848. Verbal, Jan. 11, notice that he had found an eye in Balanus rugosus, heretofore ad- mitted to exist only in the larva or imperfect stage of the Cirrhopoda. Vol. 4, p. 1. Verbal, Feb. 15, notice of the Hair of a Hottentot boy. Vol. 4, p. 7. On some Peculiar Bodies in the Boa constrictor, resembling Pacinian Bodies. Vol. 4, pp. 27-8, 4 figs. 179 Kuschenberger.] -•- • ■" [April 1, A new fossil genus and species of ruminatoid pachydermata, Merycoidodon Culbert- souii. Vol. 4, pp. 47-.')0, 5 figs. Verbal, Dec. 5, remarks on the development of the Purlienjean Corpuscle in bone ; the intimate structure of cartilage, and on the arrangement of the areolar sheath of muscular fasciculi and its relations to the tendon. Vol. 4, pp. 116-20. 1849. Verbal, Jan. 9, remarks on the existence of the intermaxillary bone in the embrj-o of the human subject. Vol. 4, pp. 145-7, 2 figs. Remarks on fragments of the fossil Tapir deposited in the Academy. Vol. 4, pp. 180-2. Remarks on species of Confervacese ; on a new genus of Enterobrus elegans ; Cladophy- tum ; a new genus of Entophyta ; Cladophytum somatum ; Anthromitus (a second new genus) ; new Genera of Entozoa. Vol. 4, pp. 225-33. On the Existence of Entophyta in Healthy Animals, as a Natural Condition. Vol. 4, pp. Ji 25-33. Observations on the Character and Intimate Structure of the Odoriferoas Glands of the Invertebrata. Vol. 4, p. 234-6, 3 figs. New genus and species of Entophyta. Vol. 4, pp. 249-50. 1850. Remarks on Entophyta. Vol. 5, pp. 7-S. Verbal, April 9, that he had observed iu the stomach of the larva of Arctia Isabella that the nucleus of every epithelial cell contained an octahedral crystal, the axis of which measured about 1.3760th of an inch, etc., etc. Vol. 5, p. 32. On Crystalline Bodies in the tissues of plants. Vol. 5, pp. 32-3. Ou Rhinoceros occidentalis. Vol. 5, p. 119. Descriptions of new Entophyta growing within Animals. Vol. 5, p. 35. Eucrotaphus Jacksoni, and Archseotlierium Mortoni, from Fragments of Crania found in Cumberland Co., Pa. Vol. 5, pp. 92-3. Contributions to Helminthology. Vol. 5, pp. 9G-8. Notes on the Development of the Gordius aquaticus. Vol. 5, pp. 98-100. Two New Species of Infusorial Entozoa. Vol. 5, p. 100. Descriptions of some Nematoid Entozoa infesting Insects. Vol. 5, pp. 190-202. Descriptions of Three Filaria. Vol. 5, pp. 117-8. Remarks on the Nettling Organs of the Hydra. Vol. 5, pp. 119-121. On some fossil mammalian remains : Rhinoceros Nebraskensis ; Palseotherium Bairdii ; Merycoidodon Culbertsonii and Agriochcerus antiquus. Vol. 5, pp. 121-2. Descriptions of New Genera of Vermes. Vol. 5, pp. 124-6. 1851. Descriptions of New Species of Entozoa. Vol. 5, p. 155. On Some Fragments of Palseotherium Proutii. Vol. 5, pp. 170-1. Fossil Tortoise, Stylemys Nebrascensis. Vol. 5, p. 172. Testudo lata— Emys hemispherica. Vol. 5, p. 173. Oil the Fungus Disease of Cicada septemaecem. Vol. 5, p. 235. Verbal, May 6, on transplanting cancer. Vol. 5, p. 201. Verbal, May 16, that he had found a dead Male Cricket (Grillo talpa Americana), perfect in all its parts, the body of which was everywhere filled with a parasitic fungus, the elliptical or globular sporules of which averaged 1.2333d of an iiich in diameter. Vol. 5, p. 204. C^ontributions to Helminthology. Vol. 5, pp. 205-9. Helminthological Contributions, No. 2. Vol. 5, pp. 224-7. Remarks on Fragments of fossil ruminant ungulates. Vol. 5, p. 237-9. Helminthological Contributions, No. 3. Vol. 5, p. 239-41. Plumatella diffusa, a branching fresh- water ciliated Polyp. Vol. 5, pp. 261-2. Description of Cristatella magnifica. Vol. 5, p. 265. Description of Spongilla fragilis. Vol. 5, p. 278. Corrections and additions to former papers on Helmiutholagy. Vol. 5, pp. 23 1-00. 1892.] ±io [Rusclieuberger. Verbal, Nov. 4, that he had examined the fossil saurian bones presented by Mr. Nash, and found that they belong to a new species of Crocodile which he had named Cro- codilus antiquus. Vol. 5, p o07. Descriptions of Bakena palseatlantica and Balceua prisca, Leidy, based on fragments of fossil bones from the Miocene formation of Virginia. Vol. 5, i)p. 30S-'J. On some American fresh-water Polyzoa. Vol. 5, pp. 320-2, 1 plate with 5 figs. Verbal, on fossil reptilian and mammalian remains found in the green sand of New Jersey : Cimoliasaurus magnus ; Discosaurus vetustus ; Priseodelphinus Harlani ; Priscodelphinus grandaevus ; Crocodilus fastigiatus ; Emys Oweni, all Leidy. Vol. 5, p. 325-8. Fossils from the Green Sand of New Jersey, named Chelonia granda^va ; Trionyx pris- cus ; Machairodus primEe\Tis, Leidy. Vol. 5, pp. 329-30. Contributions to Helmiuthology. Vol. 5, pp. 349-51. 1853. Verbal, Jan. 6, remarks on Rhinoceros Americanus, named from fragments of fossil bones collected in Nebraska. Vol. 6, p. 2. Verbal, Jan. 13, that the Cetacean remains, which he had named Priscodelphinus, are the first relics of mammals found in the Cretaceous group. Vol. 6, p. 3. Verbal, Feb. 10, on Emys Culbertsonii, a new species. Vol. 6, p. 31. Verbal, Feb. 17, on Delphinus Conradi, and a new genus and species, Thoracosaurus grandinis. Vol. 6, p. 35. Verbal, March 2, on Pontogeneus priscus. Vol. 6, p. 52. Verbal, March li5. Pointing out that heads of the Hippopotamus from N. W. Africa differ from those from Southern Africa. Vol. 6, p. 53. Verbal, March 28, on a fine skeleton of Troglodytes Gorilla, presented by Dr. Henry A. Ford of Liberia. Vol H, p. 53. On Fossil Tortoises from Nebraska. Vol. 6, p. 59. Verbal, May 4, notice of an extinct species of Ox, and Bootherium. Vol. G, p. 71. On the Red Snow of the Arctic Regions. Vol. 6, p. 59. On the Honey Ant of Mexico. Vol. 6, p. 72. Remarks on various fossil teeth. Vol. 6, p. 241. On some fossil fragments from Natches. Vol. 6, p. 303. Verb.il, July tj, remarks ou Bison latifrons (Leidy) and B. antiquus Leidy ; and on several species of Megalonyx (3 Leidy). Vol. 6, p. 117. 1853. Verbal, March 8, notice of three species of fossil Ursus. Vol. 6, p. 303. Verbal, Aug. 2, remarks on Cetacean fossil bones in the green sand of N. J. ; and on Cetacean fossils from other localities. Vol. 6, p. 377. Verbal, Nov. 1, notice of fishes being infested with a panxsitic worm of the genus Distoma. Vol. 6, p. 433. Remarks on a collection of fossil mammalia and chelonia from the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska. Vol. 6, pp. 392-4. 1854. Verbal, May 23, account of- fossil vertebrae of extinct saurians, which he named Breino- saurus grandis and Cimoliasaurus magnus, illustrated by 6 figs, on a plate. Vol. 7, p. 72. Verbal, June 6, on Bison latifrons, Arctodus pristiuus, Hippodon speciosus and Meryco- dus necatus. Vol. 7, pp. 89-90. Synopsis of Extinct Mammalia from Nebraska. Vol. 7, pp. 156-7, On Denictis feltna. Vol. 7, p. 127. On Hydrachma. Vol. 7, p. 202. Description of a fossil apparently Indicating an extinct Species of the Camel Tribe. Vol. 7, pp. 172-3. On Urnatella gracilis and a New Species of Plumatella. Vol. 7, pp. 191-2. Ruschenberger.] J. * 4: [April 1, Notice of some Fossil Bones Discovered by Mr. Francis A. Liiicke in the Banks of the Ohio River. Vol. 7, pp. 199-201. Remarks on the question of the identity of Bootherium cavifrons with Ovibos mos- chatus, or O. maximus. Vol. 7, pp. 209-10. 1855. On a so-called Fossil Man. Vol. 7, p. 34. Indications of twelve species of Fossil Fishes. Vol. 7, pp. 395-7. Indications of five species with two new genera of Extinct Fishes. Vol. 7, p. 414. Notices of some Tape Worms. Vol. 7, pp. 44:3-4. 1856. Verbal, Jan. 15, on Filaria canis cordis filling the right auricle and right ventricle of the heart of a dog, which was exhibited. Vol. 8, p. 2. Description of two Ichthyodorulites. Vol. 8, pp. 11-2. Synopsis of Entozoa and some of their Ecto-congeuers, observed by the Author. Vol. 8, pp. 42-58. Notices of some Remains of Extinct Mammalia recently discovered by Dr. F. V. Hay- den in the Bad Lands of Nebraska. Vol. 8, p. 59. Notices of Extinct Reptiles and Fishes, discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden in the Bad Lands of Judith River, Nebraska Territory. Vol. 8, pp. 72-f'>. Notices of Remains of Extinct Mammalia, discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden in Nebraska Territory. Vol. 8, pp. 90-1. Notice of the Remains of a species of Seal from the postpliocene deposit of the Ottowa River. Vol. 8, pp. 90-1, with a plate. Notices of several genera of Extinct Mammalia previously less perfectly characterized. Vol. 8, pp. 91-2. Verbal, Sept. 16, in reference to the color of the eyes of Platyphyllum concerum (Katy- did) being greenish by day and cherry red at night. Vol. 8, p. 162. Verbal, Sept. 16, that oyster and clam shells are perforated by a sponge of the genus Cliona. Vol. 8, p. 162-3. Notice of some remains of Extinct Vertebrated Animals. Vol. 8, pp. 16.'3-5. Notices of remains of extinct vertebrated animals of New Jersey, collected by Prof. Cook of the State Geological Survey, under the direction of Dr. W. Kitchell. Vol. 8, pp. 220-1. Notices of remains of extinct vertebrated animals discovered by Proj. E. Emmons- Vol. 8, pp. 255-6. Notice of some Remains of Fishes discovered by Dr. John E. Evans. Vol. 8, pp. 256-7. Notice of Remains of two species of Seal. Vol. 8, p. 265. Remarks on certain extinct species of Fishes. Vol. 8, pp. 301-2. Notices of remains of extinct turtles of Nevv Jersey, collected by Prof. Cook, of the State Geological Survey, vmder the direction of Dr. W. Kitchell. Vol. 8, pp. 303-4. Notices of Extinct Vertebrata discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden during the E.xpedition to the Sioux Country under the Command of Lieut. G. K. Warren. Vol. 8, pp. 311-2. 1857. List of Extinct Vertebrata, the Remains of which have been discovered in the Region of the Missouri River ; with Remarks on their Geological Age. Vol. 9, pp. 89-91. Notices of some Remains of Extinct Fishes. Vol. 9, pp. 167-8. Rectification of the References of certain of the extinct mammalian genera of Nebras- ka. Vol. 9, p. 175. Verbal, Dec. 1, on a large species of Gordius and a larva of Ostrea. Vol. 9, p. 204. Verbal, Feb. 17, observations on Entozoa found in the Naiades. Vol. 9, p. 18. Verbal, June 2, on Coprolites and Shales with Posodinife. Vol. 9, p. 119. Verbal, June 16, on the new red sandstone fossils from the Gwynnod tunnel North Pa. R. R. Vol. 9, p. 150. Verbal, Sept. 1, on the dentition of Mososaurus ; also on Oecanthus. Vol. 9, pp. 176-7 1892.] J-**^ [Ruschenbcrger. Verbil, Pec. 22, on a curious animalcule founrl on stones and deal plants in the Schuyl- kill and Delaware rivers. Vol. 9, p. 201. Verbal, Dec. 22, observations on the introduction of camjl int.) North America. Vol. 9, p. 210. 1858. Verbal, Jan. 1?, that the stomachs of Urnatella gracilis contained voluntary moving bodies, which might prove to be generative bodies. Vol. 10, p. 1. Verbal, Jan. 19, that the extinct camel seemed to be about two-thirds the size of the recent species. Vol. 10, p. 2. Verbal, Feb. 2, that the fossil remains from the Niobrara river belong to some twenty or more species which are distinct from those found in the Miocene of the Mauvaises Terres, as well as from those of a sub-equent age. Vol. 10, p. 7. Verbal, March 2, that with the collection of fossils received from the vicinity of Kansas river, were several masses of a yellowish magnesian limestone containing numerous casts of a very peculiar group of fossils ; that among the specimens found in the val- ley of the Niobrara river, Nebraska, is the lower jaw of a new species of Mastodon. Vol. 10, p. 10. Verbal, March 9, that after inspecting numerous equine remains from Niobrara, he in- clines to believe that the remains of the horse found in the Postpliocene deposits of the United States indicate two species. Vol. 10, p. II. Notices of remains of Extinct Vertebrata from the valley of the Niobrara River, col- lected during the Exploring Expedition of 1857, in Nebraska, under the command of Lieut. C. K. Warren, U. S. Top. Eng., by Dr. F. V. Hayden, Geologist to the Expe- dition. Vol. 10, pp. 20-9. Verbal, April 6, that in the collection from Niobrara two additional species of the ancient camel are indicated : Procamelus robustus and P. gracilis. He mentioned that frac- tured fossils are best mended by saturating them with melted beeswax. Vol. 10, p. 89. Verbal, April 13, that he had named a fresh-water worm which lives in tubes of mud Manayunkla speciosa. Vol. 10, p. 90. Contributions to Helminthology. Vol. 10. pp. 110-2. Verbal, June 29, that one-half of the chrysalides of the canker-worm were infected by two species of Ichneumon. Vol. 10, p. 137. Verbal, Nov. 2, that he and Dr. Bridges, in Lily pond, near Newport, R. I., had f jund a species of Cristatella. Vol. 10, pp. 188-90. Verbal, Dec. 14, that the fossil bones obtained from Haddonfleld, N. J., and given to him by Mr. Foulke for description, belonged to a huge extinct herbivorous Saurian, which he named Hadrosaurus Foulkii. Vol. 10, pp. 215-8. 1859. Verbal, Jan. 11, that he had found the Manayunkia speciosa (a curious fresh-water worm, a drawing of which he exhibited) in great abundance at the foot of the cliffs washed by the ocean near Newport, R. I. Vol. 11, p. 2. Verbal, Jan. 18, that from fossil remains of cartilaginous fishes, found in the carbonifer- ous formations of Kansas, he had made three species. Vol. 11, p. 3. Verbal, March 22, remarks on a Mastodon tooth from Tambla, Honduras ; and teeth and fragments of teeth of Mososaurus from the green sand of New Jersey. Vol. 11, p. 91. Verbal, April 12, in reference to ferruginous rock containing remains of fishes. Vol. 11, p. 110. Verbal, April 19, in reference to fossil bones contained in so-called guano from Sombrero, W. I., which were exhibited. Vol. 11, p. 111. Verbal, May 17, on specimens of Patceobrochus from subsilurian strata which he con- sidered fossil, though its organic nature had been denied. Vol. 11, p. 150. Verbal, Aug. 23, remarks on an antler of a reindeer, and on an animalcule, a drawing of Avhich was submitted, found at Newport, R. I., named Freyia Americana. Vol. 11, p. 191. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. W. PRINTED MAY 6, 1893. Ruschenberger.] X 4 D [April 1, 1860. Verbal, Feb. 11, that Albertite is a product from the distillation of bituminous coals or shales, and is perfectly amorphous. Vol. 12, p. 54. Verbal, March 13, ou Hyalomena from Japan. Vol. 12, p. 85. Verbal, April 3, that e.'cperimeuts with Trichina spiralis, by Prof. Leuckart, of Giessen, imply that the animal finds its way into the human body through food or drink. Vol. 12, p. 96. Verbal, July 24, notice of a specimen of Hyla. Vol. 12, p. 305. Verbal, Oct. 9, that the specimens of fossil bones from Washington Co., Texas, indi- cated a new equine genus, and a species of Hippotherium. Vol. 12, p. 416. Verbal, Oct. 16, notice of an extinct Peccary. Vol. 12, p. 416. 1861. Verbal, April 16, that lignite had been discovered at the border of the new red sand- stone on Plymouth creek, near Norristown, Pa. Vol. 13, p. 77. 1863. Verbal, Nov. 18, that he had noticed a boulder, apparently of Potsdam sandstone, at the corner of Thirty-seventh and Market streets, exposed by digging gravel, which is the largest transported block he had observed in our vicinity. Vol. 14, p. 307. 1863. Verbal, Sept. 15, that he had found a Phalangopsis rolled in a leaf of a spice bash. Vol. 15, p. 212. Verbal, Nov. 3, on specimens of Nostoc pruneiforme. Vol. 15, p. 281. 1865. Verbal, May 23, that a boring sponge existed during the Cretaceous period. Vol. 17, p. 77. Verbal, June 6, that fossil remains of horses had been found throughout the length and breadth of the North American continent. Vol. 17, p. 94. Verbal, June 20, that he had found at Cape Henlopen, in a kitchen refuse heap, a clay pipe. Vol. 17, p. 95. Verbal, Sept. 5, remarks on a foetal dog-shark. Vol. 17, p. 175. Verbal, Sept. 19, in reference to fossil bones of Rhinoceros. Vol. 17, p. 176. Verbal, Oct. 10, remarks ou specimens of oolitic phosphate? of lime and alumina ; also on human bones from a guano deposit on the Island Orchilla, \V. I. Vol. 17, p. 181. 1866. Verbal, Jan. 2, on pare of a human skull of the so-called pigmy race, from near the mouth of Stone river, Tennessee. Vol. 18, p. 1. Verbal, March 20, on a large phalaux of an extinct reptile ; and stated that he was the first to discover the Trichina spiralis in the hog (while eating a slice of pork, he no- ticed some minute specks which recalled to mind the Trichina spots seen in the mus- cles of a human subject only a few days previously). Vol. 18, p. 9. Verbal, May 22, that in the salt mine of the Island of Petite Anse, La., were grains of precious garnet, olivine, bones of the elephant, etc. Vol. 18, p. 109. Verbal, June 5, in reference to a small collection of fossils from Bangor, Maine. Vol. 18, p. 237. Verbal, Oct. 23, in reference to molar teeth of Mastodon ohioticus. Vol. 18, p. 290. Verbal, Dec. 4, in reference to Drepanodon or Machairodus occidentalis, fragments of bones of which were shown. Vol. 18, p. 345. 1867. Verbal, June 25, in reference to Bison antiquus. Vol. 19, p. 85. Verbal, Sept. 10, on a fossil skull of Georays bursarius. Vol. 19, p. 97. Verbal, Sept. 17, on a fossil skull of Castoroides ohioensis. Vol. 19, p. 97. Verbal, Oct. 1, in reference to specimens of black horustone exhibited. Vol. 19, p. 125. 177 18GS. [Ruschenberger. Verbal, June 2, that some Sombrero guano contains ninety per cent, of phosphate of lime. Vol. 20. p. 156. Notice of some Vertebrate Remains from Harden County, Texas. Vol. 20, pp. 174-6. Indications of an Elotherium in California. Vol. 20, p. 177. Notice of some Reptilian Remains from Nevada. Vol. 20, pp. 177-8. Notice of some Vertebrate Remains from the West Indian Islands. Vol. 20, pp. 178-SO. Notice of some Remains of Horses. Vol. 20, p. 195. Notice of some Extinct Cetaceans. Vol. 20, pp. 196-7. Remarks on a Jaw fragment of Megalosaurus. Vol. 20, pp. 197-200. Remarks on Conosaurus of Gibbes. Vol. 20, pp. 200-2. Notice of American species Ptychodus. Vol. 20, pp. 205-8. Verbal, Oct. 20, that he found the stomach of a shad full of small fishes. Vol. 20, p. 228. Notice of some American Leeches. Vol. 20, 229-30. Notice of the remains of extinct Pachyderms. Vol. 20, pp. 230-2. Verbal, Nov. 3, in reference to specimens seemingly of coprolites from the Huronian slates. Vol. 20, pp. 302-3. Verbal, Nov. 3, that iridescence in opals is caused by strife, 6000 to tlie inch. Vol. 20, p. E03. Verbal, Dec. 1, on asterism in mica. Vol. 20, p. 313. Notice of some remains of extinct Insectivora. Vol. 20, p. 315. 1869. Notice of some extinct vertebrates from Wyoming and Dakota. Vol. 21, pp. 63-7. 1870. Verbal, Jan. 4, description of Megacerops Coloradensis. Vol. 22. pp. 1, 2. Verbal, Jan. 11, remarks on Poicilopleuron and other fossils submitted for examination by Prof. Hayden. Vol. 22, pp. 8-5. Verbal, March 1, remarks on the right humerus of one of the extinct giant Sloths re- sembling Mylodoii robustus, and on Dromotherium sylvestre, submitted for exam- ination by the Smithsonian Institution. Vol. 22, pp. 8, 9. Verbal, March 8, remarks on reptilian remains from the Cretaceous formation near Fort Wallace, Kansas, described by Prof. Cope under the name of Elasmosaurus platyu- rus. Vol. 22, p. 9. Verbal, March 22, observations on ichthyodorulites, of which specimens were shown ; on a metacarpal bone of Megalonyx Jeffersoni, and on a last lower grinder of Bison autiquus. Vol. 22, pp. 12-3. Verbal, April 5, remarks on Discosaurus and its allies. Vol. 22, pp. 18-22. Verbal, May 3, description of the internal generative organs of a hog, which were ex- hibited. Vol. 22, p. 65. Verbal, May 17, remarks on some fossil bones from the Pliocene formation in the Mau- vaises Terres of Dakota, which were shown. Vol. 22, pp. 65-6. Verbal, June 14, observations on mammalian fossil remains, submitted for examinatio.n, from Idaho, from Utah, and from Oregon ; also, on Hadrosaurus and its allies. Vol. 22, pp. 66-9. Verbal, June 21, notice of two fossil fragments belonging to Bison americanus and Ele- phas americanus. Vol. 22, pp. 69-71. Verbal, July 5, remarks on differences between animals of the same species inhabiting Europe and America. Vol. 22, p. 72. Verbal, July 12, remarks on a mutilated portion of the lower jaw of a large ruminant supposed to belong to Ovlbos cavifrons. Vol. 22, p. 73. Verbal, July 19, observations on a fossil, which he exhibited and named Nothosaurus occiduus. Vol. 22, p. 74. Verbal, Aug. 2, description of Nephelis punctata, a new leech. Vol. 22, pp. 89-90. Ruschenberger.] i I O [April 1, Verbal, Sept. 20, account of a fossil crocodile, which he named Crocodilus Elliott! ; re- marks on Umatella and Mauayunkia. Vol. 22, pp. 100-2. Verbal, Oct. 4, reference to a small collection of fossils from Wyoming, most of which pertain to Merycochcerus. Vol. 22, pp. 109-10. Verbal, Oct. 18, remarks on some fossil remains which belong to Oreodon. Vol. 22, pp. 111-3. Verbal, Oct. 25, observations in reference to several boxes of fossils from Fort Bridger, among which were Microsus cuspidatus and Notharctus tenebrosus, etc. Vol. 22, p. 113. Verbal, Nov. 1, notice of Graphiodon vincarins. Vol. 22, p. 122. Verbal, Nov. 8, descriptions of fossil spscies : Emys Jeauesi, Emys Haydeni, Baena arenosa, Saniwa ensidens. Vol. 22, pp. 123-4. Verbal, Nov. 15, observations on fossils submitted for examination by Prof. J. D. Whitney, among which are fragments representative of the llama, camel, Hipparion anJ Pro- tohippus. Vol. 22, pp. 125-7. 1871. Verbal, Feb. 6, remarks on fossil bones from California. Vol. 23, p. 50. Verbal, March 21, notice of Ttenia canallata. Vol. 23, p. 53. Verbal, April 18, observations on extinct turtles from Wyoming. Vol. 23, p. 102. Verbal, May 9, remarks on polydactylisra in a horse. Vol. 2J, p. 112. Verbal, May 16, observations on some fossil remains of Mastodon and horse in North Carolina; and of mammals from Wyoming. Vol. 23, pp. 113-6. Verbal, June 5, on fossil Testudo of Wyoming ; on supposed fossil turtle eggs ; and on gar- nets from Green's creek, Delaware Co., Pa. Vol. 2 5, pp. 151-5. Verbal, July 4, on some fossils from Fort Bridger. Vol. 23, p. 197. Verbal, Aug. 1, on Mastodon remains from California ; on Anchitherium. Vol. 23, pp. 198-9. Verbal, Aug. 8, on fossil vertebrates from Wyoming. Vol. 23, pp. 228-9. Verbal, Aug. 29, on extinct Rodents. Vol. 23, pp. 130-2. Verbal, Oct. 10, on the minerals of Mount Mica. Vol. 2;^), pp. 24.5-7. Verbal, Oct. 17, on fossils from Oregon. Vol. 23, pp. 247-S. Verbal, Nov. 21, on the communication of contagion by flies. Vol. 23, p. 297. Verbal, Dec. 12, on several worms. Vol. 23, pp. 303-7. 1873. Verbal, Jan. 2, that Dr. C. S. Turnbull had found a mite on the membrana tympani of an ox. Vol. 24, p. 9. Named Gamasus auris, p. 138. Verbal, Feb. 4, notices of Corundum, and of fossils from Wyoming. Vol. 24, pp. 19-21. Verbal, April 2, in reference to extinct mammals from the Tertiary of Wyoming. Vol. 24, p. 37. Verbal, April 9, in reference to fossils from Niobrara river. Vol. 24, p. 38. Verbal, June 11, in reference to a Mastodon of New Mexico. Vol. 24, p. 142. Verbal, July 2, on the genus Chisternon and some Cretaceous flshes. Vol. 24, pp. 162-3. Verbal, July 9, on Artemia Salina from Salt Lake, Utah ; and on fossil shark-teeth. Vol. 24, pp. 164-6. Letter dated Fort Bridger, Tlinta Co., Wyoming, July 24, 1872, from Dr. Leidy to Mr. G. W. Tryon, Jr., in reference to fossil mammals found there. Vol. 24, pp. 167-9.* Verbal, Sept. 3, in reference to ants obsers'ed at Fort Bridger. Vol. 24, p. 218. Verbal, Sept. 10, about mineral springs in Wyoming and Utah. Vol. 21, pp. 218-20. Verbal, Oct. 1, in reference to a recently opened corundum mine in Chester Co., Pa. Vol. 24, pp. 238-9. * Dr. Leidy sent a copy of this letter to The American Jour, of Science and Arts, be- cause in it he referred to Elasmosaurus platyurus, Cope. 17Q 1892.] -'- • ^ [Ruschenberger. Verbal, Oct. 15, in reference to Uintatheriuui and other fossil remains; to chipped stones ; a stone implement ; and to the action of sand and wind on rocks of Wyo- ming. Vol. 21, pp. 240-3. Verbal, Nov. 5, notice of fossils from Wyoming. Vol. 21, pp. 267-8. Verbal, Dec. 10, notices of fossils from Wyoming. Vol. 24, pp. 277-8. 18T3. Verbal, Jan. 21, notice of fossil vertebrates from Virginia. Vol. 25, p. 15. Verbal, Feb. 4, notice of remains of fishes in the Bridger Tertiary formation. Vol. 25, pp. 97-9. Verbal, March 18, notice of an extinct hog found in the Pliocene sands of Niobrara river. Vol. 25, p. 207. Verbal, April 1, notices of bituminous coal from Westmoreland, Pa. ; of a black rat ; and of a specimen of iron ore. Vol. 25, p. 257. Verbal, April 15, notices of extinct mammals of California. Vol. 25, pp. 259-60. Verbal, April 22, notice of a fungus parasite on a mouse. Vol. 25, p. 2G0. Verbal, Oct. 14, notice of Distoma hepaticum. Vol. 25, p. 361. Verbal, Dec. 9, notice of Lingula found in the stomach of a fish taken in the Susque- hanna river. Vol. 25, p. 215. Verbal, Dec. 16, notice of fossil elephant teeth. Vol. 25, pp. 216-7. Verbal, Dec. 23, notice of intercellular circulation in plants, as in Vauchena. Vol. 25, p. 4:0. 1874. Verbal, Jan. 13, notice of Hydra, Vol. 26, p. 10. Verbal, Feb. 3, notice of Protozoa. Vol. 26, pp. 13-5. Verbal, Feb. 17, on the mode of growth of Desmids. Vol. 26, p. 15. Verbal, March 24, on Actinophrys. Vol. 26, pp. 23-4. Verbal, April 21, on the enemies of Ditflugia; and on a supposed compound derived from leather. Vol. 26, p. 75. Verbal, May 12, notice of some new fresh-water Rhizopods. Vol. 26, pp. 77-9. Verbal. June 16, observations on some fresh-water and terrestrial Rhizopods. Vol. 26, pp. 86-9. Verbal, Aug. 25, observations on Pectinatella magnifica ; on a parasitic worm which infests the house-fly ; and on some fresh-water Infusoria. Vol. 26, pp. 139-40. Verbal, Sept. 8, notice of a remarkable Amceba ; its process or mode of swallowing. Vol. 26, pp. 162-3. Verbal, Sept. 15, on the motive power of Diatomes. Vol. 26, p. 143. Verbal, Sept. 22, on sjwnges. Vol. 26, p. 144. Verbal, Oct. 5, notice of some Rhizopods. Vol. 26, pp. 155-7. Verbal, Oct. 20, notice of Dryocampa. Vol. 26, p. 160. Verbal, Nov. 10, notices of remains of Titauotherium ; on supposed spermaries in Amceba ; and of Rhizopods. Vol. 26, pp. 165-8. Verbal, Dec. 15, notice of some fossils presented. Vol. 26, p. 223. Verbal, Dec. 22, observations on Rhizopods. Vol. 26, pp. 225-7. 1875. Verbal, Jan. 19, report of a fungus in a Flamingo. Vol. 27, p. 11. Verbal, Feb. 2, account of some parasitic worms. Vol. 27, pp. 14-5. Verbal, Feb. 9, notices of some nematoid worms. Vol. 27, pp. 17-8. Verbal, March 16, observations on marine Rhizopods. Vol. 27, pp. 73-6. Verbal, April 6, observations on a coal fossil ; on elephant remains ; and on Stephauo- ceros. Vol. 27, pp. 120-2. Verbal, April 20, observations on a curious Rhizopod ; on Psorosperms in a mallard duck ; on a mouthless fish ; and on Ouramceba. Vol. 27, pp. 124-7. Verbal, Sept. 7, on Mermis acuminata. Vol. 27, p. 400. Ruschenberger,] iOU [April 1, Verbal, Oct. 4, observations on Rliizopods, and on Quercus heteropliylla. Vol. 27, pp. 413-5. 1876. Verbal, Jan. 4, observation on Petalodus. Vol. 28, p. 9. Verbal, March 21, notice of Mastodon andium. Vol. 28, p. 38. Verbal, April 11, remarks on Arcella. Vol. 28, pp. 54-8. Verbal, May 9, remarks on fossils from the Ashley phosphate beds. Vol. 28, pp. SO-l. Verbal, June 20, observations on vertebrate fossils from South Carolina. Vol. 28, p. 114. Verbal, June 27, remarks on the rhizopod genus Nebela. Vol. 28, pp. 115-9. Verbal, Oct. 10, on the structure of precious opal ; and on Rhizopods. Vol. 28, pp. 195-9. Verbal, Dec. 5, remarks on Ozocerite and Hyraceum. Vol. 28, pp. 325-6. 1877. Verbal, Jan. 30, on the present contamination of the drinking water; on Eozoon cana- dense ; and an instance in which the dome of the human diaphragm was elevated to a level of the anterior extremity of the first rib. Vol. 29, p. 20. Verbal, April 3, remarks on the yellow ant. Vol. 29, p. 145. Verbal, May 15, remarks on gregariues. Vol. 29, pp. 196-8. Verbal, May 29, in reference to flukes which infest common fresh-water moUusks. Vol. 29, pp. 2U0-2. Verbal, June 12, on parasitic Infusoria. Vol. 29, pp. 259-60. Verbal, June 19, remarks on seventeen-year locust, the Hessian fly and a Chelifer. Vol. 29, pp. 260-1. Verbal, June 20, account of the birth of a Rhizopod. Vol. 29, pp. 261-5. Verbal, Sept. 4, remarks on the bedbug and its allies. Vol. 29, p. 284. Verbal, Oct. 2, account of the Dinamceba's mode of feeding. Vol. 29, pp. 288-90. Verbal, Oct. 9, remarks on the discrimination of a HeUozoon in selecting food. Vol. 29, pp. 291-2. Verbal, Oct. 23, remarks on Rhizopods, and on fossil fishes. Vol. 29, pp. 293-4. Verbal, Nov. 13, remarks on ants. Vol. 29, p. 3 i4. Verbal, Nov. 27, remarks on the American species of DilBiugia. Vol. 29, p. 306. Verbal, Dec. 18, notice of Rhizopods in an apple tree. Vol. 29, p. 321. 1878. Verbal, Feb, 19, remarks on citrine or yellow quartz. Vol. 30, p. 40. Verbal, March 5, on the tusk of hippopotamus ; and on Amoiba. Vol. 30, p. 99. Verbal, March 26, remarks on lice found on the pelican. Vol. 30, p. 100. Verbal, May 14, about parasitic worms of the shad. Vol. 30, p. 171. Verbal, Aug. 27, that he had found Foraminifera in the sand about Cape May, Atlantic City, etc. Vol. 30, p. 292. Verbal, Sept. 3, remarks on the black mildew of walls. Vol. 30, p. 331. Verbal, Oct. 1, on foraminiferous shells on the New Jersey coast. Vol. 30, p. 336. Verbal, Oct. 8, remarks on Crustaceans of Cape May. Vol. 30, p. 336. Verbal, Oct. 15, notice of Tetrarhynchus. Vol. 30, p. 340. Verbal, Nov. 12, on Donax fossor. Vol. 30, p. 382. Verbal, Nov. 19, notice of the Gordius in the cockroach and leech. Vol. 30, p. 383. Verbal, Dec. 3, on Taenia mediocanallata. Vol. 30, p. 405. 1879. Verbal, .Tan. 28, on Gordius ; and on parasites of the rat. Vol. 31, pp. 10-1. Verbal, Feb. 4, remarks on fossil remains of a Caribou. Vol. 31, pp. 42-3. Verbal, Feb. 18, remarks on Bothriocephalus latus. Vol. 31, p. 40. Verbal, June 17, statement in reference to Rhizopods in Sphagnum. Vol. 31, pp. 162-3. 1S92.] -l^-L [Ruschenberger. Verbal, July 8, notice of fossil foot-tracks iu the anthracite coal measures. Vol. 31, pp. 161-5. Verbal, July 22, account of the explosion of a diamond. Vol. 31, p. 195. Verbal, Sept. 5, remarks aboui some small animals on tlie coast of New Jersey. Vol. 31, p. 198. Verbal, Sept. 30, on Cristatella Idm. Vol. 31, p. 203. Verbal, Oct. 7, on the Amceba BlattK. Vol. 31, pp. 201-5. 1880. Verbal, Jan. 20, remarks on specimens of Filaria immitis of the dog. Vol. 32, pp. 10-2. Verbal, March 2, remarks on a species of Filaria, alleged to have been drawn from a man. Vol. 32, pp. 130-1. Verbal, April 13, notices of poud life near Woodbury, N. J. Vol. 32, pp. 156-S. Rhizopods in the mosses of the summit of Roan mountain, North Carolina. Vol. 32, pp. 333-10. Verbal, Sept. 21, account of a visit to a bone cave near Stroudsburg, Pa. Vol. 32, pp. 31U-'J. 1881. Verbal, Jan. 4, notice that Rhizopods are eaten by young fishes. Vol. 33, pp. 9-10. 1883, Verbal, Jan. 3, remarks on some rock specimens. Vol. 31, pp. 10-2. Verbal, Feb. 7, notice of Filaria in black bass. Vol. 31, p. 69. Verbal, Feb. 28, remarks on his collection of Tourmalines, which he exhibited. Vol. 34, pp. 71-3. Verbal, March 7, notice of Balanoglossus aurantiacus; and of Scolithus. Vol. 34, p.. 93. Verbal, April 4, remarks on Sagitta. Vol. 31, p. 102. Verbal, May 2, remarks on some Entozoa found in birds ; also on a coprolite and a peb- ble resembUng an Indian hammer. Vol. 34, pp. 109-10. Verbal, May 23, remarks on Bacillus anthracis ; on Euchytrseus, Di>tichopus and their paiasites. Vol. 34, pp. 145-8. Verbal, May 30, notice of the yellow ant. Vol. 34, p. 148. Verbal, Sept. 5, remarks on Balanus. Vol. 34, p. 224-5. Verbal, Sept. 26, remarks on a collection of tobacco worms, which he exhibited. Vol. 24, pp. 237-8. Verbal, Oct. 17, notice of a new species of Pyxicola. Vol. 34, pp. 252-3. Verbal, Oct. 31, remarks on Actiuosphserium Eichornii. Vol. 34, p. 260. Verbal, Nov. 7, notice of topaz and biotite. Vol. 34, p. 261. Verbal, Nov. 14, on Actinosphferium, and Tubularia crocea. Vol. 34, pp. 261-2. Verbal, Dec. 12, remarks on fossil remains of horses. Vol. 34, pp. 290-1. Verbal, Dec. 19, remarks on an extinct peccary. Vol. 31, pp. 301-2. 1883. Verbal, Feb. 12, remarks on the reproduction of Anodonta fluviatills and Its parasites. [Vol. 35], pp.- 44-6. Verbal, April 24, remarks on a social Heliozoan. [Vol 35], pp. 95-6. Manayunkia speciosa. [Vol. 35], pp. 204-12, 24 figures. Verbal, Dec. 11, notice of a fungus infesting flies ; and remarks on Manay\inkla. [Vol. 35], p. 302. 1884. Verbal, Jan. 1, notice of an ant infested by a fungus ; and of Cassiterlte from Dakota. [Vol. 36], p. 9. Euscheiiberger.] xc)^ [April 1, Verbal, Jan. 16, account of the effects of the storm, Jan. 8, on marine animals of the New Jersey coast. [Vol. 36', pp. 12-3. Verbal, Jan. 29, remarks ou a collection of fossil bones from Louisiana ; and on Fora- miiiifera in the drift of Minnesota. [Vol. 35], p. 22. Verbal, Feb. 26, notice of Distoma and Filaria. [Vol. 35], p. 47. Verbal, March 4, reference to Dictyophoraand Apsilus vorax. [Vol. 35], p. 50. Verbal, March 18, notice of Eumeces chalcides. [Vol. 35J, p. 66. Verbal, Ajjril 22, remarks on vertebrate fossils from Florida. Vol. 35, pp. 118-9. Verbal, May 6, account of a rare human tapeworm. [Vol. 35], p. 137. Verbal, May 13, description of Pentastomum proboscideum. [Vol. 35 , p. 140. Verbal, Oct. 28, notice of living organisms found in ice. [Vol. 35], p. 260. 1885. Verbal, Jan. 13, notice of parasitic worms found in birds. [Vol. 36], pp. 9-11. Verbal, March 10, notice of fossil remains ol Rhinoceros and Hypotherium from Florida. [Vol. o6J, pp. 32-3. Verbal, March 24, remarks on fossil Mylodon. [Vol. 36], pp. 49-51. Verbal, May 19, notice of Bothriocephalus in a trout. [Vol. 36 1, pp. 122-3. Verbal, Dec. 22, notice of living worms in ice ; Lumbricus glacialis. [Vol. 36], p. 408. 1886. Verbal, Jan. 19, remarks on fossil bones of Mastodon and Llama from Florida. [Vol. 36], p. 11. Verbal, Feb. 23. description of an extinct boar from Florida ; and notice of caries in the Mastodon. [Vol. 36], pp. 37-8. Verbal, March 23, notice of Amia audits probable Taenia. [Vol. 36], pp. 62-3. Verbal, June 1, notice of Toxodou and other remains from Nicaragua. [Vol. 36], pp. 275-7. Notices of Nematoid worms. [Vol. 36], pp. 308-13. 1887. Notice of some parasitic worms. [Vol. 37], pp. 20-1. Verbal, Feb. 1, notice of a parasite of a bat. [Vol. 37], p. 38. Verbal, May 31, notice of Asplanchua Ebbesbornii. [Vol. 37], p. 157. Verbal, Oct. 11, remarks on fossil bones from Florida. [Vol. 37], pp. 309-10. Verbal, Oct. 25, remarks ou Hydra. Vol. 37, pp. 310-3. Verbal, Dec. 13, remarks on the bot-larvse of the terrapin. [Vol. 37], pp. 393-t. 1888. Verbal, Jan. 10, remarks ou a fossil of the Puma. [Vol. 38], pp. 9-10. Verbal, Feb. U, notice of Cliaetopterus from Florida. [Vol. 38 , p. 73. Verbal, Feb. 28, notice of Lepas fascicularis ; and of a tapeworm in a cucumber. [Vol. 38 J, pp. 80-1. Verbal, March 20, notice of the habit of Cirolana concharum ; and remarks on parasites of the striped bass. [Vol. 38], pp. 124-5. Verbal, March, 27, notice of the Trematodes of the muskrat ; remarks ou Entozoa of the terrapin. [Vol. 38], pp. 126-8. Verbal, April 3, notice of a Crustacean parasite of the red snapper. [Vol. 38], p. 138. Distinctive characters of Odontapsis littoralis. [Vol. 38], pp. 162-4. Parasitic Crustacea. Vol. 38, p. 165. Verbal, May 1 , notice of parasites of the Rockfish ; and of the louse of the Pelican. [Vol. 38], pp. 166-8. Verbal, May 8, uotice of the parasites of the Pickerel. [Vol. 38], p, 169. Verbal, Oct. 2, uotice of anomalies of the human skull. [Vol. 38], p. 273. 1S92.] loo [Ruschcubcrger. Verbal, Nov. 27, remarks on the fauna of Beach Haven, N. J. [Vol. 38], pp. 329-33. Verbal, Dec. 11, notice of the food of barnacles. [Vol. 38j, p. 431. 1889. Verbal, Jan. 1, remarks, with illustrations, on several gregarincs, and a singular mode of conjugation of one of them. [Vol. 39], pp. 9-11. Verbal, Feb. 19, remarks on a fossil remnant of the sabre-tooth tiger from Florida. [Vol. 39J, pp. 29-31. Verbal. March 5, notice of Gonyleptes and Solpuga. [Vol. 39], p. 15. The Boring Sponge, Clioua. [Vol. 39J, pp. 70-5. Verbal, April 16, notice of a parasitic Copepod. [Vol. 39\ p. 95. Verbal, April 23, remarks on fossil vertebrates from Florida. [Vol. 39], pp. 9G-7. 1890. Verbal, March 4, notice of Hypoderas in the Little Blue Heron ; and of an ichneumou fly. [Vol. 39 J, p. 63. Verbal, March 25, remarks on fossil vertebrates from Florida. [Vol. 39], p. 64. Verbal, May 20, remarks on Hippotherium and Rhinoceros from Florida. [Vol. 39], pp. 1S2-3. Verbal, May 27, remarks on Mastodon and Capybara of South Carolina. [Vol. 39], pp. 184-5. Verbal, Sept. 23, remarks on Ticks. [Vol. 39], pp. 278-80. Verbal, Sept. 30, notice of parasites of Mola rotunda. [Vol. 39], pp. 281-2. Verbal, Oct. 7, notice of Beroe on the New Jersey coast. [Vol. 39], p. 311. Notices of Entozoa. [Vol. 39], pp. 410-S. Verbal, Nov. 11, notice of Velella. [Vol. 39J, p. 408. 1891. Verbal, Feb. 17, notice of the Boring Sponge of the Oyster. [Vol. 40], p. 122. Notice of some Entozoa. [Vol. 40 1, pp. 234-6. Dr. Leidy presided for the last time at the meeting of April 14. Many of the above communications were copied by foreign and domestic periodicals, and many of them he included in elaborate essays on the same subjects. Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia. [Small Quarto.] Notice of some fossil human bones. Vol. 2, pp. 9-12, 2 plates, Dec, 1S89. Description of Mammalian remains from a rock crevice in Florida. Vol. 2. pp. 15-7, 2 plates, Dec, 1889. Description of Vertebrate remains from Peace Creek, Florida. Vol. 2, pp. 19-31, 2 plates, Dec, 1889. Notice of some Mammalian remains from the salt mine of Petite Anse, Louisiana. Vol. 2, pp. 33-40, 1 plate, Dec, 1889. On Platygonus, an extinct genus allied to the Peccaries. Vol. 2, pp. 41-50,. Dec, 1889. Remarks on the nature of Organic Species. Vol. 2, pp. 51-3. Miscellaneous. Notice of the formation of some crystalline bodies in Collodion. Amer. Jour. Phar- macy, Vol. 16, pp. 2-1-6, 1850. Remarks on some curious Sponges. American Naturalist, Vol. 4, pp. 17-22, 12 figures, 1871. PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. X. PRINTED MAY 9, 1893. Ruschenberger.] ±is.) that the sternum is without fontanelle. I find the hyoid apparatus has characters somewhat similar to those of the Lacerlidoe. The ceratohyals and second ceratobranchials are both present and there is a well -developed free epibranchial. Its proximal end overlaps the distal end of the second ceratobranchial. It passes round the extremity of the first ceratobranchial and extends forwards. In Lepidophyma it has the peculiarity, which I have not seen in any other lizard, of being inserted on the lateral process of the basioccipilal. In Xontusia riversiana (Plate vi. Fig. 41) it terminates before reaching this point. In Lepidophyma it displays a concave expansion as it passes the extremity of the first ceratobranchial, in which lies the helicoid cartilag- inous extremity of the latter. In neither genus are the hypohyals pro- longed with the ceratohyals, as in Anguidte, nor bej^ond them as in the Tiid:T. The stapedial disk in Lepidophyma is not sunk in a canal as in the Ig- uanidte and some other Lacertilia. The columella is slender, and termi- nates in the interstapedial cariilage. This supports an oblique cartilaginous rod, one end of which (suprastapedial; is attached to the osseous wall above, and the other longer one (epistapedial) is in contact by a flat sur- face of its extremity with the membranum tympani (Plate v, Fig. 26). The remarkable characters of the skull in Xantusia are described under the head of that genus. Bocourt (Jlission Sci. de Mea-iqiie, PL xxg, Fig. 2), represents a probably similar structure in Lepidophyma. Xa:nttjsia Baird. My knowledge of the osteology of this genus is derived from the X riversiana, specimens of which I owe to my friend. Dr. J. J. Rivers, of Oakland, Cal. The OS premaxillare has an elongate spine above and a nearly transverse posterior border below. Xasals well developed, distinct. Frontal single, grooved below. Parietal single, without pineal foramen, produced poste- riorly so as to overhang the occipital bone and foramen magnum ; being connected with the former by a median keel which it sends downwards. The supraoccipital is subhorizontal and is not articulated in the usual way with the paiietal, having only the median contact above mentioned. It is coossified with the exoccipitals. The prefrontal is small and is not produced far over the orbit. Lachrymal absent. Jugal with the super- Cope.] 212 [March 18, posterior limb expanded. Postfroatal and postorbital fused into a trian- gular bone which bounds the parietal externally, thus, with the supra- temporal, roofing over the temporal fossa. Supratemporal in contact throughout with the parietal except where separated by the narrow sphnt of a p-iroccipital. Quadrate with one, a large external conch. Vomers closely juxtaposed throughout, coossifled anteriorly, the median por- tion of the two elements with an excavation. Nareal orifices nearly closed except posteriorly, wliere the vomerine process of the palatine overarches them. The latter are in contact in front but soon spread apart. Maxillary processes rather shorter than vomerine, depressed be- low them. Pterygoids narrow throughout, not wider than palatines, their posterior part with a groove which looks upvvards and inwards. Basipterygi)ids overlapping their entire internal face. Ectopterygoids wide, reducing the palatine foramen to a mere slit ; with a considerable contact with the palatine, and a recurved portion in contact with the ex- tremity of the maxillary ; the internal extremity depressed. No presphe- noid ; sphenoid separated by suture from basioccipital, whose lateral pro- cesses are compressed and decurved. The postoptic bone seems to be wanting. The petrosal is well produced beyond the semicircular canal, and is equally produced below the trigeminal foramen, where it joins a backwards directed process of the basipterygoid. The groove below it is well defined and looks downwards. The epiplerygoid rises at the basi- pterygoid and rests on the anterior border of the petrosal and the poste- rior border of the well-marked descending process of the parietal. Fen- estra ovale not sunk in the lundus of a fossa. The mandible is remarkable in having but three bones. The articular, angular and surangular are coossifled, and thesplenial and dentary. The coronoid has little horizontal production on the outside of the ramus, and the angle of the dentary extends considerably posterior to it. The Mecke- liau groove is entirely closed. The hyoid apparatus is described under the head of the genus Xantusia. There is no zygosphen. There are six cervical intercentra besides that of the atlas. The cervical ribs commence on the fourth vertebra. Four of these ribs are of peculiar form, being expanded and truncate at the extremity so as to be somewhat fan-shaped. Neural spines rather low on the cervical and caudal regions, and lower on the dorsal vertebrae. Cau- dal vertebrae segmented towards the anterior part, the fissure passing through the middle of the diapophyses. Neural spine single, oblique, posterior ; chevron bones normal. Suprascapula short and wide ; scapula without proscapula. Coracoid with one notch ; sternum without fontauelle. Interclavicle with moder- ate posterior limb. Sternal ribs three ; xiphoid rods not juxtaposed, supporting two ribs. No abdominal ribs. Pubes meeting at about a right angle ; pectineal angles near the mid- dle, decurved. Pubis with tuber exterior. Ilium without angulus cristse ; acetabulum entire. 1892] 21d [Cope. Tlie teeth liave compressed tridentate crowns ; those of the premaxil- lary bone are not conic, but have also compressed crowns, where traces of denticles are sometimes apparent. The remarkable features in the osteology of this genus are (I) the peculiar relations between the parietal and supraoccipital bones, which resemble the structure seen in a sea-turtle ; (2) the wide ectopterygoid ; (8) the absence of lachrymal ; (4) the presence of only three mandibular elements. The affinities are a mixture of those of the Lacertidse and ScincidfB ; the large puslfrontal bones ; the descending processes of the parietals, and the form of the pubes, resembling the corresponding parts in the latter family. The expanded cervical ribs resemble those of the Gecconid genus Phyllodactylus. The relations of the parietal and occip- ital bones are quite different from those found in the Lacertidae and Anguidaj (Gerrhonotus, Celestus, Ophisaurus), where the temporal foss* are also roofed over. In these forms the contact is normal, ^. e., by the elevated median portion of the anterior border of the occipital. EuMECES Wiegmann. For the determination of the skeletal characters of this genus I have skeletons of the B. obsoletus and E. fasciatus, from the National collec- tion. The premaxillary is split as in other Scincidge, and the halves are in the closest contact. The common spine is rather elongate, while the palatal suture i'^ simply emarginate. The nasals are not shortened, and are dis- tinct. The frontal is double, and is simply grooved on the middle line below. The parietal is single, and is pierced by the pineal foramen at about its middle. The parietoquadrate arch is well elevated. The supraoccipital is loosely articulated, presenting a truncate median pro- cess towards, but not to, a median notch of the parietal. Exoccipital dis- tinct by suture. Prefrontal rather large, not sending posteriorly a super- ciliary process, and not produced far above the orbit. Lachrymal small ; not, or very little visible on external facial surface, and reached by a long internal process of the jugal. External surface of jugal separated widely from prefrontal, its postorbital portion much longer, slender, and rising to meet the postfrontal. The latter is large and unequally V-shaped, the posterior limb broad and covering the temporal fossa between the parietal and sup:atemporal bones, with more or less of a fissure next the parietal posteriorly. Postfrontal a splint separating the jugal and supratemporal from the postfrontal. Supratemporal well produced anteriorly, and in contact with the parietoquadrate arch for the posterior two-thirds the length of the latter. Quadrate with one, a deep external conch. The vomers are elongate, and also expanded laterally, passing above the prominent palatine laminae of the maxillary bones. They are in close apposition on the median line, but are so swollen longitudinally as to leave a groove at the common suture. The longitudinal ribs terminate in a pair of appressed hooks whi(^i look downwards and backwards at the posterior extremities of the bones. The vomerine branch of the palatine Cope.] ^14 [March 18, is not quite as long as the maxillary branch, and is on a superior plane, being in close contact with its mate on tlie middle line, and forming with the maxillary plate a half tube opening inwards. Pterygoids not very wide, gradually narrowing to the posterior rod which is openly grooved on the inner side. The basipterygoid processes overlap the entire width of the internal face. Ectopterygoid reaching maxillary and jugal, but not palatine ; little deflected posteriorly. Presphenoid not ossified ; sphenoid distinguished from basioccipital by suture. Latter with subconic descending lateral processes, which enclose a deep fossa on the external side. Postoptic small, simple, crescentic. Petrosal extended well in advance of semicircular canal above ; subforaniinal portion still more produced bounding a down-looking open groove. Parietal sending downwards a rather elongate process in front of petrosal. Epipterygoid originating opposite basipterygoid below, and resting above on the descending pro- cess of the parietal and the anterior margin of the petrosal. Occipital condyle tripartite. Meckel's cartilage exposed trorn the anteriorly placed splenial foramen. Corouoid a little produced auteriorly on external face of ramus, not at all posteriorly. Suraugular and articular distinct ; angle flat, rounded, not produced or angular inwards. Dentary produced as far posteriorly as -coronoid ; splenial rather elongate (forming the inferior border of Meckel's groove in E. ohwletus). In the hyoid system, E. fmciatus presents a short second cerato- branchial. The first ceratobranchial has a cartilaginous terminal seg- ment, as has also the ceratohyal. The latter is of moderate length, is without expansions, and is articulated with the extremity of the rather short hypobranchial. Tiiere is a large free epibranchial, which com- mences near the free extremity of the second ceratobranchial, and curv- ing backwards, outwards and then forwards, terminates nearly opposite the middle of the ceratohyal. The cervical intercentra in the E. obsoleias number four, and those of the E. fasciatus three, posterior to that of the atlas. There is no zygos- phen. The caudal diapophyses are well developed at the base of the series, and are split lengthwise at the middle and distal part of the series by the segmentation of the vertebrae. Neural spine single at posterior extremity of neural arch. The suprascapula is expanded auteroposteriorly, and the scapula is rather elongate. The latter has no proscapula, while tlie coronoid has one emargination. The sternum has a smill fontanelle posteriorly placed. There are three costal articulations and a xiphoid rod witu two ribs. The latter is in close apposition to its mate, and is exp.mded out- wards at the junction of the first hajmapophysis. The ilium has no angiclus cristm, and the acetabulum is entire. The pubes converge at a subacute angle, and thg small pectineal process is nearer the proximal extremity, and is turned downwards. The ischia are subtransverse, and present a wide em.wgination posteriorly, since the processus tuberosus is near the acetabulum. 1892.] ^^^ [Cope. Besides the family characters, this genus is well distinguished among American lizards by the divided frontal ; the overroofing the temporal fossa by the postfrontal and supratemporal ; the descending process of the parietal ; forms of the xiphoid rods, and forms of the pelvic bones. Anniella Gray. My observations on this genus are based on specimens from San Diego, Cal., presented to me by my friend, James S. Lippincott. The premaxillary has an elongate spine, and the palatal suture pre- sents backwards two concavities separated by a median projection. The nasals are distinct and rather short and wide. The frontals are dis- tinct and ralher wide. The parietal is very large everyway, is single, and has no pineal foramen. The supraoccipital forms a close suture with it, sending forwards a median process for internal gomphosis, and an angle on each side of it. It is coossified with the exoccipital, and is expanded to accommodate the large circle of the superior semicircular canal. The facial plate of the maxillary is large. The prefrontal is above the eye, and is cut off from the postfrontal by an entrant angle only. The lachrymal is small, and is below and separated from the prefrontal. No jugal. Postfrontal crescentic, bounded by both frontal and parietal. Postorbital a caducous scale lying in contact with the posterior limb of the postfrontal. Petrosal with its superior border in close contact with the decurved lateral borders of the parietal, as in a snake. The latter do not, however, descend to the presphenoid, but leave a wide fissure below it which deeply notches the anterior border of the petrosal. Supraforaminal part of petrosal produced to an acute angle, terminating at the parietal border much in advance of the anterior semicircular canal. Body of petrosal perforated by a large foramen just in front of the superior part of the quadrate. No parietoquadrate arch, but a posteroexternal angle of the parietal extending near to the proxi- mal extremity of the quadrate. No distinct supratemporal or paroccipi- tal. Stapes with large disk and short stout columella, with thickened tympanic extremity. Vomers continuous anteriorly, slightly divergent posteriorly ; excavated by a deep groove posteriorly, which terminates in a fossa medially. The external borders of the posterior apices are turned outwards so as to enclose partially the posterior nares below. The pala- tines are short, the groove separating the maxillary from the vomerine processes extending to the suture with the pterygoid, so that the maxil- lary process only appears as the inferior face of the bone. Pterygoids elongated anteriorly, reaching to beyond the middle of the palatine fora- men. They extend directly back to the quadrates, being well separated on the middle line, and abruptly notched on the inner side to receive the short angular basipterygoids. They are separated from the sphenoid by a fissure, and are grooved on the inner side posterior to the basipterygoid. Ectopterygoids present, rather slender, enclosing rather large palatine PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. 2 B. PRINTED MAY 24, 1892. Cope.] ■^1^ [March 18, foramina. No epipterj'goid. Nareal fissure overhung by the free edge of the maxillary and palatine bones. Sphenoid and basioccipital and ex- occipital coijssified. Occipital condyle convex and perfectly simple. The mandible has an open Meckelian groove, and the surangular and articular bones are coossilied, while the angular and spleniitl bones are dis- tinct. The latter extends well anteriorly. The coronoid extends a little forwards on the exterior face of the ramus, and in both directions on the inner face. The hyoid apparatus is the most simple among lizards. It consists of a continuous cartilaginous glossobasihyal rod, which is bifurcated poste- riorly ; and a simple osseous first branchihyal, attached to each of the branches. Other elements wanting. Ten cervical vertebrsB with compressed inferior processes of the centra or hypapophyses. They are coossified with the centra, and are not inter- central in position, hence it is not evident that they are iatercentra. No zygosphen. In the Anniella pulehra there are seventy-three rib-bear- ing vertebrae, and two cervicals without ribs. The sacral and proximal caudal vertebrae have diapophyses, those of the former little difierent from those of the latter. The fifth vertebra with a diapophysis supports a pair of parallel plates coossified with its inferior face like the chevron or double hypapophysis of a snake. In the succeeding vertebrae similar plates form the basis of a chevron, whose symphysis is turned rather ab- ruptly posteriorly. The position of these chevrons is central and not intercentral. Caudal vertebrae not segmented. Scapular elements and fore limb wanting. Pelvic arch represented by a pair of slender simple bones which lie near the extremities of the last ribs, one on each side of the vent. They are slightly curved, and are well separated in front. They are very similar to the bones which occupy the same position in the Amphisbisnidae, and are probably the iliopectineal bones of Fiirbringer. Teeth simple, acutely conic. The affinities of the Anniellidae, as indicated by the above description, are interesting. When I first, in 1864,* pointed out the cranial peculiari- ties of the genus Anniella, I created for it a distinct family, which I asso- ciated with the Acontiidae and Auelytropsidae. Subsequently, in 1887,t I proposed for it a still more independent position, making it the type of a special superfamily, which I called the Anguisauri ; a course which had been already adopted by Gill a short time previously ,+ who proposed for it the superfamily of the Annielloidea. The further knowledge of its structure above recorded brings out more clearly its true position. This is, I think, in the Annulati or Amphisbaenia. The characters which indicate this reference are : (1) The continuity of the parietal with the petrosal and supraoccipital elements. (3) The absence of epipterygoid. (3) The absence of ceratohyal elements. (4) The hypopophyses of the ♦Proceedings Academy Philada., 1864, p. 230. ■f Bullet. U. 8. Natl. Museum No. 32, p. 25, 1SS7. X Smithsonian Report, ISSii, The Progress of Zoology for 1885, p. 40. 1892.] 21 i [f^ope cervical vertebrae which are continuous with tlie centra. (5) The par- tially open chevron bones, which are also continuous with the centra. (G) The sublongitudinal ileopeclineal bone and absence of other pelvic elements. There is agreement in various subordinate features, as the single pre- maxillary, double frontal, and single parietal ; and the absence of supra- temporal bone ; also the fusion of the surangular and articular bones. There are some differences to be noted. Thus, in some of the Amphisbce- nia at least, there is apparently an orbitosphenoid bone, which is wanting in Anniella. The pterygoid is more closely adherent to the basis cranii in the Amphisbsiinia, and there is no palatine foramen, which is present in Anniella. The splenlal is of full size in Anniella and the Meckelian groove is open. In the Amphisbsenia the groove is closed and the splen- lal is much reduced. The presence of scales, the papillose tongue and the distinct tegumentary eye fissure, with the characters above cited, define the Anniellidaeas a very distinct family of the Amphisbania. Rhinetjra. Cope. A specimen of the R. floridana Baird from Volusia, Fla., furnishes the characters of the skeleton. The alveolar border of the premaxillary is very short, and supports only one, a median tooth. The spine is divided into two portions, that below the projecting angle of the muzzle and that above it. The former is contracted a little by a process of the maxillary which enters from the alveolar portion, separating it from the nostril, which is inferior in posi- tion. It then expands a little, to form on the upper side of the muzzle a terminal expansion twice as wide as long. The nasals are distinct, and extend to the border of the muzzle, overroofing the nostrils. Frontals wide, distinct, deeply emarginate posteriorly for the parietal. Prefrontal rather large, triangular, sending its apex posteriorly over the orbit and reaching the parietal. Its free border and a narrow band of the parietal form a crista temporalis, which do not unite on the middle line into a crista sagittalis. Parietal single, without pineal foramen, continuous lat- erally with the petrosal and alisphenoid, and posteriorly with the supra- occipital, from which it receives on the middle line a gomphosis. Supra- occipital bounding foramen magnum, of which it forms a rather narrow border. A small triangular bone at the extremity of the maxillary may be a jugal or a lachrymal. The alisphenoid and petrosal form the inferior part of the side walls of the brain case, and are separated from the ptery- goids and presphenoid below them by a narrow fissure which is widest below the petrosal. The latter sends an angle upwards and backwards be- tween the parietal and exoccipital. The exoccipital sends a prolongation (paroccipital ?) downwards and forwards, which gives articulation to the quadrate, bounding the fenestra ovale above. The latter is large and is closed by the large disk of the stapes. The quadrate has no posterior Cope.] -^lo [March 18, proximal process, and is oblique proximally, but is more nearly vertical distally. In its posterior angle rests the club-shaped head of the robust columella auris. The vomer presents as its anterior extremity a process which separates a transverse process from each maxillary, and enters a notch in the poste- rior border of the preraaxillary. The vomers are plane in front but become convex and separated by a fissure posteriorly, ending each in an acumi- nate apex lying on the presphenoid. The palatine is narrow and lies along the inner side of the ectopterygoid, consisting chiefly of its maxillary process ; it is doubtful whether it possesses a vomerine process. Posteri- orly it lies scale-like on the pterygoid, reaching nearly to the line of the quadrate (PI. i, Fig. 5, b pi.). The nareal fissure is nearly closed ante- riorly, except a foramen-like portion at the anterior extremity. The pre- sphenoid, sphenoid and basioccipital are coossified. To these the ptery- goid is closely appressed by the one side, while on the outer side the latter carries the narrow splint-like ectopterygoid as far as the maxillary. No palatine foramen. Occipital condyle simple, transverse, medially con- cave. The mandible displays no Meckelian groove, and the splenial is small. The small angular is only visible on the internal side of the ramus. Sur- angular and articular confluent. Coronoid large, triangular, not concave below, and overlaid at base externally by anterior extremity of surangu- lar ; anteriorly not extended over dentary. Angle short, longer than wide, a little inflected, simple ; its plane an angle of 45° to that of the ramus. The hyoid apparatus is very simple. It consists of a glossobasihyal car- tilage which is deeply bifurcate posteriorly. At the posterior extremity each posterior limb sends a process forwards, which is about half as long as tlie anterior elements, the hypohyal. No ceratohyal nor second cerato- branchial. A rather short and simple osseous first ceratobranchial on each side. The vertebral column consists of many cervico-dorsals and a relatively small number of caudals. The second vertebra has a strong keel-like hypapophysis, which is also strong on the third, but which diminishes from that point so that on the sixth it is no longer perceptible. Tlie first rib is short and is attached to the third vertebra. Diapophyses and neu- ral spines very short. The ribs do not display a vertical process at the head as in Lepidosternum oetosteg urn. Diapophyses very short and simple on caudal vertebrtB. Caudal hypai»opliyses commencing on the antei"ior fourth of the caudal series, at first the halves widely separated. They soon converge downwards, and finally touch, but are never coossified to form a chevron. Position on the middle of the length of the centrum. Rib-bearing vertebrfe without trace of zygosphen. Scapular arch absent. Pelvic arch represented by a single curved rod on each side of and anterior to the vent, which is connected with the extremities of two ribs hy ligament only. This is the ileopecliiieal bone of Fiirbringer. No trace of posterior limb. cfiH'<' ''^N so 1883 lf^'.i2.] '^1'^ [Cope. Teeth simple, conic ; sitiiated on premaxillar}', maxillary and dentary bones only. Premaxillary with but one, a median tooth. The genus Lepidosternnm, as typified by the L. ortostegum, differs from Rhineura in that the nasal bones are excluded from the nareal borders by the maxillary, and from contact with each other by the prolonged spine of the premaxillary. In both of these points Rhineura agrees with Amphisbtena. In Lepidosternnm also there is a Meckelian groove, and the angle is turned vertically downwards. In AmpMsbcena (fuUginosa) there is a groove and no angle. Plate II. Figs. 1-8. Feylinia currorii Gray ; X 2 : from Gaboon, West Africa ; specimen in Museum Academy Natl. Sciences, Philadelphia. Fig. 1. Skull, three views; 2, skeleton of pectoral region ; 3, skeleton of sacro-pelvic region. Fig. 4. Anniclla pulchra Gray ; skull, X 3 ; from San Diego, California ; from specimen in my private collection presented by Mr. James S. Lippincott. Fig 5. Rhineura floridana Baird ; skull, X 3; from Volusia, Fla. ; from specimen in ray private collection from Mrs. A. D. Lungren. The principal characters of the osteology of the Feylinia and Anniella I described in the Proceeds. Academy Philadelphia, 1864, pp. 228-230 ; and the pelvic arch of the latter and of Rhineura in a paper now in press in the Americdn Journal of Morphology. Addi- tional characters of all the above forms are described in the preceding pages. Lettering. — Pmx., premaxillary; N., Nasal; F., frontal; P., parietal; So., supraoccipital ; Mx., Maxillary ; Pef., prefrontal ; L., lachrymal ; J., jugal ; Pof., poslfrontal ; Pob., postorbital ; Pofb.. postfrontoiirbital ; St., supratemporal ; Pao., paroccipital ; Eo., exoccipital ; Os., orbitosphenoid ; Pop., postoptic ; Epg., epipterygoid ; Pe., petrosal; Q., quadrate; Stp., stapes ; F., vomer ; PL, palatine ; Pg., pterygoid ; Sep., ectopterygoid ; Sp., sphenoid ; Bo., basioccipital ; Art., articular ; Co., coronoid ; Ang., angular ; Spl., splenial ; D., dentary ; CI., clavicle ; R., rib ; S., sacrum ; to., pelvis. Plate III. Hyoid bones of Lacertilia. Fig. 1. Sphenodon punctatum Gray ; nat. size ; from specimen pre- sented by Sir James Hector. 2. Chamceleon sp. ; from Cuvier ; nat. size. 3. Gecko verticillatus Laur. ; nat. size ; from Cuvier. 4. Aristelliger prcesignis Hallow. ; nat. size ; dissected and drawn by Dr. E E. Gait. Cope.] Zi3j [March IS. Fig. 5. Phyllodactylus tuberculatus Wiegm. ; X 2 ; dissected and drawn by Dr. E. E. Gait. 6. Thecadactylus rapicaudus Houtt. ; X 3. 7. Enblepharis elegans Gray ; X 3 ; Dr. Gait. 8. Eublep/uiris variegatus Baird ; X 2. 9. Calotes cristatellus Kulil ; nat. size. 10. Phrynoeephalus mystaceus Pallas ; nat. size. 11. Uromastix hardwickii Gray ; nat. size ; from the Zoological Gar- den of Philadelphia. 13. Holbrookia maculata Gir. ; X 2; from specimen from Otto Lerch, San Angelo, Tex. Plate IV. Fig. 13. Phrynosoma coronatum Blv. ; X 3 ; Dr. Gait. 14. Sceloporus undulntus Daud. ; X 2. 15. Uta stanshuriana B. &. G. ; X f. 16. Snuromalus ater Dum. ; nat. size. 17. Crotaphytus wisliceiiii B. & G. ; X 2. 18. Anolis carolinensis D. & B. ; x 2. 19. Ctenosaura teres Harl. ; nat. size (not adult). 20. Iguana tuberculata Laur. ; from Guv. ; nat. size. 21. Anguisfragilis L. ; X 4 ; from Northern Italy. 32. Draccena guianensis Daud. ; n;it. size ; from specimen from Zoological Garden, Philadelphia. Plate V. Fig. 33. Gerrhonotus muUicarinatus Blv. ; X 3 ; Dr. Gait. 24. Ophisaurus ventralis Daud. ; X 3 ; Dr. Gait. 35. Heloderma suspectum Cope ; nat. size ; Dr. Gait. 26. Xenosaurus gr^andis Gray ; X 2. 27. Varanus niloticus Linn. ; nat. size ; Dr. Gait. 28. Seiucus officinalis Laur. ; X 3 ; from Ciivier. 29. Eumeces fasciatus L. ; X 3 ; Dr. Gait. 30. Egernia cunninghamii Gray ; nat. size ; the ends of the cerato- branchials are cut off in the specimen. 31. Liolepisma laterale Say ; X 3 ; from Hidalgo, Mexico (L. gem- mingerii). 33. Gonyylus ocellatus Forsk. ; |. Plate VI. Fig. 33. Celesftis slnatus Gray ; nat. size. 34. Oerrhosaurics nigrolineatus Hallow. ; X 3. 35. Zonurus cordylus Linn. ; X 3. 36. Mancus macrolepis Cope ; X 3. 37. Xantusia riversiana Cope ; | nat. size. 38. Lepidophyma jlavomaculdtum Dum. ; three times nat. size. 39. Pnammodromus algirus Linu. ; X 3. 18!)2.] 221 [Cope. Fig. 40. Lacerta ocellata Daud. ; uat. size. 41. Tnpinambis tegnexin Daud.; nat. size ; from Cuvier. 42. C/ie/iiidophorus tessellatus Say ; x 3. 43. Anniella pulchra Gray ; X 4 ; from si»ecimeu from James S. Lip- pi ncott. 44. Chirotes canaliculat (IS Bonn.; x 4. 45. Amphisbcena alba Linn. ; f nat. size, 4(i. Rhineura floridana Baird ; X 4- Lettering. — Gh., glossoliyal ; Bh., basiliyal ; Hh., hypohyal ; Ch., cera- toliyal ; CB. I, first ceratobranciual ; CB. II, second ceratobrancliial ; EB., epibranchial ; 8t., stapes; E.St ^ epistapedial ; S.St., suprastapedial. ERRATA. Page 211, liue 16, for 41 read 37. Page 211, line 27, for Plate v, Fig. 26, read Plate vi, Fig. 38 Page 216, lines 2')-:iO. Tliis description of the pelvis of Anniella is erroneous. I describe it in a paper in press in the American Journal of Morphology, and not having the ]MS. with me when the present papsr was written, trusted to memory, and confused it with the pelvis of Feylinia. On Some New and Little Known Paleozoic Vertebrates. By E. D. Cope. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 1, 1S92.) It has been long known that the Catskill-Chemung beds of Northern Pennsylvania contain a fish bed rich in specimens. This deposit has been traced from Warren, on the west, to Susquehanna county, inclusive, on the east. It is now known that at the close of the Chemung epoch, as at the close of the Devonian in Belgium and Scotland, land emergences took place, producing more or less continued brackish and fresh-water condi- tions. The latter received the deposits known as the Catskill in the East- ern United States, and their alternations with Chemung beds containing Chemung invertebrate fossils are now well established as facts of our geological history. A recent visit to Tioga and Bradford counties, in Pennsylvania, has recently afforded me the opportunity of inspecting some of the localities where vertebrate fossils occur. These have been already referred to by Prof. J. S. Newberry in his work on tlie Paleozoic fishes of North America. Guided by two geologists residing in the regions in question — Mr. Andrew Sherwin, of Mansfield, Tioga county, and Mr. A. T. Lilley, of Leroy, Bradford county — I had an excellent opportunity of observing the mode of occurrence of the fossils and of obtaining speci- mens. I wish here to e.xpress my particular indebtedness to these gentle- men for the aid they have rendered me. The locality I visited, near Mansfield, is typical Catskill. The list of species obtained is not large. They are : Bothriolepis nitidus Leidy. Holonema ncgosum Clayp. Ganorhynchus Cope.J '^■^'-' [April 1, oblongus, sp. nov. Osteolepis or Megalichthys, fragments. Holoptycldus americanus Leidy. Holoiytychius giganteus Agass. From Chemung beds near Leroy I obtained : Holonema rugosum Clay p. Eolonema liorridum, sp. nov. HoloptycMus filostts, sp. nov. From another locality, probably Chemung, near Leroy : Bothriolepis minor Newb. Coecosteus maeromus, sp. nov. Osteolepis or Megalichthys, fragments. At the last-named locality the specimens are very abundant, but mostly dissociated, so that it is rarely that two pieces of the same fish are found in their natural relations. The bed where they occur is in some places carbonaceous from the abundant organic matter deposited there. Frag- ments of the Osteolepid fish above referred to are abundant, but they are too scattered for identification. To the species found in Pennsylvania, I add the description of a fine Megalichthys from the Carbonic of Kansas. OSTRACOPHORI. Holonema horridum, sp. nov. This large species is represented by the nearly perfect mold of a plate whose position may be determined by the following considerations. It has almost exactly the form of the lateral plate of the specimen of the Holonema rugosum Clayp., to which I referred in describing the supposed pectoral spine of that species.* From the fact that the specimen referred to presents two median scuta, I have supposed that it is a part of the car- apace. It is, however, true that the exposed surface of the long anterior median plate is acuminate in front, showing that the anterior lateral plates join anterior to it. This is not known to occur in the carapace, but is characteristic of the plastron. That this conclusion is correct is shown by the character of the median posterior scute of //. rugosu/n, shortly to be described. This being the case, it is necessary to admit that there are two median scuta, a character thus far unknown in the Antiarcha, and one which distinguishes the genus Holonema from Bothriolepis. On this interpretation, the scute to be described is the posterior lateral of the left side of the plastron. It is about three fifths the size of that of the Holonema rugosum. and is considerably longer than that of the Bothri- olepis nitidus Leidy. It differs from both species in its superficial sculp- ture. In the last-named species this is generally concentric to a non-cen- tral point. In the HolonenKt r^tgosum the sculpture radiates from a more or less central point. In the present species the pattern is longitudinal * Proceedings U. S. Natl. Museum, 1891, p. 45G. 1992.] 223 [Cope. from end to end of the plate. The anterior part of the external border of tlie plate is present in the rock mold, so that a cast of its surface was not obtained ; but, with this exception, the cast is nearly complete. On the middle of the plate, commencing at the anterior extremity, ihe ridges are least interrupted. Anteriorly they are oblique or slightly imbricate, looking outwards, and are connected at longer intervals ; near the inner border, but little connected. Posteriorly they are more direct and are more frequently joined by transverse connecting ridges. Near the mid- dle of the external region the ridges so inosculate as to produce a non- linear arrangement of round pits. On the inner side of the plate the sculpture Is finer and is longitudinally honeycombed. MM. Total length of plate 120 Width at middle 60 Length of anterior internal border 90 Length of posterior internal border . . 47 In the roughness of its surface this species exceeds those that are known to belong to the Antiarcha. Chemung bed, Bradford county, Pa., A. T. Lilley. HoLONEMA RUGOSA Clayp. Newberry Paleozoic Fishes of N. Amer., 1889, p. 92. Pterichthys rugosus Claypole, Proceeds. Amer. Philosophical Soc, 1883, p. 664. Fragments of the exoskeleton of this species are common in the Che- mung beds, and they are generally of large size, much exceeding that of any other species of the Bothriolepididte. They are generally so much broken as to render their location difficult. I obtained from Mr. Lilley a number of fragments of such a plate, which, on reconstruction, proves to belong to the posterior median dorsal plate, enough of which remains to give a good idea of its form and sculpture. The anterior margin only is entirely wanting. The plate is obtusely rounded at the median line, giving an obtusely roof-shaped form. It Is relatively rather narrow anteriorly, and widens gradually to the posterior border, where it is also flatter. The edges (lat- eral and posterior) are rather thin, and the lateral are obscurely beveled below, as though to overlap the lateral posterior plates. The middle line below is openly grooved on the anterior half, while a longitudinal thick- ening marks the middle line of the posterior fourth below. Tlie inferior surface is smooth, while the superior surface is sculptured with the par- allel grooves characteristic of the species. These grooves extend to the lateral and posterior borders. The median ones are longitudinal and without interruption throughout the length of the fragment. Those on each side of the middle line diverge slightly and reach the margin, the lateral at an acute angle as far forward as the middle of the length of the PROC. AMER. PHILOS, SOC, XXX. 138. 2 C. PRINTED MAY 24, 1892. Cope.] ^^4 [-April 1, fragment. From this point forward they diverge in a direction gradually- approaching and thus reaching a right angle with the margin. The transverse grooves form a band which increases in width anteriorly until it is nearly one-third the width of the plate in front. The grooves are fine and are separated by interspaces wider than themselves. Tliey be- come coarser anteriorly, the interspaces measuring 1.5 mm. ; posteriorly they measure 1 mm. The middle line above shows some unsymmetrical low tuberosities which do not correspond to cavities on the inferior side. The plate is generally thin. Measurements. MM. Length of fragment 222 "Width of plate at front of fragment 110 Thickness of plate at front of fragment 5 Width of plate at posterior border 120 This piece, together with the pectoral limb which I have already de- scribed, demonstrates the position of the genus to be with the Antiarcha, and not with the Arthrodira, as has been suspected by Mr. A. S. Wood- ward. Chemung, Bradford county, Pa., A. T. Lilley. BOTHRIOLEPIS MINOR Ncwb. Paleozoic Fishes of North America, 1889, p. 113 ; PI. xx. Figs. 6-8. Fragments of this species are exceedingly abundant in the Chemung rocks in Bradford county, but generally dissociated. The examination of a large number of these demonstrates the correctness of the generic references made by Prof. Newberry. The most abundant pieces are the lateral ventral plates, the anterior median dorsal plate, and the median occipital. The latter sometimes remains in conjunction with the plates on either side of it. These specimens are unaccompanied by any trace of scales or fins, thus agreeing with other species of the genus. There is also but one median abdominal plate, showing that the B. minor is not to be referred to Holo- nema. One of the characters of the species is seen in the fact that the sen- sory grooves of the median occipital plate do not extend to the smooth articular border, but are separated from it by a band of sculpture. The preraedian plate is crossed by a groove which presents an abrupt loop back- wards at the middle. The species always remains much smaller than the B. nitidus Leidy (j5. Uidyi Newb.). Leroy, Bradford county. Pa., A. T. Lilley. 1892.] ^-J'-' [Cope. DIPNOI. Ganoehynchus oblongus, sp. nov. Established on what is either the symphyseal element of a mandible, or a median bone of the superior mouth-arch. It consists of an oblong trough- shaped plate with a thickened, somewhat revolute border, which is concave in two directions ; that is, in the direction of the concavity of the trough, and as a concavity of its free margin. This form indicates that it occupied an oblique position, like the elements mentioned, so that the thickened surface should fit closely the corresponding elements of the opposite jaw. There is no enamel covering the masticatory border, but this may have scaled olF. There are no lateral denticles as in the Holodus of Pander. As compared with the O. beecherii of Newberry, this bone has the length relatively much greater as compared with the width. The width in that species exceeds the length several times, while in the O. oblongus the width but slightly exceeds the length. The concavity of the masticating border is greater ; the size is very much less. As compared with the G. woodiiardii Traqu., this species is very much smaller ; there are no "na- real " notches ; and no tubercles on the edge. The sides of the body of the bone are nearly parallel, and the posterior border is gently convex. Two layers are visible ; the interior one, like the external, has a coarsely punctate surface. MM. Lengthj^t '^"^^dle 9 t-at border 10.5 Width / ^^ proximal extremity 8 5 <. at masticatory extremity 13.5 From near Mansfield, Tioga county. Pa.; from the Catskill formation. From Andrew Sherwin. TELEOSTOMATA. COCCOSTEUS MACROMUS, Sp. nov. Fragments of this species are abundant in the Chemung rocks at Leroy, and I select as typical of it a pair ot supraclavicular and adjacent pieces, which display its characters best. The supraclavicle has lost the condylar articulation. Both extremities display the unsculptured surface, and the usual groove extends obliquely across the sculptured portion at about two- fiflhs the length from one of the extremities. The sculpture consists of obtuse tubercles with delicate radiate-grooved bases, which are usually separated by spaces equal to their own diameters, sometimes by narrower spaces, but never by spaces which are wider. At some points they have a linear arrangement. This sculpture is coarser than in the C. americanus Newberry (see the Paleozoic Fishes of North America, by this author), but resembles that of the C. decipiens Agass. of Scotland. From this species the G. macromus differs in the elongate form of the supraclavicle, Cope.] ^^^ [April 1, which is relatively short and wide in the G. decipieas (see Agassiz, in the Poissons de la VieuxGres Rouge, and Zittel, HandbuchderPaleontologie), MM. Length of supraclavicle 35 Width just above condyle 16 Associated and in contact with these pieces are two acuminate oval bones which may be opercula. Each is pierced by a groove. They dis- play the inferior side, which is smooth. Megalichthys m.^cropomus, sp. nov. Establishedon the greater part of an individual from the Carbonic system of Kansas. With the exception of a short interval just behind the head, the specimen is complete as to its length ; the pectoral and ventral fins are damaged, and the extremity of the anal is broken ofi. The scales of one side of the body only are visible in the present state of the specimen, and a good many of those of the abdominal region are lost. The general characters may be enumerated as follows : The form is slender. The scales are large and rhombic, with rounded extremities. The supratemporal (cheek) bones and opercula are very large, and are much extended posteriorly. The enamel is present on the superior aspect of the skull in small and irregular patches only, but it covers the rest of the external surfaces. It is everywhere closely and minutely impressed- punctate. The bones of the skull are thin and light. The elements of the skull are distinguishable for the most part, the sutures being obliterated on the nasal region. The pterotics (squamosals Traquair) are longer than the postfrontals, and the parietals are longer than the frontals. The supratemporals (cheek-bones Traqu.) are very large, extending posterior to the posterior border of the parietals. The intercalaria are large (supratemporals Traqu.). The opercula are very large, and in this specimen they are shoved upwards so as to overlap at the median line. Their length enters the total length of the skull, three and a half times, and is a little greater than that of the parietal bones. Their superior margin is leveled off from a low longitudinal thickening, from which some low wrinkles radiate downwards. Enamel is present on the superior surface of the skull, on the border of the frontal bone posterior to the orbit, and on the anterior part of the postfrontal bone. There are grains of enamel scattered on the parietals. On the supratemporals there are closely placed concentric interrupted lines on the superior part, and irregular patches of larger size on the inferior part. There are large patches of enamel on the opercula. The superior bones of the skull are everywhere roughened with minute tuberosities, which fuse into trans- verse ridges on each side of the sagittal suture. The maxillary bones are displayed partly on the superior, partly on the inferior faces of the speci- men. They are rather slender, and their distal extremities are broken oti. There is a short pyriform symphyseal, entirely enclosed by the mandib- 1S92.] -^^^ [Cope. ular rami, and a median gular bone which joins the gulars with a con- cave suture. The gulars are large, and measure three times as long as wide at tlie middle. They are cut off obliquely on the inner side poste- riorly, by the chevron-shaped arrangement of the pectoral scales. Several large external gulars. The posterior extremities of the mandibles are broken so that their proportions cannot be exactly ascertained, but the length preserved is six times the width opposite the anterior gular. The surface of their inferior portions is marked by coarse impressed punctures besides the usual minute ones. The former are not present on any other part of the fish. The scales are large ; between the bases of the pectoral and ventral fins can be counted about twenty -one rows, and between the ventral and the first dorsal immediately above, eight rows. The first dorsal fin is above the ventral, and the second dorsal above the anal. There are two large scales on each side which embrace the base of the first ray of the first dorsal and anal ; the other fins are too imperfect at the base for description. The caudal fin is shortly heterocercal, and there are six broad fulcral scales protecting the side of its inferior border. In all the fins the rays are seg- mented. A half dozen rays near the border are coarse, but the remain- ing rays are finer. In all the fins the coarse rays are distally subdivided. Measurements. MM. Total length of specimen (20 mm. intercalated behind head) 950 Length to anterior border of orbits 45 Length to posterior border of parietals 143 Length to posterior border of operculum 230 Length to anterior base first dorsal fin 620 Width between orbits 33 Width of parietals -j- postfrontals anteriorly 38 Width of parietals and pterolics posteriorly 75 Length of symphyseal bone 15 Length of anterior gular 13 Length of gular 120 Length of first dorsal fin 110 Length of caudal from inferior base to superior free apex — 135 Depth of body at first dorsal 85 Depth of body at second dorsal 50 This species is not nearly allied to the species from the Permian of Texas, the 31. nitidus Cope, which is smaller and more robust in form. It has its scales and ganoine, generally, perfectly smooth, and there are but fourteen rows of scales between the pectoral and ventral fins. From the European species with punctate ganoine it differs in the longer gular bones and more elongate head, so far, at least, as concerns the M. Mbbertii and M. laticeps. In M. pygmmus the scales are described as coarsely punctate by A. S. Woodward. Its dimensions are about equal to those Cope.] ^^^ [April 1, of the M. Jdbbertii. The crescentic ganoine scales of the muzzle of that species and the M. nilidus are absent from the M. macropoma. I owe the opportunity of examining the beautiful specimen which is described above to my friend, Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa., whose collection of Paleozoic fossils is so valuable, and has been of such utility to students of the subject. (?) HOLOPTYCHIUS FILOSUS, Sp. nov. Represented by a large scale which has a peculiar and characteristic sculpture. But a small part, if any, of the proximal border is smooth. There is an area of coarse tubercles whose centre marks the proximal lourtli of the long diameter, and whose vertical diameter somewhat ex- ceeds the longitudinal. From this area there radiate in all directions to the circumference, ridges, of which the proximal are very coarse, but which become finer to the posterior side of the central area. The longer and finer ridges divide dicliotomously at various points as they approach the border, the division being most conspicuous in two lines above and two below the longitudinal middle line. The ridges are quite fine and are separated by spaces rather wider than their diameter, except proximal to the area, where the reverse is the case. This species is represented by a mold from which a cast has been made. The distal border is evidently thin, and has been more or less broken, so that its outline is not certainly known. The following longi- tudinal measurement may, tlierefore, require revision at some future time. MM. Diameters of scale P«"g'^"^^'"^^ <->6^ ( vertical 65 Diameters of tubercular area { l^ngitu'^iiial 10 (. vertical 15 Width proximal to area 9 Five distal radii in 5 It will be observed that this is the equal in dimensions of the largest species of Holoptychius known. Its sculpture serves to connect the species of the H. ?iobUissimus type with those of the group Glyptolepis. The apparent absence of proximal smootli border may be due to accident, as the border is not complete ; but it is, in any case, narrower than in the known species. From the Chemung beds of Leroy, Bradford county, A. T. Lilley, I have, like Prof. Newberry, obtained the H. americanus Leidy, and the H. giganteus Agass., from the Catskill beds of Bradford county, Pa., through Mr. Andrew Sherwin, to whom I am under many obligations. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Vol.XXX. JSr? 138. 1892.] 229 [Bache. Explanation of Plates. Plate VII. Fig. 1. Holonema horrida Cope ; lateral ventral plate ; Iwo-tbirds natural size. Fig. 2. Holonema rugosa Claypole ; lateral ventral plate ; one-half natural size. Fig. 3. Holoptychias filosus Cope; scale; two- thirds natural size. Plate VIII. Megali:hthys macropomus Cope ; skull from above ; about three-fourths natural size ; from the collection of R. D. Lacoe. Civil and Military Photogrammetry. By R. Meade Bache. (^Read before the American Philosophical Society, Afay 6, i8g2.') Photogrammetry is recognized as a legitimate mode of survey- ing. It is, in fact, if practiced with due regard to the limitations involved through spherical aberration from object-glasses of too wide aperture, a mode of surveying of considerable accuracy, although not for a moment to be compared to other perfected modes of the present day. It can never rival these in their sphere, which is the sphere of extreme precision, but at the same time it must be admitted that, within its own, it is capable of doing good service. The diagram on the blackboard has been made as simple as possible, to illustrate the mode of obtaining a single vertical and a single horizontal determination. It is evident, however, that the sectors of horizon and intervening landscape belonging to each picture, assumed to have been taken from the respective stations, A and B, might be filled with objects. Many of these, from the fact of their having been visible from both stations, would be determinable by this method of cartography. AB is a base to serve for the determination of some of the details of a survey. The optical axis of the camera being set at each sta- tion respectively upon a prominent, distant object, say a lone tree, the angle at each station between the base and that object is taken. Bache.] '^^^ [May 6, The rays of light eA and cB, respective!}-, proceed from a steeple to the photographic points of view A and B. The intersection of these rays at 6" gives, according to the scale of the plotted base, the horizontal position by scale of the steeple with reference to those points of view. In deference to a misunderstanding of which I heard lately, as to the relations of the horizons to each other, as represented in this diagram, I shall endeavor to preclude it now by calling attention to the fact that the horizons are here laid down as to direction, but in order to secure the utmost simplicity in the diagram, not as to their possibility of lateral extension. Objects, for instance, in the middle distance of the steeple, as seen in elevation on horizon A, from station A, would, at station B, fall to the left of the steeple, as seen in elevation on horizon B. Conversely, objects in the gen- eral direction, and in the background of the steeple, as seen in the elevation on horizon A, from station A, would fall to the right of the steeple, as seen in elevation on horizon B, from station B. The chief method of photogrammetry in use at the present time is illustrated by this diagram, and is based on very simple princi- ples. The angles and distances obtained in ordinary surveying are merely natural or artificial selections. They are merely arbitrary subdivisions of space, convenient selections from an infinite num- ber of similar elements. But it is also true that, the relations of a few of those elements being judiciously selected and determined, all others secondarily deduced fall into harmony with them. The photographic camera, however, as compared with other surveying instruments, does not lend itself at first to selection, but giving all visible nature from various points of view, enables the employer of it finally to make his selection from the resulting pictures, as if from nature itself. From all points of view, then, angles and distances exist in nature, and although they apparently change, as the observer changes place, the correspondences among them, as seen from all points of view, are perfect. Hence, if we delegate to the photo- graphic camera the duty of making a permanent record of nature, as seen from two or more points of view, the intersection of the rays of light, reaching those points of view respectively from the same objects, as pictured in photographs properly placed, will, by their intersection on paper to become a map, give the positions of 1892.] -J^l [Bache. those objects relatively, as plotted, to the points of view and to one another. Occupying with a photographic camera the points formed by the termini of a base line on the surface of the earth, having on its photographic plate imaginary vertical and horizontal lines, suscep- tible of being developed into real ones, the intersection of these lines corresponding with the centre of the prospective picture (the former enabling the operator to set the camera accurately to any horizontal direction, the latter giving, when the camera is leveled, the horizon for each picture), the camera is fixed in turn at the two stations upon some distant determinate object by its line of sight, its position being otherwise so adjusted that the objects to be de- termined in the landscape, within a given sector of the horizon, shall appear on the picture as taken from each of the two stations. The azimuth of the base line, and of the lines of sight from it, being determined by the theodolite, field transit, or compass, the survey for a particular sector of the horizon at the two stations lacks but one factor to make it complete, as soon as the pictures shall have been taken by the camera. The camera has given, by its occupation of the two stations at the ends of the base line of assumed length, only one portion of the data necessary to consti- tuting a survey, namely, the angles subtended in nature by the vari- ous objects which come within the scope of both resulting pictures. A very simple addition, however, suffices to make the survey com- plete. To secure that, to introduce the element of scale, it is necessary to know the length of the base line. The scale to which the base line is plotted on paper becomes, then, through the acquisition of knowledge of the length of the base on the ground, the scale of the whole resultant map; which, it should be inciden- tally noted, must range by scale no further from each station than to a distance where rays of light to the two stations give good graphical intersection, the extent of the range by scale being con- ditioned upon the length of the rays by scale relatively to the length of the base line by scale. Not only do rays proceeding from the same object, as introduced on two pictures properly placed, give by their intersection the hori- zontal position by scale of the object with reference to the base, but the angle subtended on any pictorial horizon by two objects, as seen from the properly plotted point of view of that horizon, repre- PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. 2 D. PRINTED MAY 27, 1892. Baotie.] -dli [May 6, sents on a map the actual visual angle as seen from that point of view in nature. In fact, the latter truth is that which is in nature the fundamental one in this connection. It is axiomatic that the visual angles in nature between all objects whatsoever, as projected on a given sector of the horizon, as seen by the eye of the observer, or that of the camera, from a given point of view, are the true angles between those objects, and that their sides, con- verged at the point of view, represent the true directions of the rays from those objects, corresponding with a base in nature with reference to which their angles are either directly or indirectly, in this case indirectly, known. Therefore it is because, in a single picture, the angles between different objects, in fact between all objects there, at the distance of the focal length of the camera, as seen in tlie picture from its plotted point of view, are the same as in nature from its point of view, that the intersection of rays from the same object, as seen on different pictures, placed in position corresponding with the way in which the landscape was photo- graphed from nature, must represent by scale the horizontal posi- tion of the object as it stands in nature. That is to say, if what we see from one point of view in nature is true by angle, and also by angle true, although different, as seen from another point of view in nature, then the intersection of the individual rays, by means of which we have seen the objects in their angular positions with reference to each other, must represent their true horizontal positions with reference to the base which we have traversed between our respective points of view. And if this holds good with respect to nature, it must hold good with respect to corre- sponding pictures of nature, placed horizontally with relation to each other as nature had presented itself from those individual points of view from which the pictures were taken. The result, expressed as a surveyor would state the case, depends upon the fact that, if a point lies somewhere on a line, and also somewhere on a line intersecting the other, then the point will be at the intersec- tion of the two lines. In this case the two lines are simply the visual rays, shown in the respective pictures, in the positions and with the angular effects as seen in nature, intersecting each other on their passage to the respective points of view. In practice, a round of pictures, each taking in a certain sector of the horizon and intervening landscape, and slightly overlapping one another, is made to cover the tract of which it is contemplated 1S92.] ^'J^ [Bachc. to execute a survey, and the area comprised by them is pictorially duplicated from one or more stations. It is always desirable that the same objects shall be seen, if good intersection of rays can be secured from the different pictures, from three stations instead of two, because an error in one of the azimuths at the end of a single base, which of course gives only two lines for an intersection of rays, would vitiate a whole survey, whereas, with two bases, involv- ing three points of view, and the intersection of three rays, accu- racy throughout a survey receives a crucial test. The adoption of this plan, which is like that employed in ordinary triangulation, is also desirable on account of its securing accuracy of plotted re- sults ; because graphical differences in the positions, as given by the intersection of only two lines, are virtually eliminated by obtaining for intersections the mean positions as derived from three lines. The survey, so far as the instrumental part of it is concerned, being complete, it only remains that the plotting of it shall be done. The base line being laid down to scale on paper, lines are drawai from its termini, at the angles with it represented by the azimuths of the lines of sight as determined there on the ground. On this representation on paper of the lines of sight, at the respec- tive plotted stations, are placed, at right angles, printed on thin paper, the photographs taken at the two stations, in such manner that the individual plotted line of sight shall point on the photo- graph upon the representation of the object upon which the real line of sight was directed in nature, after that representation shall have been vertically projected on the horizon line of the photo- graph, and that the horizon line of the photograph shall be distant from the individual plotted station by the focal length of the par- ticular camera that was used in taking the pictures. The eye then, placed in position over a plotted station, and looking at a photo.- graph corresponding to the view taken from that station, sees, as already demonstrated, that view under precisely the same angular effect as the view is presented by nature on the ground. Conse- quently, as angles formed by rays of light with the base line are given truly in nature, are also given truly by the camera, and are now given truly as plotted on paper to become a map, the intersec- tion on that paper of these rays, as proceeding from the pictorial representation of the objects from which they are derived in nature, after their pictorial source has been vertically projected on the hori- Bache.] ^d4: [May 6, zon line of the photographs, will be the positions of the objects on the map, with due relation by scale and angles to the stations of the base line and to one another. The contemplated map will, in a word, be susceptible of being drawn throughout to scale. It is clear that a great number of objects may be thus plotted from two stations representing the ends of a base line, and that if we know the length and azimuth of a base line, and the azimuths of the lines of sight from its termini, the elements of scale and orienta- tion will inhere in all the resulting work that goes to form a map. Used for the function described, the photographic camera is there- fore very aptly cabled the camera-theodolite. Adopting the same diagram to illustrate the mode of determining height by the camera-theodolite, we see the steeple, as observed upon from the point of view A, having the ray eA coming from the photographic position of the steeple as projected on the hori- zon line of the photograph taken from A. Draw from the point e the height of the steeple, as derived from the photograph taken from A, perpendicularly to the ray eA, and draw also the hypothe- nuse Ad. Any one intuitively perceives that the pictorial height of the steeple being ed dit e, at the end of the focal length of the camera, its height at S, the horizontal position by scale of the steeple, must be Sf, and that that by scale is the true height. The length of the line Sf may therefore be obtained numerically by applying to it the scale of the base, which may be the scale of a whole map. With a greater degree of precision the same result ed ed may be reached by computation, because Sf^^ AS -j-; -r^ bemg the tangent of the vertical angle d A e, and AS the distance from the point of view A to the steeple S. Of course the height of any natural as well as of any artificial object above the plane of the horizon may be ascertained by simi- lar means. A steeple was chosen to illustrate both horizontal and vertical methods of determination, because it affords points that are so conspicuous as compared with those of many other objects that offer themselves to the sight in most surveys. Surveys from this kind of photogrammetry may be plotted to any scale, within reasonable limits of size, by adopting for the base line of the survey the scale desired. In all cases, however, the photographic pictures must, in order to enable them to present cor- rect angles for the map, be placed in the manner already pre- 1892.] 235 [Bache. scribed, on the respective horizons as plotted on the paper to become a map. Balloon photogrammetry has been practiced to some extent ever since the invention of the photographic dry plate. This method, however, has belonged rather to the sphere of reconnoissance than to that of surveying. When some prominent objects appear on the landscape, whose geographical relations to one another are known, the balloon photographic product may be of considerable value, if too large a circle has not been included by the camera ; and this method indicated, if the desirable conditions are strictly fulfilled, may be utilized to advantage if the resulting map is not required to be of rigid accuracy. When, however, such objects are very remote from one another, even when their geographical positions are known, the spherical aberration resulting from employing a large aperture of object-glass makes a product which cannot be regarded as of high value, one which cannot properly be dignified with, the name of survey in the restricted sense of the term, and to which we should prefer to apply the name of reconnoissance. Without adjusted height for the camera, without near objects of known geographical relations to one another, to obtain orientation for the results, without precise regulation of the angular aperture of the object-glass of the camera, nothing can be produced by balloon photographic process that, in the restricted sense noted, merits the name of survey. It is on account of my perception of this low estate of balloon photogram.metry that my attention is especially drawn to devising a method of applying the art upon true principles. By my method the balloon must be captive, not free, and being captive it may be made quite small, easily managed, and inexpensive, thus rendering its employment practicable for ordinary use, especially as, accord- ing to the plan sometimes adopted in the case of the military cap- tive balloon (to the consideration of which we shall presently come), the gas requisite for inflating the balloon can readily be carried under high pressure in metallic cylinders. The traverse line of land surveying is merely a zigzag course, consisting of stations, the angle between each successive three of which, and distance between each successive two, is measured. From these stations details of the terrene are generally procured. Bache.] ^^^ [May 6, To enable a traverse line to form a portion of a general survey, there must be means adopted to place at least its initial and termi- nal points in relation to that survey, whereby all intermediate points fall into due relation with it. This premised, I will now describe how my plan for introducing precision into balloon photogrammetry could be applied in various useful ways for delineations of portions of the earth's surface. The appliances needed for carrying out the plan are a small spherical balloon capable of supporting a light photographic appa- ratus, swung in gimbals, and protected from injury in descent by a thin encircling cylinder of metal or of wood. A zone of cord would pass horizontally around the balloon, to which would be attached four equidistant guys of the size of codfish lines. A broad colored stripe would pass vertically around the balloon. From below the balloon would depend reophores enclosed in a graduated cord, the graduation serving the purpose of adjusting the balloon to any given height above the earth. The reophores would be electro-magnet ically connected with the shutter of the camera, actuated from the ground by a small, but strong, galvanic battery. The balloon, being inflated, would be compelled, by means of tlie four equatorially fastened guys, to assume a position regulated as to height by the graduated cord. This height will have been previously determined upon with reference to the scale of the map that may be desired, the focus of the camera having also been ad- justed with reference to the contemplated height of the instrument above the earth. The position of the balloon would be over the middle of a given link of a traverse line, the orientation of the camera being secured by causing the vertical stripe on the balloon to range along the given link of the traverse line. Two disks, made of hoops covered with white cotton cloth, one of which should be larger than the other, would give on the photograph, points representing the termini of the link corresponding to those on the ground, and the direction in which the link, as a portion of the traverse line, is lying. A very low grade of accuracy could be obtained by the balloon photogrammetrical process by the method of omitting all angular and linear measurements on the ground, and letting the balloon camera, placed in a generalized position with reference to the parts of a traverse line, accomplish the whole work of determining the 1892.1 ^^* [Bache. angles and directions of the parts of the line successively submitted to its operation, as well as of delineating what it must perforce in- clude by the photographic process in the representation of the details of the subjacent terrene. In this method the end link of a given section of the line would have to be duplicated in the advancing survey of the line, so that the relations with one another of all parts of the line should be maintained. If, additionally, the azimuth of one of the links of the line were obtained, it would communicate azimuth to all the other links. But this method can, at best, be recommended for nothing beyond the requirements of reconnoissance. The photographing of a link of a traverse line in the precise manner first described involves, of course, the necessity that the balloon and each of the two stations representing the link over the middle of which it is floating, should be intervisible. A similar condition, as between the two stations as viewed on the ground, is indispensable. It is evident, however, that if there are trees or other obstructions on the ground, the stations might be intervisible below, and yet that each might not be intervisible with the balloon. Consequently, as not only these conditions but the condition of ample space for the management of the guys must be fulfilled, pre- cise operations with the balloon imply the existence of open ground, or ground substantially free from obstructions to sight. In proportion as the balloon is allowed to attain a greater and greater height, so as to include more and more of the earth's sur- face, the scale of the resultant map would become smaller and smaller, and the apparatus more and more unmanageable, because, at a great height the guys cannot be maintained at the angles requisite to control its exact position. Therefore, it will in practice probably be found that heights of from three hundred and fifty to five hundred feet will be those most convenient for surveying by this method. One gain made by elevation is more than counterbalanced by the loss of the clearness of delineation that belongs to a large scale. It is evident that, at moderate heights, the photographic projection of an abrupt rise of ground or other object, as, for instance, a house, on the plane of the photograph is at a greater distance by scale from the vertical passing through the balloon than it should be as related to nature, but that, as the height of the balloon above, the earth increases, this error proportionately decreases. There- Bache.] ^'^^ [May 6, fore, for the moderate elevation that must be adopted for the bal- loon in order to manage it, we must, with broken surface, accept greater error in delineation than would attach to the same surface if greater elevation of the balloon were permissible. But we should be reconciled to this fact from the consideration that, even were it possible to manage the balloon at the height which would virtually eliminate the error of projection mentioned, the scale of the re- sulting map would be so small as to approach in character the results of a reconnoissance. Another circumstance should recon- cile us to the insuperable fact mentioned, and that is that there are thousands of square miles in our country where, from the very fact that the surface is essentially level, the optical difficulty attaching to moderate elevation for the balloon would not exist. Such a survey, by balloon photogrammetry, as that described could be very easily plotted by final process of photographic print- ing. In consequence of the fact that the balloon would be kept at a fixed height throughout a given survey, the scale of the links of the traverse line would be established through the photographic presentment of the length of those links. The scale of those links may also be fixed by the measurement of them on the ground. So the photographic scale and the other scale may be made the same, and therefore they would be made the same. The traverse line having finally been laid down on helios paper, before the paper is sensitized, the paper would then be sensitized, and the photographic plates representing the links of the traverse line would be simul- taneously adjusted upon it along the traverse line as plotted, one scale, as derived from adjusting the balloon at a certain height, and the other scale, virtually the same, as derived from linear measure- ment along the ground, being made to accommodate themselves graphically to each other, thus eliminating error in the resultant map. This resultant map, if the picture of a plane surface, would have but one defect, that of exhibiting minute triangles of blank space where the photographic plates, cut off so as to fit along the links of the plotted traverse line, would necessarily not fill out entirely the delineation of the ground at those points, although otherwise perfecting it elsewhere, from the fact that they would form with one another a continuous series. The captive balloon, if used only on days fit for ordinary field work, would occupy a position of almost stable equilibrium, if its power of flotation were sufficient, not only to support the photo- 1892] ^'J«^ [Bache. graphic apparatus, but to strain upward upon the controlling guys, because the attachment of the guys would be made to the equator of the balloon, and the weight of the dependent apparatus would be close to its periphery, and therefore to the centre of the spheri- cal figure of the balloon. In addition, for the purpose of increas- ing the stability of the balloon at the critical moment of taking a photograph, the operator would steady it with a gentle draught upon the dependent cord containing the reophores, at the precise point of time when he makes the electrical contact with the shutter of the camera. I here conclude the description of that one of my proposed ad- ditions to the art of photogrammetry which relates to precision of results obtainable from it for a continuous line of survey, and in- vite your attention for a moment to a method I suggest of using a similar captive balloon in a manner which would be useful in mili- tary operations. It need hardly be said that, whether captive or not, balloons have heretofore been used at great disadvantage in military operations, unless we except the use made of them for escape, with indirect reference to those operations during the recent siege of Paris. If the free aeronautic balloon passes over the enemy at such a distance as to make useful what can be observed from it, the glimpse is but transient, while its nearness and immense volume place it in great danger. If, on the other hand, a captive aeronautic balloon be used for military observation, it must ascend far from the enemy, to a height which measurably neutralizes the accuracy of the information sought. The use for military purposes of a modification of the small spherical captive balloon which I have described would be con- ditioned solely upon the circumstance that the wind should be blow- ing towards the enemy's lines. The only change in it from the one described, that would be entailed by its new purpose, would be that it should be mounted with a simple network similar to that which is used on the kite, and to which the string for flying it, fastened similarly to the way in which it is fixed on the kite, should be attached. This string, with which the balloon would be flown like a tailless kite, would contain ordinary filigree reophores, through whose instrumentality the photographic shutter of the camera would be controlled by the operator. Lying several hun- dred yards away, or even a mile or two, if desirable, outside of an PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. 2 E. PRINTED MAY 27, 1892. Cope.] ^4:^ [May 6, enemy's lines of circumvallation, or line of battle, with the wind blowing in his direction, the balloon could be sent up with ballast proportioned to the general elevation intended for its soaring over his position. I have said '' general elevation," because change of volume in the balloon, in accordance with the change of tempera- ture, or increased weight on it, from an accession of moisture, pre- clude the possibility of calculating upon obtaining precise prede- termined elevation for the balloon. The weight of the string for the length to be paid out to the contemplated distance would of course enter into the amount of ballast needed to secure an approximately special elevation at a special distance. The distance to the enemy's position being known, and the vertical angle being taken to the balloon from its point of departure, when it is approxi- mately delivered at its destination, the exact remaining length of string, wiih allowance for sagging, necessary to pay out so as to cause the balloon fairly to dominate the enemy's military works or line of battle, would at once be known by a simple computation, or could be taken from a table of angles and distances. This operation being completely performed at several points along the opposing military lines, a series of pictures, at varying distances from front to rear, and from right to left of the enemy's position could be secured by means of the electro-magnetic attachment to the shutters of the photographic cameras, each individual one of which could take a number of pictures without replenishment of plates. It is evident that such a use of the balloon and the photo- graphic camera would have proved greatly advantageous to either side in such modern sieges as those of Sebastopol, Richmond, and Paris. 0)1 the Skull of the Dinosaurian Lcelaps incrassatus Cope. By E. D. Cope. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 6, 1892.) The characters of the skull in the carnivorous Dinosauria are only par- tially known, so the present opportunity is improved to add to our knowl- edge a considerable number of points, if not to exhaust the subject. I have temporarily in my possession two incomplete crania of tlie Lwlaps incrassatuK, from tlie Laramie formation of the Red Deer river, in the Dominion of Canada, which have been submitted to me by the Geological 1892.] 241 [Cope. Survey of the country for determination and description. I express here my thanks to the honorable Director of the Survey, Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, for the opportunity of examining these important specimens. The first specimen consists of the skull, from the orbits to the muzzle inclusive, with the two dentary bones with teeth adhei'ing to the inferior surface. The second specimen includes most of the parts absent from the first. The muzzle and orbital region are wanting, but the parietal and occipital regions are present, with the basis cranii and palate ; parts of the quadrate bones and both mandibular rami nearly complete with teeth. Tiie bones of the skull are dense and light, and some of them are pneu- matic. The sutures separating the premaxillary, maxillary and nasal bones are not distinguishable in the specimen, and both are considerably injured. There is a large subround preorbital foramen whose centre is a little nearer the superior plane of the skull than the alveolar border. It is separated from the orbit by a narrow isthmus. The frontal bone is very narrow between the orbits. The prefrontal forms a vertical convex crest on eacli side, as represented by Marsh to exist in the Megalosaurus nasicornis. The orbits are longitudinally widely parallelogrammic, and are of enormous size, equaling in long diameter the length of the muzzle in front of them. The postfrontal and postorbital elements appear to be fused, and form an L-shaped bone, whose horizontal limb is supraorbital, extending forwards over the orbit anterior to its middle, and terminating in an acute apex. The other limb is vertical and postorbital, extending to the jugal bone. A small piece on the inner side of the postfrontoorbital at its posterior angle on the superior face of the skull is of ttncertain deter- mination. The maxillary diminishes rapidly in depth below the orbit and terminates a little posterior to it. The jngal overlaps it above, and prob- ably terminated at about the posterior third of the orbit, but the suture is not clear at this point. The frontal is supported below by two vertical elements posterior to the middle of the orbit. These closely resemble the corresponding pieces in Sphenodon, and are the postoptic* and epiptery- goid respectively. They are preceded by a vertical compressed element which corresponds with the orbitosphenoid of Sphenodon, but it is not perforate, and the optic foramen is posterior to it. It is elongate autero- posteriorly, and its anterior extremity is concealed anterior to the orbit. The postoptic is strongly concave at its anterior margin, and the inferior part of this border is produced anteriorly. The epipterygoid, on the other hand, is openly concave posteriorly, its inferior portion being di- rected posteriorly and enclosing a large foramen with the postoptic. The external face of the maxillary bones is rugose with fine ridges, and rather numerous foramina. The jugal extends well posteriorly, and increases in depth, but its posterior extremity is broken from the specimen. The mandibular rami are compressed, and the symphysis is oblique and ligamentous. The dentary bone is followed posteriorly above by a deep surangular, with rounded superior border, whose superior outline, though *ror the definition of this element, see Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1892. Cope.] ^4 J [May 6, convex, rises but little above the level of the dentary. The dentary is produced below it. On the inner side is seen a large splenial foramen, from which extends anteriorly a narrow strip, the splenial. The other borders of the foramen are formed by a large laminiform bone, the oper- cular of Cuvier, which extends to the superior border of the ramus, cut- ting off the dentary posteriorly. It is apparently homologous with the inferior anterior part of the coronoid. For the remaining parts of the mandibular ramus see the description of the second specimen. The exter- nal face of the dentary is roughened and presents foramina which are most numerous anteriorly, where they are connected by shallow grooves, like the rims between the holes of small Mammalia. Opposite each tooth is one or two shallow vertical grooves. The teeth have the usual Megalosaurian form and have long roots sunk in very deep alveoli. There are eleven present in the maxillary bone, of which the terminal ones are rapidly reduced in dimensions. Fourteen teeth in the dentary bone which diminish in size at the posterior end of the series. The premaxillary teeth are lost, but none of those in the an- terior part of the dentary bone have the incisor-like character of those of the genus Amblypodon of Leidy. The first tooth of the dentary is smaller than the second, and both have more convex external faces than the teeth which succeed them. Measurements of Skull iVo. 1. MM. Total length of specimen 600 Lengtii (axial) to front border of preorbital foramen 140 Length to anterior border of orbit 215 Length to posterior border of orbit 385 Vertical diameter of orbit 120 Vertical diameter of skull at middle of orbit 180 Width of front at middle of orbit 80 Depth of dentary at posterior end of symphysis 90 Depth of dentary at end of dental series 127 Length of dental series 320 Length of dentary bone above 390 Length of sixth tooth above alveolus 57 Width of sixth tooth at alveolus 22 In the second skull the only part of the superior portion remaining is the brain case, and this is distorted by pressure which has forced it to the left side of the middle line. The postorbital region and the arches are gone. The occipital appears to be continuous and subhorizoutal and is obtusely angulate medially above. The basioccipital is vertical as in the crocodiles proper, and the brain case is closed in front of the petrosal in much the same way, with thin ossifications. The foramen magnum is small, as is also the transversely oval occipital condyle, which looks directly posteri- orly, and not downwards. On each side of the basioccipital are two large 1S92.] ^43 ■ [Cope. foramina, one above the other, the inferior issuing in a deep groove or fossa. They are bounded externally by a broad vertical ala. Anterior to this ala are two other large foramina, one above the other, both issuing from fosste. One or both of these is the trigeminal. The middle line of the brain case is keeled below, except near and at the anterior extremity, where it is flat and is perforated by a transverse foramen. This is possibly a piluitar}' foramen, which thus penetrates the palatal roof as in the Opis- thocojlus Dinosauria as stated by Marsh. The rami of the mandible are pressed obliquely against the inferior aspect of the skull, but are separated far enough to permit the palato- pterygoid elements to be seen. These form a rather narrow, flattened rod on each side the middle line, which extend to the robust basipterygoid processes, which look downwards. Each pterygoid then turns abruptly outwards with its edge downwards towards the quadrate, but the speci- men does not permit me to discover whether it reaches that element or not. It sends a robust process to the inner side of the basipterygoid, thus extensively embracing it. The anterior part of the palate is invisible. The relations of the dentary and surangular bones are the same as in the specimen No, 1. This specimen shows that the angularand articu- lar are distinct elements. The angular is an elongate element, which is extensively exposed anteriorly on the internal face of the ramus, and then passes to the external face, terminating in an acuminate lamina below the articular cotylus, but not reaching the angle. The articular is only de- veloped anteriorly on the internal border of the ramus, where it extends well forwards, extensively overlapping the angular. The surangular extends posteriorly to the borders of the articular colylus, and spreads out below the articular as though it w^ould enter into the composition of the angle of the jaw, which it does not. It is perforated by a round fora- men near its interior border, and its inferior face is separated from the external face by a prominent longitudinal down-looking angle. The artic- ular cotylus is transverse and is not bifossate. The quadrate contracts immediately above its condyle and is then broken off in the specimen, but it probably has a rather slender shaft. There is a large foramen in the internal wall of the ramus which is bounded below by the articular. A singular bone occurs in both skulls whose position I cannot deter- mine. It is a slender, strongly curved cylindric cone, which rises from the posterior palatal region and turns upwards, outwards and then back- wards and a little downwards, with a compressed acute apex. It is not articulated with any element at the apex, which lies near the jugal bone, and its basal connections are broken away in both skulls. It is possibly a part of the hyoid apparatus, but if so it is difficult to identify it with any known element. The hypohyal is more appropriate than any other, but I du not make any identification. Diameters occipital condyle Cope ] ^44 ^May 6, Measurements of Skull No. 2. MM. Length of supraoccipital on middle line , 170 Length of supraoccipital including occipital condyle 230 Widtli of basioccipital posteriorly 155 Width of foramen magnum 35 vertical 40 transverse 70 Width of distal end of quadrate 135 Total length of mandibular ramus 950 Length of dentary above 480 Length of fourth tooth from alveolus 55 Width of fourth tooth at alveolus 27 History. — I described this gigantic reptile in the Proceedings of the Philadelpliia Academy for October, 1876, from teeth derived from the Laramie formation of Montana, and afterwards {I. c. December, 1876, p. 340), I described it more fully from a nearly entire dentary bone with teeth from the same region. This individual did not differ much in dimen- sions from those now described. Our knowledge of the structure of the cranium of the carnivorous Dinosauria has been very slowly acquired. Buckland and Mantell orig- inally knew only the mandibular rami, but Phillips much later obtained a maxillary bone. From these fragments he proposed a restoration on the basis of the skull of the Lacertilia, with but a single postorbital bar. In this kind of restoration Prof. Owen coincided on the occasion of his description of another maxillary bone in the Quarterly Journal, Geological Soc. of London, 1883, p. 331. In a figure of a restoration, he adopted the Lacertilian model instead of the Crocodilian, and he therefore inserted a triangular postorbital, and an elevated coronoid ele- ment. He also omitted the preorbital foramen. Dr. J. W. Hulke, at that time President of the Geological Society, expressed the opinion, on hearing Prof. Owen's paper, that Megalosaurus has two postorbital bars, an anticipation proven to be correct at a later date. In 1884, Prof. Marsh published a paper whicli contains a description of the skull of a species of carnivorous Dinosaur which he calls Ceratosaurus nasicornis. While this animal is probably a species distinct from the Megalosaurus buck- landii,* it has not yet been shown to belong to a different genus. In this paper the presence of a zygomatic arch like that of the Crocodilia is demonstrated for this sole order, and the preorbital foramen is also de- scribed. The general and more obvious characters of the cranium are given, but many of those which are necessary for an exact understanding of the position of the genus are not given ; especially are the characters *Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1884, p. 330. It has been shown that the character on which Prof. Marsh relied to distinguish the genus Ceratosaurus, and the family Ceratosauridse, viz., the confluent metapodials, is pathological. The keeled process on the nose is prob- ably only a specific character. 1S9-.'.] Z40 [Baiir. of the mandibuliir ramus omitted. In the present paper these omissions are mostly supplied, but a number of important problems remain to be dt'finitely settled. See Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1892, Vol. xvii, p. 17, where one of these is staled. I pointed out in 1866, when the genus Lfelaps was described, and later, in 1869 (Vol. xiv, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc.), that it differs from Megalosaurus in the much more acute and com- pressed claws. I add that the present species differs from the M. nase- cornis of Marsh in the much larger and more anteriorly placed orbits, and in the much smaller prerobital foramen. Figures of these remains will be given in the final publication by the Geological Survey of Canada. Addition to the Note on the Taxonomy of the Oenus Emys C. Bumeril. By G. Baur. [Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 6, 1S92.) In a discussion about the type of Emys with Dr. L. Hejneyer, this gentleman called my attention to the fact that, according to the Code of Nomenclature adopted by the American Ornithologists' Union, the type species could not be T. picta, because this species is not named by Brog- niart. According to his view not only the name Emydes ought to be used, as originally introduced by Brogniart in 1805 (Emys Dum., 1806), but also one of the species enumerated by Brogniart taken as the type. Brog- niart mentions the following species with his genus Emydes: E. ferox, E. rostrata, E. matamata, E. Intara, E. pensilvanica, E. clausa. In 1806 Dumeril referred the E. matamata to a new genus Chelus ; in 1809 Geof- frey E. ferox and E. rostrata to Trionyx, E. pensilvanica belonging to kinosternon Spix ; either E. lutaria or clausa has to be considered as type of Emydes. E. lutaria=^ T. orbicularis L. being the common Emy- saean form, ought to be taken as type of Emydes, and E. clausa^^ T. Caro- lina L. ought to be considered as type of Terrapene Merrem., of which Cistuda Fleming is a synonym. According to this we would have the following : Emydes Brogniart, 1805, Type, T. orbicularis L. Terrapene Merrem, 1820, Type, T. Carolina L, Chrysemys Gray, 1844, Type, T. picta (Herrm. MSS.) Schn Phillips.] ^46 [March 18, Second Contrihulion to the Study of Folk- Lore in Philadelphia and Vicinity. By Henry Phillips, Jr. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, March IS, 1S92.) Signs, Portents and Omens. Sunday is always the best or the worst day of the week. If one sews anything upon a garment that is already on, it is a sure sign that some one will tell a falsehood about you. It is unlucky to measure a child with a yardstick before it can walk. It is unlucky to get out of bed left foot foremost. It is unlucky to count one's money, as it will surely decrease. One must never count what is eaten, as hunger and poverty will be the result Liter in life. A servant who comes on Saturday makes a short flitting. If a man dies suddenly, leaving any appointments unfulfilled, his ghost will keep them. It is lucky to dream of excrement. Children who pick dandelions will urinate in their bed {pis-en-lit). Bachelors' and old maids' children are always well brought up and well behaved. Vessels named after women are unlucky as compared with those bearing the names of men. Vessels with a boasting or high-sounding title (such as Monarch of the Seas, Drcadnaught, etc.) are unlucky. It is unlucky to name a child after one of the same name, that has died. When speaking of one's good fortune, one must always add : "I hope I speak in a lucky hour," One must always wear something new on Easter day. One must always wear something new on New Year's day. A four-leaved clover is considered to bring good luck to its finder. The tick of the "death watch" announces the speedy death of a mem- ber of the family. If you can't make a fire you'll get a bad husband. Throw pepper after a disagreeable person to prevent his return. 1S92.] -^4:7 [Phillips. Make a wish when a spotted horse is seen. It is unlucky to twirl a chair upon one of its lega. Crusts make whiskers grow. An M marked in the palm of the hand indicates good fortune. A woman who cuts bread into thin slices will make a poor stepmother. Scissors and other steel articles should be hid during a thunder storm to prevent a thunderbolt. Touching a corpse prevents bad dreams of it. To dream of the dead is lucky. Nose itching means sight of a stranger. Heads of snakes never die until sundown. Eels put on the land turn to snakes. Never look over a person's shoulder into a mirror. A fork dropped foretells a male visitor ; a knife, a woman. When the wind closes a shutter a stranger is announced. If one drops a morsel in putting it to the mouth some one wants it. If the first visitor to the house on a New Year is a man, good luck. Go to watch meeting New Year's eve to obtain good luck throughout the year. To rock an empty rocking chair will make angry its most constant oc- cupant. A Scofcchmaji should never give a Bible. Meeting eyebrows denote a contrary disposition ; likewise hard to trust. Very light eyes denote a shallow, variable disposition. Blue eye beauty, do its mother's duty ; Brown eye ran away and told a lie. To see the new moon over the right shoulder is lucky ; over the left, unlucky. Two white feet look, well about him ; Three white feet, do well without him ; Four white feet and a white nose — Throw him to the crows. It is unlucky, when walking with a person in the street, to permit any one to pass between and divide you. It is unlucky to pass under a ladder. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXX. 138. 3 F. PRINTED MAY 30, 1892. Phillips.] ^4o [March 18, If the left hand itches or burns it is a sign of paying out money ; if the riglit, of receiving it. Birth, Death and Makriage. Two spoons accidentally placed in the tea saucer signifies a wedding. Rhymes for brides-elect : Married in white, you have chosen all right ; Married in gray, you will go far away ; Married in black, you will wish yourself back. A white animal entering foretells death. A child born face downwards never lives. To drop a wedding ring from the finger indicates divorce. If you marry in May You will live a year and a day. If you marry in Lent You will live to repent. Folk Medicine. To cure fits in a cat one should bite oflF a small piece of its tail. Warts will be produced if one handles a frog or a toad. Warts can be removed by anointing with fasting spittle. When one sneezes he must say : "To your everlasting beauty." An eelskin worn about the ankle will keep off cramps. Piercing the ears will improve the sight. April snow applied to the face will improve the complexion. It is ill luck to change a sick person's bedding. The hair of a seventh son, in succession, prevents whooping-cough. A drop of the sufferer's urine in the ear will cure earache. Swinging a baby completely by the skirts prevents liver trouble. A seventh months child can live, an eighth months cannot. A copper penny dipped in vinegar and applied to a ring-worm cures it. Tie your stocking around your neck on retiring to cure sore throat. Sleeping towards the east produces headache. Steal a potato, rub one-half on a wart and lose it to remove the wart. 1892.] -^^y [Briutou. Seasons, Weather, etc. Evening red and morning gray- Will send the traveler on liis way. A dried snake hung up in a draught will produce a rain. A star near the moon means a storm. The first three days of a month declare its character. On the second of July the Virgin Mary goes to visit her cousin Eliza- beth ; the weather on that day indicates the weather for the next six weeks, that being the length of the visit. A green Christmas means a white Easter. The departure and return of wild geese and crows announces winter and spring. When the white side of the leaves is exposed by the wind a storm ap- proaches. When the dandelions are closed there will be rain. In the spring there comes the blossom storm. There is always a heavy storm to fill the streams before they freeze. On the 2d of August comes the Lammas floods. Ember days indicate the weather of the seasons. The rain that makes large bubbles as it falls will be of long continu- ance. If it clears up at night, the next night will be rainy. Further Notes on Fuegian Languages. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 6, i8g2.) Since the publication of my study on the Patagonian and Fue- gian dialects in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society (No. 137, 1892), several important vocabularies have come to my notice. Brinton.] — OU [May 6, An Early Fuegian Vocabulary. One of these is the oldest known collected on the shores of Tierra del Fuego itself, that of Pigafetta having been derived from the Tsoneca, on the main land of Patagonia. That to which I refer was collected by the French navigator, Jouan de la Guilbau- diere, during a sojourn of eleven months in the Straits of Magellan during the year 1695. It includes about three hundred words and short phrases, and no part of it has been published. The MS. copy in my possession I owe to the courtesy of M. Gabriel Marcel, the Librarian of the Geographical Section of the National Library of France. As, however, he intends giving it publicity in the Cornpte-rendu of the Congress of Americanists, it will be sufficient to illustrate its character by a limited selection of words. These show that the basis of the tongue is Alikuluf, and it differs scarcely more from the Alikuluf of the present generation than do between themselves the vocabularies of that tongue by Fitzroy and Dr. Hyades in the present century. A few words belonging to the Tsoneca and the Yahgan may be detected, probably introduced by trading natives. In the vocabulary the bracketed words preceded by an A. are from the Alikuluf of Fitzroy. Fuegian (Alikuluf) Vocabulary of 1695. dog, chalgui (A. shiloke). nose, loutche. ears, couercal. oar, oycque (A. wy'ic). egg, lescheley (A. lith'le), sea, chapte(A.. chahb'ucl). eyes, titche (A. tet-elo). skin, alac (,A. uc'cblayk), fire, ollay (A. tet-ele). smoke, telgueche. forehead, arcacol (A. lakoukal). sun, arlocq. head, yacabed cJiepy (A. yuccaba). teeth, chereedye. house, hasthe (A. hut). tongue, paileaf. man, accJieleche (A. ackinish). water, arret. moon, yacabed charlo (comp. Allk. woman, acche letep. yuccaba). wrist, yacabed chare il. mouth, asflet (A. uffeare). A few words show Tsoneca affinities, as : FuEoiAN. Tsoneca, water, arret, karra. teeth, chereedye, curr, oer. 1892.] 251 fBrinton Language of the Onas (Aonas). Up to the present time no linguistic material from Eastern Tierra del Fuego has been available ; and consequently the ethnic affini- ties of the tribes that live there have been but guessed at. Collectively these tribes are known to the Tehuel-het of Southern Patagonia as Yakana-cunny, ''foot Indians," as having no horses and but (e\v boats, their journeys are made on foot ; while the Yah- gans refer to their territory as One(in, the " land of men," whence the appellation " Onas." The Onas are taller and stronger than the aquatic Yahgans and Alikulufs, who inhabit the Fuegian archipelago, and are described as in face and figure closely resembling the typical North American Indian (Popper). For this reason, apparently, it has been assumed by recent writers that they are a branch of the tall and large- limbed Patagonians north of the Straits of Magellan. This is the opinion advanced by Drs. Hyades and Deniker in their Report in Vol. vii of the Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn (Paris, 1 891). They acknowledge, however, that they had been unable to obtain any linguistic material on which to institute com- parisons. Such material has fortunately been secured lately by Dr. Poli- doro A. Segers, and he has printed a short vocabulary in the Bole- tin del Instituto Geografico Argentina (Buenos Ayres, 1891), for which he claims exactness. It is printed apparently in the pho- netics of the Spanish alphabet, which, one would think, would be far from adequate to express the sounds of the language, if we may credit the statement of the English missionary, Mr, Brydges, that they are peculiarly harsh and guttural, '' resembling the sounds made by a person who is gargling with difficulty !" The location of the Onas is described in the Boletin above referred to, both by Dr. Julio Popper and Dr. Segers. The tribe is divided into a number of bands, in constant feud with each other, and all without fixed habitations. To the north, between the Bay of St. Sebastian and Cape Sunday, are the Parrikens, the Sheila and the Uenenke ; to the south, from about Cape Penas to the Straits of Lemaire, roam the Kau-ketshe, the Koshpijom and the Loualks. These differ among themselves in dialect, but not to such an extent as to be mutually unintelligible. The precise band Brinton.] ■^SZ [j£ay 6, from which the following vocabulary was obtained by Dr. Segers is not clearly stated, but apparently from the Parrikens. A slight examination of this list of words is sufficient to disprove the statement made by the writers of the Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn that the language of the Onas is a dialect of the South- ern Patagonian or Tehuelhet. Its affinities are much closer with the Yahgan, although perhaps not near enough to allow us to speak of it as a dialect of that stock. In the eighty-four words in Segers' vocabulary, I do not find the Yahgan correspondents for fourteen. Of the seventy remaining, twenty-three, or about one-third, are identical with the Yahgan or allied to it. Allowing for the very great difficulties in the way of a comparison of material such as I have at command, it is probable that with vocabularies carefully constructed on the same phonetic bases, and with correct identification of objects, a closer relation- ship between the two stocks would be demonstrated. In the vocabulary I have placed the Yahgan equivalent in brack- ets, preceded by the letter Y. The Yahgan' vocabularies I have employed are those of Fitzroy, Bove and the more detailed one in the Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn. The bracketed words pre- ceded by Ts. are from the Tsoneca language. Vocabulary of the Onas Language, Tierra del Fuego. accouch, to, Ulib-ia. drink, to, kaieto (Y. kayenliama, to angry, odld. drink from a cup). arrow, td-al. eat, to, tsham-ica (Y. a-tama). arrowhead, iash (Y. iakouch). enough, cdao. aslies, ouen (Y. ouan). eyebrows, osIiel-etsJiel (see eye and awaken, to, pash. Jiair). back hair, iani. fall, to, ua-da. basket, touel (Y. taouala). fot (grueso), ello (Y. oulow). heB,rd, anu-etskel. flre, s6-ol (Y. iqouali, "lepiereea belly. kasMom (Y. kashtamin, liver). feu"). black, mdi. flame, ialoe. bow, a, uai-en (Y. uaiana). fog, d^tau. bowstring, ianet-sel (Y. chali-sel). for me, iak-ka. brain, koiar. for you, mak-ka. brother, ie-togte. friend, male, iosh-lelk. call, to, cue-eke. female, iosh-ka. crab, kdmel. good, sJiaike. defecate, to, slia-dsMere. good-by ! eani-malk. dirty, keskd-a. good-night I ooken. 1892.] 253 [Brinton. go out ! shoim. hair (in general), etshel (Y. at<^ela, all short hair), heart, sd-sa (Y. sa-skiu). heaven, mata. hot, poniushk. I, me, iag (Ts. ia). ice, tal. knife, a, el (Y. ouila). labial commissure, isha-leke. large, eish (Ts. chaish). lie, a, ZeAe. mamma, i'aw. moon, anien. morning, vanko. mother, tecam. mouth, conken. nail, of finger, kaiu (Y. gcdouf). neck, AosseZ (Y. kaouheul, larynx), open, to, diepam. play, to, tal-ld. rain, shen-mush. ready, Ulie-i'eke. I'ed, poweiei. run, to, ua-akka. sad, eshen. saliva, compe. sea, paieke (Y. payaka, or Jiayeca). shut, to, ojeme. sick, poj^e. sister, iS-eke. skull, aletaia. sleep, to, as7i_\] 269 PROCEEDINGS [ Kii kwfXMl. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PlIILADELPRIA, EOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol. XXX. December, 1892. No. 139. On the Mutual Relations Between the Orbits of Certain Asteroids. By Daniel Kirkwood, Rirerside, Cal. {Read before the American Philosophical Society, September S, 1S92.) The present -n'riter, several years since,* called attention to the fact that in some parts of the asteroid zone the orbits of particular members have a striking resemblance to each other. These significant coincidences have been regarded by astronomers as worthy of study, and, in addition to the binary and ternary clusters pointed out by the writer, others have been designated by Tisserand,f of Paris, and by Monck, of Dublin.:]: These groups, according to the former, cannot be regarded as chance arrange- ments. "A glance at the list," says Mr. Monck, "will show that the resemblance frequently extends beyond a single pair and embraces what may be called a family — a circumstance which is known to occur in the case of comets also." The writer's list (which might be extended) is as follows : GROurs OP Asteroids. Names. a e i tt Huberta . . . Hermione . . 3.4586 3.4535 II. K106) Dione...... 3.1670 (104) Clymene . . . 3.1500 (171) Ophelia 3.1554 (62) Erato 3.1241 (287) Silesia 3.1190 (212) Medea 3.1157 (86) Semele 3.1015 (305) 3.0973 (345) Vera 3.0960 (323) Rosa 3.0937 L(263)Adorea 3.0853 *1887. tAnnuaire, 1891. PROC. AMER. PIIILOS. SOC. XXX. 139. 0.1103 0.1255 0.1788 0.1407 0.1143 0.1756 0.1217 0.1013 0.2193 0.1927 0.1975 0.1306 0.1385 38 53 33 12 40 16 47 26 11 59 25 3290 357 25 62 148 39 65 66 29 104 27 106 184 45' 36 57 30 31 0 16 18 10 37 48 35 48 X Sid. Mess., October, 1888, p. 334. 2l. PRINTED JAN. 3, 1893. Kirkwood.] ^4 (J [Sept. 2, Names. a e i ^ jjj f (238) Hypatia.... 2.9081 0.0876 12° 23' 28^ 24' 191) Kolga 2.8967 0.0876 11 29 23 21 '•{; jy / (1) Ceres 2.7673 0.0763 10 37 149 38 t (237) CfElestina . . 2.7607 0.0738 9 46 282 49 /-(116) Sirona 2.7669 0.1433 3 35 152 47 V. ] (278) Paulina ... . 2.7575 0.1331 7 50 199 52 i(213)Lilaea 2.7563 0.1437 6 47 281 4 r (206) Hersilia . . . . 2.7399 0.0339 3 46 95 44 yj ! (203) Pompei . . . . 2.7376 0.0587 3 13 42 51 I (160) Una 2.7287 0.0624 3 51 55 57 [(301) Bavaria.... 2.7258 0.0660 4 53 24 4 VII. { (97) Clolho 2.6708 0.2550 11 46 65 32 (3) Juno 2.6683 0.2579 13 1 54 50 yjjj f (249) Asporina... 2.6947 0.1050 15 38 256 6 ■ t (218) Bianca 2.6653 0.1155 15 13 230 14 j-jj- J (66) Maia 2.6454 0.1758 3 6 48 8 t (37) Fides 2.6440 0.1750 3 7 66 26 -^ f (193) Ambrosia .. 2.5758 0.2854 11 38 70 52 "*.(134) Sophrosyne 2.5647 0.1165 11 36 67 33 -j^j f (79) Eurynome . 2.4436 0.1945 4 37 44 22 t (19) Fortuna.... 2.4415 0.1594 1 33 31 3 r (249) Use 2.3793 0.2195 9 22 14 16 XII. J (115) Thyra 2.3791 0.1939 11 35 43 2 i (84) Clio 2.3629 0.2360 9 40 339 20 Note.— n, e, i and n represent the distances, eccentricities, incliuations and perilielia respectively. Remarks. 1. The second cluster has eleven known members, the average inclina- tion being about 3^ 35', that is, no one differs from the mean as much as 20. Of the other groups, several are not less striking in the closeness of their relations. 2. When the earth, as well as Mars itself, was j^et a part of the solar atmosphere, these individual planetoids were starting on the paths pre- scribed them. Into how many nebulous fragments they may have been subdivided, and to what extent these ramifications may yet be traced, let the astronomer of the future inquire. 18P2.] ^^1 IHriiitou. Further Notes on the Betoya Dialects ; from Unpublished Sources. By Daniel G. Biinton, M.D., LL.D. {^Read before the American Philosophical Society, October y, i8g2.') Last spring the Librarian of the Lenox Library, Mr. Wilberforce Eames, called my attention to a manuscript in that collection, with the following title : " Arte de lengua de las Misiones del Rio Napo de la Nacion Quenquehoyos, y idioma gefieral de los mas de ese Rio, Payohuates, Genzehuates, Ancoteres, Encabellados. Jmitamente tiene la doctrina Christiana en dicha lengua y en la del Ynga. A I retnate. ' ' It is a duodecimo of seventy-five leaves, complete, clearly writ- ten, and dated at the close "Mayo 4 de 1793." It begins with a brief exposition of the grammatic principles of the language, and follows with a vocabulary of about 1700 words, covering 34 leaves. At the close are versions of the Doctrina in the same tongue and in the Kechua. Through the kindness of Mr. Eames I had op- portunity to examine the MS. carefully, and to make from it a number of extracts which enable me to present the subjoined sketch of the language. The stock to which it belongs is one concerning whose gram- matic character the material hitherto available has been quite meagre. In a former contribution to the Proceedings of this Soci- ety I have shown that what are distinctively known as the Rio Napo dialects belong to the Betoya linguistic stock, and are affiliated with others which can be traced over ten degrees of latitude, from 3° south to 7° north latitude. The dialect presented in the present MS. is a comparatively pure and well-marked member of the stock, and is nearly related to the Correguage of the head waters of the Caqueta and Putumayo rivers, of which vocabularies have been published by different travelers. By Hervas, and a number of other writers who have copied from him, these Rio Napo dialects have been classed with the Zaparro stock, with which they have no relationship whatever. Nouns, Nouns are usually employed with suffixes denoting relation which allow them to be arranged with a resemblance to declensions. Brintou.] -^ ^ ^ [Oct. 7, Following the analogy of the Latin Grammar, the author presents five such declensions of masculine and feminine nouns, with some variations for neuters. The endings of his oblique cases are as follows : Declensions. 1. Oenidoe, co, Dative, ni, Accusative, nam, Ablative, pi, pio, nam, pi, pio, pi, pio, ani, pi, are, ani, pi, na. The plural is formed by reduplication, or by the general termi- nation zea or cea, which means ''all ;" or giiati ; or, for inanimate objects, na. The ablative suffix, // or pio, is instrumental; are signifies ac- companiment. The termination na or nam of the accusative indicates motion. The following example of a noun of the first declension v.ill be a sufficient illustration. Case Endings. 2. B. 4. 5, que, ye, que. ye, he. ni, ni, pi. id. ni. te, te, te. te. Sigua-ye — music. Singular. Plural. Nom., sigicaye. siguayezea. Oen., siguaco. siguaqunazea. Dat., siguaconi, siguardzea. Ace, siguaconam. siguatezea. Voc, siguaye, siguaquenazea. Abl, siguayepi. siguapizea. Gender. This language is remarkable for the well-defined distinction it presents between masculine and feminine forms. The feminine termination is o, which, by assimilation, may also modify other vowels. It is present in both nouns, adjectives and pronouns ; e. g. : He is a bad man, 7ia quaque pain. She is a bad woman, y-o coaco romio. The masculine and feminine forms can also be applied to inani- mate objects. This thing (masc), ide. This thing (fem.), i-o. That thing (masc), he-y. That thing (fem.), lieco. Tliere is no regular termination to nouns which distinguishes the 1892.] ^*0 [Brinton. animate from the inanimate classes. Nevertheless, such a distinc- tion is clearly recognized in the tongue; and also the distinction between rational and irrational beings. The termination// indicates animate rational beings, singular or plural ; as, pain pi raye, some people are coming. The termination guati or huati {guay or huay'), is the plural for animate beings, whether rational or irrational, masculine or femi- nine; as, Quito huati, people of Quito, roini-huati ox: nomio guay, womenfolk. The plural termination for inanimate beings is na ; as, zonque-na, the trees. Other plurals are irregular. Pronouns. The same forms serv2 for both personal and possessive pronouns. I, my, ye, or ye-Tpi. Thou, thine, thy, mve. Thou thyself, mue-repa. Tliat one (masc), ha, or an, or liaon. That one (fern.), hnon, or aon-pi. She, y-o. We, our (masc. and fern.), may, or yeque, or yequepi. You, your (masc. and fern.), musa. Tliey, their (masc. and fern.), imbue. Examples : My clothing, ye-ci. Thy wife, mue-rexo, or mue-nexo (from exhe, wife). It is my son, yeque qioa-e. Numerals. 1, Tey (masc); teo (fcin.); only one, teirepa (one itself). 2, Cayapa. 3, Toazumba. 4, Cajezea (2 with plural termination). 5, Teente (hand). G, Teyentetey (hand -f 1). 7, Teyente cayapa (liand -\- 2). 8, Teyente toazumba (hand -f 3). 9, Teyente caesea (hand + 4). 10, Caya ente, or caya huena (two hands). II, Caya ente-tey (two hands -|- 1). 15, Toazumba-enie (three hands). IG, Toazumba-ente-tey (three hands -f 1). 20, Caesea ente (four hands). Brinton.] 2<4 [Oct. 7, Particles. Like other languages of this class, much of the force of the ex- pression depends on the use of certain particles, employed as pre- fixes, suffixes or infixes. The following examples will suffice : Hua, causative, as, I smell (I observe an odor), ye ezi. I smell (I cause an odor), ye huazi. Eagi, expresses desire or wish. Cono, to drink ; cono-eagi, 1 want to drink. Caye, has an imperative sense. Yere, to cut ; yere-e-caye, to order to cut. Mapay, indicates negation. He comes, rayge ; he comes not, ray-mapay-ge. Que, CO, ne, ni are particles of interrogation. Terms of Consanguinity. A number of these are given, but their distinction is not well explained. My father, ye-aque, or hueaque, or aqma. My mother, ye-aco, or hucaco, or acoma. My son (child), ye-mamaqae, fem. e-mamaco ; or ye-senqiie, fern, ye-zenco. My grandfather, ye co-e, or nenco-e. My grandmother, ye-coe-o, or nenco-o. My uncle, ye-pereqne. My aunt, ye-pueco. On the use of these the author adds the following note : " Lo comun es que los tios a sus sobrinos dicen hijos, y los sobrinos padres los suegros hijos los hermanos tios y cunados de hermanos." Verbs. Conjugation of the verb oye, to love. Present. I love, yc oye. We love, may oniu. Tiiou lovest, oye mue. You love, musa oy'ye. He loves, an oyni. Imperfect. I loved, ye ouha. We loved, may ouahue. Thou lovedst, mue oulaie. You loved, musa oyciseaha-e. He loved, lieque ouha. They loved, an guati ou huapa. Preterit. I have loved, yeohue. We have loved, may oysi queue. Thou hast loved, mue oysiqueeo. You have loved, musa oysi queue. He has loved, ian oyd queue. They have loved, an guati oysisea-e. 1S92] ^ib IRrinton. Pluperfect. I had loved, ye oy paa, etc. Future. I shall love, oysi'ye. We shall love, onui yeque. Thou wilt love, oygen mue. You will love, oinimusa. He will love, oysipi yan. They will love, oycipiyan guati Imperative. Love thou, oyni'mue. Verbs can be formed from nouns or adjectives by adding the particle^// as, Smoke, pia ; it smokes, piagi. The Lord's Prayer. 1. May aque matemote payque. Our father heaven-at is there. 2. 3Iu6 7nami oisique pae . Thy name be sacred. 3. Mue payquero rauyena. Thy kingdom come. 4. Mue yeye neqique paye. Thy will on earth rule. 5. Omaje sioJmay matemote nesique paye. Even as thy holiness in heaven (and) on earth rules. 6. Aunre yure omansepi mayni insige/i. Give to eat to-day as to us each day. 7. May coayrosere huaneyeyen. Our sins pardon. 8. Omaje may huanienuu. Even as we pardon. 9. Tin huati mainre coayocere. Those who us sin against. 10. Goayoyete mainre tantahe. Doing evil us keep from. 11. Zea eoayete mainpi pirahe. All evils us from deliver. I. Matemote appears to be a locative reduplicated form from emue, above ; payque, to be in a place. 3. Payquero, ixovixpain, man, master ; quej-o, place or town ; ran- yena, from raye, to come. Brinton.l 276 [Oct. 4. The phrase ''Creator of heaven and earth" is translated maietnoie yejare nesiquete. 5. The words ne^ique paye seem to be repeated by error. 6. Aunre, from aunne, to give to eat, derived from anye, to eat ; iiisigen, ivom. sia, day ; another word for day is imin^e ; both are evidently from n^e or ense, sun. 7. Coayocere, sins, from coa or qua, bad. 8. Huanienuu ; the vocabulary gives huaneyeye, to pardon. 10. Coayoye or coayoze, evils ; coayeieyoye, to commit sin. 11. Firahe, deliver; so in the Signarse, ''Deliver us, O Lord," mainpi pirahe may a que Dios. The following is the version in " Encabellada," given from the Mezzofanti Collection in Teza's Saggi Inediti de Lingue Americane (Pisa, 1868): May ake matemote pay que mue mami, oycique paye mue paykero : mnyni raygen mue yeye nezlque pnye exaiiie yexaaa, matemote yoygi. Zla omun- cepi aunre mayni incigen : may quayeyocere guaniyenigen exanie may quayeyocehuatire guaniyenieJiunu : quayeyote maypi piraygen ziaqua qua- chacere mayni rehaygen. It is evident that this is the same dialect, but a version by a dif- ferent hand, in which a varied phraseology has at times been adopted. Vocabulary. Above, upon, emue. Alive, living, Jmaje. All, zia, or ziaye, or zea,. Ashes, unia. Bad, coa. it is bad, qua-gi. Beard, zebi, zehue. Before, yehua. Belly, apue, or etapue. Below, oca, ocare, huehue. Bird, pi-7ia. Black, neaque, or neaxaye. Blood, zi-e. Blue, ]}ocoro. Body, juru. Bone (of animals), huay tarapue. (of man), pain tarapue. Boy, zin or ziba-e. (fem.) girl, ziba-o. Bread, Juiun. Breast, cutihue. Brownish (niorado), cariri. Build, to, eneiie. Burn, to, vye, or eoye. Canoe, yogue, or eomu. Come, to, raye, or rayge, or mane. Cotton, yei, or yeg-y. Dance, to, reroye, or nanuye, or nemcaye. Deai], juyncique, or jum^e. Deit3', ayreoque. Dog, yay, or gho-pe Drink, to, uncusL Earth, land, yexa. 1892.] 277 [Briiiton. Ears, caxoro. Eat, to. anye. Egg (raw), huajezia. (cooked), quaco jezia. Enemy, jnajo pain, or guato pain. Ej^es, nanqua, or nancoca. Face, zi-a. Father (spiritual), pairi. (natural), jaque, or vacaque. Feather, ca. Female, romio, or noinio. Finger, mono. Fire, toa. to light a fire, ioare zoanu. Flesh, meat, Iiuay. Flower, zaza. Flute, hetulme. Foot, nenye, or nencaye. Foretell, to (by magic), tTHm?'eca?/e. Forehead, ziatarapue (see "Face," "Belly"). Go, to, zaiye. Green, huaxe. Guacamayas, ma (= red, from the color of the plumage). Hamack, ham, or liamxe. Hand, Mute. right hand, heja gente. left hand, ari gente. Head, ziumhue. Hear, to, hachaye. Heart, ahue. of animals, zeme, of inanimate things, joyo. Heat, burning, iK^e. Horn, of animals, xexo. as a wind instrument, rurahue. Hot, raca. House, hue. new house, mama hue. old house, punca hue. to build a house, hue enene (see "To make"). Husband, eghe, ovpaque, oryohemue. Image, idol, (or/ace. Iron, quena. Jar, qua euro Kill, to, huaye. Know, to, quachaye. Lake, lagoon, zitara, or copora, or guayra. Lance, spear, huy. Light, toa, or zeunze toa (=fire). Lion, mayay. Maize, bea, or hueha. young, huinia hueha. pounded, cata vea. roasted, jarose vea. Make, to (hacer), yoye, or nene. Male, emue. Man, pain, or hai?i. Master, paque. Mat, punti. Milk, oge. Moon, nianag, or pain. the moon shines, naneg meagi. full moon, nana tubetotagui. Mother, aco, or bucaco, or hacoma, or jacore. Mouth, heopo. Nail, of finger, coo. Name, mami. Name, to, to call, cuymiane. Navel, zumjupue. New, mama. Night, nami. Nose, uncuepue, or aqueeze, or un-eye. Old man, aypue. Old woman, ayo, or punq-yo. Pardon, to, huaneyeye, or tauye. Parrot, huee. People, person, pain. hostile people, guato pain. friendly people, voi pain. Perish, to, chaye, or xuxu chaye Place, rovue, or quero, or taco, or rare. Poor, yehui. Pretty, ayreo, or aydeoge. PROC. AMER. PllILOS. SOC. XXX. 139. 2j. PRINTED JAN. 3, 1893. Cope.] 278 [Oct. Rain, bco (= water). it rains, ocooi. Red, 7na. bright red, vialay. Relation, male, xoyqiie. female, xoyco. Road, ma-a. Round, caliua. Salt, hmi, or ami, or queiia oclia, or o-a, or teve. to salt, ami pegeiiaye. Scorpion, puny. See, to, inaye. Seed, grain, ca. Servant, slave, _/fl^a. Shaman, priest, mniapaiii (see "To foretell "). Shoulders, ete. Silver, rehua. Sin, coa-yoye (see "Bad "). Sleep, to, cane. Smell, to, yeye-ye. Small, little, arimania. Smoke, pia. Sou], joy 0 (see "Heart"). Spittle, co-o. Spring, fountain, oco rcnia (see "Water"). Star, manuco. the Pleiades, vze po. Stick, tarapue. Stone, quena. Straw, tayajuinze. Sun, nr.e, or ense. the sun rises, n [Dec. 16, 1892. Dr. Morris moved that the subject be referred to the Library Committee with power to act. Mr, Price offered the following substitute, which was ac- cepted by Dr. Morris and adopted by the Society. Dr. Cones, a member of the Society from Washington, having presented a request to the Society that the Lewis and Clark papers deposited with the Society, on April 8, 1818, under a receipt of that date be loaned to him for the purpose of preparing a new edition of the travels of those gentlemen, it was on motion of Mr. Price : Resolved, That the Librarian be authorized to lend to Dr. Coues all the papers now in our possession deposited by Lewis and Clark in the 3'ear 1818, as per said receipt, he taking from the doctor his obligation (with a sufficient penalty) to take care of them, keep them when not in his library in some safe deposit vault at Washington, and return them at the expiration of three months unless further time shall be given to him to retain them. Mr. Williams offered the following resolution, which after discussion was adopted : Resolved, That the Curators of the Society be requested to report upon the cost of placing the Poinsett and Keating collection in this Museum and caring for it, and upon other collections or institutions in this city, if any, ■with which this collection could be deposited with advantage to the cause of science and the study of this collection, and upon some plan for arrang- ing the collections of the Society in its Museum in accordance with the wishes, if any, of the donors of different collections. The result of the balloting for members was rei)orted to the President, who declared the following named to have been duly elected members of the Society. 2205. Mr. Charles H. Cramp, Philadelphia. 2206. Prof. Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Philadelphia. 2207. Prof. John M. Macfarlane, D. Sc, Lansdowne, Phila. 2208. Prof. Francis X. Dercum, M.D., Philadelphia. 2209. Prof. James Ellis Humphrey, D. Sc, Amherst, Mass. And the Society was adjourned by the President, Nov. 4, 1892,] oil [Brintoii. The Eirusco-Libyan Elements in the Song of the Arval Breih7-en. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D. {Read before the Americati Philosophical Society, November 4, j8g2.) In two communications to the American Philosophical Society, published respectively in 1889 and 1890, I offered a series of con- siderations which led me to believe that there existed an affinity, or ethnic relationship, between the ancient Etruscans and the Libyans, or Berber tribes, of North Africa.* In the present paper I would supplement what I there said by a brief study of the Etrusco-Libyan elements in one of the oldest literary monuments of Roman an- tiquity— the Song of the Arval Brethren. These Fratres Arvales were a priestly sodality, which, according to tradition, dated back to the foundation of Rome, Romulus him- self having been one of the twelve members of which the sacred college was composed. Their function was to perform certain acts of worship at a festival in the month of May in honor of " the divine goddess" Dea Dia, whose proper name is nowhere men- tioned. The object of the festival was propitiatory to the divinities of agriculture, that the fields might yield bounteous harvests; whence the brotherhood derived its name — ut feruni fruges arva. The rites consisted of sacrifices, processions, and, at a certain stage of the proceedings, of the repetition of a very ancient song, the words of which, as being too archaic for the members, were in the time of the Empire written down in small books, which the Brethren held in their hands as they chanted. Although classical authors scarcely mention the Arval Brethren, we have very minute accounts of their rites, for it was their lauda- ble custom at the close of each annual festival to inscribe the fact of the celebration with its date and some other particulars on a slab of stone. Nearly one hundred of these memorials have been discovered from time to time, and on one of the tablets, exhumed in 1778, recording the annual festival in May, A. D. 218, the Brethren had the happy idea to cause the song itself to be inscribed. They apparently gave the "copy" to the local stonecutter, and did not stay to read the proof, for he has made several palpable blunders, such as spelling the same word differently in different * " The Ethnologic AfBnities of the Ancient Etruscans," Froc. Amer. Phil. Soc, Vol. xxvi ; " On Etruscan and Libyan Names," ibid.. Vol. xxviii. FROC. AMER. PHILOS. 800. XXX. 139. 2o. I'RXNTED JAN. 13, 1893. Briuton.] OiO [Nov. 4, lines; but, as each line is repeated three times, we have a strong check on his vagaries. All critics agree, however^ as to its value as a monument of antiquity, and one of its most recent editors does not go too far when he calls it " by far the most venerable specimen of Latin which we possess."* Its interpretation has tasked the ingenuity of the learned; but, before I proceed to that, I will recall some facts about the origin of this priestly sodality. It was distinctly and wholly Etruscan, and was traditionally connected with the woman, Acca Larentia, and her Etruscan husband, Tarrutius. There are many stories told about Acca, and there are, according to some, a false and a true Acca; but those well acquainted with the kaleidoscope of mythol- ogy will find no difficulty in reconciling the beautiful and noto- rious Acca who was chosen, along with a plenteous board and a skin of old wine, to make merry the night with Hercules; the lascivious Acca, whom shepherds called Lupa, for she was as ''salt as wolves in pride; " with the Acca who ruled the Lares, guardian spirits of the virtuous household, as her by-name Lareiiiia indicates. As for her forename, Acca, Ayca, it occurs in Etruscan inscrip- tions, though its form has been doubted by some good scholars. The story — or one of the stories, and the most consistent — ran that Hercules, after his joyous rendezvous, gave her the extremely sane and modern advice to marry the first rich man she could cap- ture. This proved to be the worthy Tarrutius, by whom she achieved the noble maternity of twelve sons, all of whom grew to manhood ; and the position in the envied fraternity of the first who died was promptly taken by Romulus, who had already made a name for himself by plowing his furrow around the Palatine Hill, and declaring himself master of the situation. Acca survived her hus- band, inherited all his property, as the Etruscan custom was, and left it all by will to the Roman people, while her sons, along with Romulus, constituted themselves a holy brotherhood, pledged to call upon the ancient gods of their mother's religion once every year, in the springtime, to bless the fields, and send plenteous returns for the farmer's toil. Such were the Arval Brethren ; and in the pleasant Maytime of each year they met and fared forth from Rome along the Via Campana for five miles, when they reached the grove and temple * F. D. Allen, Remnants of Early Latin, j). 66. 1892.] olJ [Brintoii. of the Dea Dia. There they spent three days — a charming escapade, no doubt, from city life — slaughtering a white heifer, also some specially fed young pigs, porcilias piaculares, and not forgotten by neighboring farmers with delicate spring vegetables, as we may gather from the records. Then came the antique song and solemn dance in the temple of the Goddess, the Brethren clad in quaint traditional garb, and crowned with wreaths of leaves and early wheat. We may well suppose that with this history and these customs we should look among the Arval Brethren for true folklore, for the preservation of some of the ancient names and ideas of the Etrus- can religion, in a day when they had quite passed out of the ken of the current worship and mythology of Rome. The place to look for it, of course, is in their Song, and I think we find it there with a plainness that cannot be mistaken, and yet which none of the commentators and critics has heretofore brought out, or even referred to. The accurate text of that Song is subjoined. In giving it, I choose, in cases of discrepancy, where the majority of the sculptor's readings — that is, two out of three — are the same. The Song. enos lases ivvate enos lases ivvate ENOS LASES IVVATE NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORES NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORES NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORES SATVR FVFERE MARS LIMEN SALI STA BERBER SATVR FVFERE MARS LIMEN SALI STA BERBER SATVR FVFERE MARS LIMEN SALI STA BERBER SEMVNIS ALTERNEI ADVOCAPIT CONCTOS SEMVNIS ALTERNEI ADVOCAPIT CONCTOS SEMVNIS ALTERNEI ADVOCAPIT CONCTOS ENOS MARMOR IVVATO ENOS MARMOR IVVATO ENOS MARMOR IVVATO TRIVMPE TRIVMPE TRIVMPE TRIVMPE TRIVMPE Brinton.] «^-^v) [Nov. 4, The translation of the first line offers no particular difficulty, as the initial E is prothetic and strengthening, and there are plenty of examples where s is preserved between two vowels for later r. Nor about line second is their serious controversy. The compound Iverve may fairly be luem rueni {ruinatn), and we may render : " Help us, O Lares ; And, O Marmar, let not blight nor ruin fall upon tlie flowers." Or, perhaps, instead oi pleores^=-flores, we may take it pieores^=z piures, a.x\6. translate "upon the multitude," though this has less pertinence. But the third line is where the commentators have broken down. The latest authority within my reach, Prof. Allen, of Yale College, gives it up as hopeless, and leaves it untranslated. Mommsen pro- poses that it shall be split in two, one half an appeal to the gods, Satur esto, fere inars .' "Be satiate, fierce Mars," and the other half to the individual brethren, In limen insili ! Sta ! Verbera (limen) ! This is terribly strained. Mars was not a fierce deity, nor god of war to the Etruscan, but of peace, of agriculture, and of the springtime. He was guardian of the husbandman, not of the warrior. The word Berber is repeated three times, without any variation, and is plainly a reduplicated proper name, like Marmar in the previous line, to which it bears a distinct rhythmical relation. The stonecutter would not have made the same error three times over in such a common word as verbera, if that had been his copy. For these reasons, and others which he himself advances, and which, being of a purely scholastic character, I need not quote, the distinguished linguist of the College de France, Prof. Michel Brdal, proposes the reading : "Sata tutere, Mars ; clemens satis esto, Berber." He is convinced that we must accept the last word as Berber, but as to its significance he is at a loss, and suggests that it may be " une variante de Marmar." This suggestion has not been admitted even by those who accept his reading. They have presented various guesses; none near the mark, if we may judge by their reception.* But suppose, along * See Ch. Schaebel, iu Actts de la SociUe Philologique, Tome xiv, p. 200 aq. 1892.] 321 [Brinton. with Lases, Marmar and Mars, it is a more or less Latinized form of a pure Etruscan word, what could we make of it ? The first difficulty is that the Etruscan probably had no b, in which they resembled many of the modern Berber dialects, where it is also lacking. There was some intermediate labial in Etruscan which the Romans rendered by either/", or v, ox b. Probably it was close to the Greek digamma, p. Did the Etruscans have a god ^er, or Ver ? Undoubtedly. That was the exact name of the deity whom Varro calls Deiis Efrun'ce princeps, " chief of all the gods of Etruria." The Latin writers give his full name as Ver- tumnus; but that the last two syllables do not belong to the name, but constitute an appellative suffix, the analogy of the Etruscan words Vol-tumna, Lir/umna, and many others, has long since con- vinced Etruscologists.* The functions of this god Fqx were most appropriate to the rites of the Arval Brethren. The gardens of the spring, the harvests of the summer, but especially the maturing grain and fruit of the autumn, were his special care. Thus he came to be a chief god, one who looked after home life and works. He was the culture- hero of the Etruscans, analogous to such figures as Michabo and Viracocha in native American mythology. But here a striking identity meets us. Among the Libyans of Northern Africa this same divinity, with the same attributes and the same name, appears to meet us. Their chief god was also Ber {Fer, Ver) ; he was their protector and mythical ancestor ; from him they claimed their name, Berbers, Brebres, etc. ; and to this day the secluded tribes of the Sahara point to sacred spots where their famed progenitor and teacher was buried. f It would be an easy error to suppose that Ver was the Latin word for spring from the Greek, and that in the Pantheon Ver was the personation of the season of spring ; but this was not the case. The Vertiwinalia were in the fall of the year, in the month of October, and were never supposed to have reference to any such * See Deecke, note to Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s. 51 et al. In some of the Latin geographers the name Berenice, that of a Libyan city, is spelled Vereuice (Borsari, Geografla delta TripolUana, p. 191). t " L'ancetre commun de tontes les tribes berb&res," Duveyrier, Les Touaregs du Nord. He is the larbas of Greek legend, son of Jupiter Ammon and a Libyan nymph, and king of the Getuli, to escape whose pressing solicitations Queen Dido plunged the sword into her own bosom. His immediate descendants are still referred to by the Touaregs as the labbaren. Brinton.] ^^^ [Nov. 4. impersonation. This fact brings out the antithesis in the line between the two divinities named. Marmar was the god of the early season and of the spring crops, Berber or Ver of the autumn and the late crops, and this was the reason for bringing them together in this adjuration for the fertility of the fields. The meaning of Ber in the ancient Libyan language I have partly discussed elsewhere. It is from the biliteral root B R, the primi- tive meaning of which was " to overflow," or something equivalent to that idea. Applied to population, it was "to migrate," "to journey forth," and, as only freemen could have that privilege, it came to mean "to be free," and it was apparently in that proud significance in which it was adopted a patronymic. In its earlier sense it was and is applied to water which boils over, and in a neuter form it signifies "to be in excess," " to be abundant," and hence " to abound in," " to be fruitful in " {foissoner). Here we see where the meaning of Ver comes in, as the god of the harvest, of the fruitage and the vintage. In the ancient Numidian epigraphy we find this name repeatedly inscribed on tombstones, usually with a similar suffix, Vermim, Vermimo, Vermima,'^ in which we easily see the biliteral Berber radical M M, from which are derived the terms for both mother I/nma, and son Emvii. Whether the termination -umnus, so com- mon in Etruscan names, and occasionally written lunmits (Jucumno, /i/cunww), is not this same termination may be suggested, in which case Vertummis would mean "Son of Ber." And, in this con- nection, I must not omit to mention that precisely the reduplicated form Marmar is found on Numidian inscriptions two or three cen- turies before our era.f Passing to the fourth line of the Song, its first word seems a stumbling block. Some think seniones is an abbreviation of semi- homines, and means "demi-gods;" others would derive it from sero, semen, and take it to refer to gods of sowing, and hence agricultural; while Mommsen understands it as se-homines, "apart from men," applied to divinities in general. Most authorities sup- pose advocapit to be a mistake for advocabite ; and the translation * See 'H.&\6vy, Essaid'Epigraphie IJbyque, Inscriptions 7, 22, 23, 24, and others. The termination mim occurs in other inscriptions, as No. 47, Uba-mim; No. 152, Ar-mima, etc. t As in Hal6vy's collection. No. 100, etc. The Libyan general conquered by Pharaoh Merenptah was named Marmariu, "Son of Marmar." The radical M R, in the Berber dialects, means '• to be great " and " to be old," the ideas of age and power being in them, as in so many tongues, synonymous. 1892.] ^'■^*J [Brlnton. of the line is given, " Call ye, in turns, on all the Semones." I should prefer to consider that semones refers distinctively to the two gods named Mannar and Berber, and that advocapit is an abbre- viated form of the passive future, used impersonally, while conctos should have its original meaning, not "all," but "conjoined," "united," referring solely to the two divinities who are appealed to in the Song. It should then be rendered, "To these united gods of the crops (/. e., the one of the early, the other of the later, season) praise shall be rendered." The last lines offer no particular difficulties, so I offer this free paraphrase of the whole Song : The Song of the Arval Brethren. Come to our aid, O Lares ! O Marmar 1 Let nor blight nor ruin fall upon the flowers. The sown seeds, O Marmar ! protect ; and favor the product, O Berber ! Praise shall be paid in turn to these associated gods of the crops. Come to our aid, O Marmar ! Shout for joy ! shout for joy ! shout for joy ! The similarities which I here point out have an additional interest in the light of some recent discoveries in Egyptian archaeology. It has been generally accepted that the Tur-sha, who, about the close of the thirteenth century B.C., invaded Egypt from the West along with the Libyans, were Etruscans ; but only recently has it been shown by conclusive evidence that the Etruscans continued to live in the Western Fayoom and on the Libyan boundary of Egypt for many centuries afterwards. One part of this evidence is from Egyptian inscriptions. At Medinet Gurob, close to the Libyan boundary, Mr. Flinders Petrie exhumed the coffin of a man bearing the inscription A?i- en- Tur-sha, "A man of the Tur-sha," showing that prominent citizens of Egypt (the coffin was that of a wealthy person) were at that time recognized as of the Tur-sha blood. Still more extraordinary was the discovery of an Etruscan Ritual Book in this portion of Egypt, the celebrated Agram Codex, which has lately been published by Prof. Krall, of Vienna. He considers it conclusive as to the existence of an Etruscan settlement in this part of the Egyptian dominions.* * Die Etruakischen Miimienbinden des Agramer National-Museums, ss. 18, 19 (Wien, 1892). He quotes and discusses Petrie's researches at Medinet Gurob. Brinton.] «^^4: [Nov. 4, 1892. Such facts lead us to inquire particularly as to what we know from the oldest authors concerning the population of the territory imme- diately west of lower Egypt. On turning to the best and oldest authority, Herodotus, who obtained his information from members of the Greek colony at Cyrene, I was surprised to find that he locates precisely in the region referred to a tribe whose name, as he gives it, is evidently that of the Tur-sha — to wit, the Adur- machides.^ It is possible that machides is a Cyrenaic Greek termi- nation, meaning " warriors;" at any rate we have the stem Adur or Atur, which is precisely what recurs in Etruria. It is undoubt- edly a Libyan word, from the root DR or D R'R, whence the words for mountain, adar or adrar. The Tur-sha were, there- fore, the mountaineers, those dwelling in the range of mountains which rise to form the eastern Libyan plateau. The analogy between adar and adrar on the one hand, and adur and etrur, on the other, is very noticeable. As the Italian Etruscans made little use of the letter d, substituting for it the /, we have the very common Tuscan radical tur or tar, as in the name of the field which the mother of the Arval Brethren on dying left to Romulus, the ager tur ax or tarux,'\ * He assigns their position a.s " from the borders of Egypt to Port Plynus," and dis- tinguishes them from the Ammouii of the Oasis of Jupiter Am^mou, the modern El Giwah (Hist., Book iv, cap. 168). The latter to this day speak a well-marked Berber dialect, as is proved by the short vocabulary collected by Bayle St. John. t Both orthographies are sanctioned by Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s. 107. I NDEX TO VOL XXX. Stated Meetings Held. Page. Page. 1892, January 1 1 January 15 106 February 5 110 February 19 112 March 4 117 March 18 120 April 1 254 May 6 256 1892, May 20 263 September 2 291 September 16 300 October 7 303 November 4 307 November 18 309 December 2 312 December 16 313 J^^ew Members Elected. February 19, 1S92. No. 2199. George William Curtis New York 117 2200. Anthony J. Drexel Philadelphia - 117 2201. Edward A. Leech Washington, D. C 117 2202. SethLow New Yorli 117 May 20, 1892. No. 2203. Harold Goodwin Philadelphia 268 2204. Joseph D. Potts Philadelphia 268 December 16, 1892. No. 2205. Charles H. Cramp Philadelphia 316 2206. Samuel G. Dixon Philadelphia 316 2207. John M. Macfarlano Lansdowne, Phila 316 2208. Francis X. Dercum Philadelphia ... 316 2209. James Ellis Humphrey Amherst, Mass 316 Decease of Members. Montgomery C. Meigs 107 Addison May 107 Edward Penington 107 Jean Louis Armandde Quatrefages . . 107 Paul Hunfalvey lU Andrew C. Ramsay Ill Thomas Jeflferson Lee Ill Joseph C. Garrison Ill Theodore Mommsen 115 T. Sterry Hunt 115 John Couch Adams 121 Thomas Hockley 121 D. Hayes Agnew 255 Ario Pardee 255 C. A. Dohen 265 August William Hoffman 265 Miers Fisher Longstreth 291 H. Burmeister 291 John R. Baker 291 George William Curtis 291 John G. Whittier 302 Joseph Ijovering 303 Ernest Reuan 304 Thomas Chase 305 Pliny Earle 309 Daniel Wilson 309 James B. Francis 309 John S. Newberry 314 PROC. AMER. PllILOS. SOC. XXX. 139. 2p. PRINTED JAN. 13, 1893. 326 Obituary Notices. Page. Obituary Notice ordered —Joseph F. Garrison by William Joha Potts Ill T. Sterry Hunt by James Douglass 116 Ario Pardee by W. A. Ingham 255 D. Hayes Agnew by William Pepper 255 Obituary Notices read 135,255 Obituary Notice received from Linnean Society of New South Wales 117 Manchester Geographical Society 110 Mus6e D'Oaxaca, Mexico 257 Officers and Council. Election of 1, 3 Proceedings of 116, 265 Acceptance of Membership. Anthony J. Drexel 117 | Joseph D. Potts 291 Seth Low 117 Harold Goodwin 300 George William Curtis 117 j Written Communications. Page. Bache, R. Meade. Civil and Military Photogrammetry 229, 261 Baur, George. Taxonomy of the Genus Emys, C. Dumeril 3 Addition to the Note on the Taxonomy of the Genus Emys, C. Dumeril . . 245, 262 BOAz, Franz. Kwakiutl Vocabulary 311 BONWILL, W. G. A. Geometry and Mechanics Deny Evolution 112, 119 Brinton, Daniel G. Observations on the Chinantec Language of Mexico 22, 108 On the Mazatecan Language of Mexico, and Its AfBnities 108 Studies in the South American Native Languages , 112 Further Notes on Fuegian Languages 219, 261 Further Notes on the Betoya Dialects ; from Unpublished Sources 271, 305 On the Etrusco-Libyan Elements in the Song of the Arval Brethren .... 309, 317 Cope, Edward D. A Synopsis of the Species Tied, Genus Cuemidophorus 3 The Homologies of the Posterior Cranial Arches in the Reptilia 111,112 Tiaporus, a New Genus of Teiidse 119 A Contribution to the Vertebrate Paleontology of Texas 123 The Osteology of the Lacertilia 185,255,306 Some Little-known Palaeozoic -Vertebrates 255 On the Skull of the Dinosaurian Laelaps Incrassatus 240, 262 On the Phylogeny of the Vertebrata 278,305 On Some Points in the Kinetogenesis of the Limbs of Vertebrates 282, 305 On False Elbow Joints 285, 313 A False Elbow in a Horse 311, 313 327 IIeilpuin, Anc.ei.o. p^^^. The Temperate and Alpino Floras of tlio Giant Volcanoes of Mexico I, la'^ IltJMl'HREY, JaMKS ElLIS. The Saprolegniaceoe of the United States, with Notes on Other Species 311 KiRKWOOD, Daniel. On the Mutual Relations Between the OrVjits of Certain Asteroids 269, 300 Phillips, Henry, Jr. A Second Contribution to the Study of the Folklore of Pliiladelphia and its Vicinity 122, 246 RUSCHENBERGER, W. S. W. A Sketch of the Life of Joseph Leidy 135 Oral Communications. Blodgett, Lorin. A Cosmical Map of the Northern Hemisphere 311 Cope, Edward D. On the Geology of the Staked Plains of Texas 116 Miscellaneous. American Chemical Society, New York, announcement of fifth general meeting. . . 292 Bal)\iouian Tablets 120, 266, 309 Bache, R. Meade, resolution by, decoration of meeting room . . . 122,267 Blodgett, Lorin, letter from, in regard to a National University to be erected in Wash- ington, D. C 292 Books of reference purchased 116 Bullalo Historical Society, invitation from, to unveiling of statue of Red Jacket. . . 292 Busts of Lafayette and Franklin loaned to the University Lecture Association . 122, 257 Claudio, Jannet, letter from 257 Coins of the Society .... 268 Columbian Celebration, letter from Committee of Philadelphia Councils on the . 263, 306 Committees : Standing Committees 107 On Michaux Legacy 108, 305 On Columbian Celebration 112, 256 On Sesqui-Centennial Anniversary 265 On Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund 108 On Library 108, 116, 122, 313 On Finance , 3, 107, 314 On E.xtended Accommodations 116 On Publication 107, 119, 313 On Hall 107, 108, 119 On the Publications of the Society 108, 309 On Dr. J. E. Humphrey's Paper 311, 313, 314 To Examine Paper of Prof. Cope lOS, 111, 115 Congrfes des Am^ricanistes. ... 303 Internationale des Orientalistes, announcement of tenth session to be held. . . . 292 G^ologique International, program of meetings to take place at Zurich in 1894 . . 292 Cope, Dr. E. I)., presented additional matter for his paper in Transactions 121 Offers an amendment to Chapter ix. Section 1, of the Laws 117 328 Page. Coues, Elliott, request for loan of Lewis and Clark Notebooks 315 Resolution in regard to 316 Curators' Report 262, 268, 309, 315 Deposits belonging to the Society, resolution in regard to 122, 268 Deutsche Authropologische Gesellschaft, Wien, invitation from 292 Donations to the Cabinet . 111,257,297,304 Exchanges ordered 106, 255, 300, 310 Discontinued 313 Good Friday 256 Ooodvvin, Harold, letter from 314 Hart, C. H., letter from 292 Historical Society, Chicago, invitation from, to laying cornerstone of its new build- ing 310 Hopkinson, Francis, portrait of 292, 309 Keating and Poinsett collections 315, 316 K. K. Geographische Gesellschaft, Vienna, letter from, discontinuing exchanges. . . 313 Leidy, Joseph, obituary of 135 Librarian, nominations for 3 Election of . . . . 108 Locket containing hair of Gen. Andrew Jackson 111,116 Monument to G. A. Him, Colmar, Alsace 256 To M. A. de Quatrefages ... 292 Morris, J. C, articles found by him in the Museum 3,311 Minority Report 315 Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenburg, invitation from 307 Nominations read 3, 103, 112, 122, 256, 262, 265, 300, 303, 305, 309, 311, 313, 314 Ballotedfor—Nos. 1232, 123.% 1234, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1258, 1239, 1240 116 Nos. 1233, 1241 ■ 265 Nos. 1242, 1248 • 314 Patterson, Robert, thanks tendered to 116 Peale stone-age relics returned to the American Philosophical Society 116 Phillips, Miss Emily, thanks of the Society tendered for gift of a locket containing hair of General Jackson 111,116 Presented engraving of David Rittenhonse 257 Photographs received for the Society's album 1,111,257,311 Photograph taken from portrait of Franklin Ill Phototype of Benjamin Franklin 297 Pickering, Edward C, letter from, in regard to a Southern telescope 303 Plaster medallions ordered framed 312 Poinsett and Keating collection 268 Public holiday 307 Removal of books, MSS., etc., from storage rooms 256 Roth rock, J. T., fourteenth course of lectures, list of subjects 305 Royal Society of New South Wales offers a medal and £25 for best communication on various subjects 292 Sachse, Julius R., donation from 297 Sajous, Charles E., api>ointed delegate to Congrfes des Americanistes to be held at Huelva, October, 1892 303 Sesqui-Centennial Anniversary 265 Specimens of early dentition from Spuj, Belgium, exhibited by Prof. Cope 119 Treasurer's Report 313 Truscott, Charles Ill University of Padua, circular from 307 Unveiling of the statue of Red Jacket, invitation to 292 Vaughan, Samuel, portrait of 292, 309 LIST OF SURVIVING MEMBERS OF THE American Philosophical Society, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Corrected to January 6, 1S93, BY A Secretary of the Society. Lisl of surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knoidedge. The addresses here given so far as known are at the present time. Cor- rections of this list are respectfully solicited. A name printed in italics indicates that the Society is vincertain as to whether such member is still living and desires information on the subject. The Society will be happy to receive photographs (cabinet size preferred) of such of its members as have not already sent. Name. Date of Election. Presenl Address. 16S7. ABBi:, Cleveland July 21, 1871, Army Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. 2170. Abbott, Charles C Dec. 20, 1889, Bristol, Pa. 1463. Abbot, Henry L April 18, 1862, New York city, N. Y. 1809. AcKERMAN, Richard July 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden. 1713. Acland, Henry W ; Jan'y 17, 1873, Oxford, England. 2128. Adam, Lucien Dec. 17, 1886, Rennes, France. 2081. Adams, H. B May 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md. 1381. Adamson, Bev. John C. July 13, 1856. 1779. Agassiz, Alexander April 16, 1875, Cambridge, Mass. 1642. Agassiz, Elizabeth Oct. 15, 1869, 2091. Albrecht, Paul May 21, 1886, Hamburg, Germany. 1860. Alison, Robert H May 3, 1878, Ardmore, Pa. 18G9. Allen, Joel Asaph Sept. 20, 1878, New York, N. Y. 1776. Allison, Joseph April 16, 1875, Philadelphia. 1927. Ames, Charles G Jan'y 21, 1881, Boston, Mass. 2064. Anderson, George B Feb'y 19, 1886, West Point, N. Y. 1655. Anderson, George W Oct. 1-'), 1869, Rcsemont, Pa. 2164. Angell, James B Oct. IS, 1889, Ann Arbor, Mich 1122. Angelis, Pedro de. Jan'y 17, 1840, Buenos Ayreif, S. A. 2102. Argyll, Duke OF May 21, 1886, London, England. 1761. ARMSTRONG, W.M. GEORGE .... July 17, 1874, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England. 1996. AsHHURST, John Jan'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 2012. AsHHURST, Richard L April 18, 1884, " Name. Bate of Election. Present Address. 1995. Bache, R. Meade Jau'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 1832. Bache, Thomas Hewson . . . Feb'y 2, 1877, " 1630. Baird, Henry Carey Jan'y 15, 1869, " 1991. Baird, Henry M Jan'y 18, 1881, Yoiikers, N. Y. 2075. Baker, William S May 21, 1886, Philadelphia. 2191. Ball, Robert May 15, 1891, Diibliu, Ireland. 1936. Barber, Edwin Atlee April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa. 1818. Barcena, Mariano Feb'y 2, 1877, Mexico. 1741. Barker, George F April 18, 1873, Philadelphia. 2011. Barker, Wu,\.rton April 18, 1881, " 2144. Barnard, William T May 20, 1887, Boonton, N. J. 1902. Bartholow, Roberts April 16, 1880, Philadelphia. 1133. Bartlett, W. H. C April 17, 1840, Yonkers, N. Y. 2119. Bastian, Adolph Dec. 17, 1886, Berlin, Germany. 1965. Bell, Alex.4.nder Graham. . . July 21, 1882, Washiui^ion. 1966. Bell, Joseph Snowden July 21, 1882, Philadelphia. 1802. Bell, Lowthian April 21, 1876, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England. 2149. Biddle, Alexander Feb'y 17, 1888, Philadelphia. 2154. Biddle, Arthur Dec. 21, 1888, " 1920. Biddle, Cadwalader .... Oct. 15, 1880, " 1831. Biddle, Craig Feb'y 2, 1877, " 2134. Billings, John S Feb'y 18, 1887, Washington, D. C. 2157. Blair, Andrew A May 17,'1889, Philadelphia. 1554. Blair, Thomas S Jan'y 19, 1866, Pittsburgh, Pa. 1669. Blake, William Phipps .... Oct. 21, 1870, New Haveu, Conn. 1790. BL.iSius, William Oct. 15, 1875, Philadelphia. 1700. Blodget, Lorin April 19. 1872, 1444. BoHTLiNGK, Otto Jan'y 17, 1862, Leipzig, Germany. 2047. BoNOTLL, W. G. A Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia. 1126. BoYfe, Martin H Jau'y 17, 1840, Coopersburg, Pa. 1826. Brackett, Cyrus Fogg Feb'y 2, 1877, Princeton, N.J. 2083. Branner, John C May 21, 1886, Palo Alto, Cal. 2195. Brezina, Aristides May 21, 1886, Vienna, Austria. 1636. Brinton, Daniel G April 16, 1869, Philadelphia. 2069. Brinton, John H Feb'y 19, 18%, " 1745. Britton, J. Blodgett Oct. 17, 1873, " 2050. Brooks, William Keith .... May 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md. 1881. Brown, Arthur Erwin .... April 18, 1879, Philadelphia. 1.333. Brown-Sequard, E Jan'y 20, 1854, Paris, France. 1614. Brugsh, Henri Jan'y 15, 1869, Berlin, Prussia. 1547. Brush, George J Jan'y 20, 1865, New Haveu. Conn. 1653. Bullock, Charles Oct. 15, 1869, Philadelphia. 1452. BUNSEN, Robert W Jan'y 17, 1862, Heidelberg, Germany. 2008. BuRK, Isaac . . . -. Jan'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia. 2007. BuRK, Jesse Y Jan'y 18, 1884, 1938. Butler, William April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa. G 1788. Campbell, John Lyle July 16, 1875, Crawford.sville, Ind. 1606. Canby, William Marriatt . . . Oct. 16, 1868, Wilmington, Del. 2051. Cannizzaro, Tommaso Oct. 16, 1885, Messina, Italy. 1731. Capellini, Giovanni April 18, 1873, Bologna, Italy. 1796. Carll, J. F Oct. 15, 1875, PleasantviUe, Pa. 2130. Carrillo, Crescencio Dec. 17, 1886, Merida, Yucatan. i I JVawe. 1911. Carson, Hampton L. 1707. Cassatt, Alexander Johnson 2147. Castner, S.iMUEL, Jr. 2152. Cattell, J. McKeen 1675. Cattell, William C. 190S. Chance, Henry Marty: 1783. Chandler, C. F. . . 1778. Ch.^p.man, Henry C. 2132. Charencey, Comte Hyacinth de 2111. Childs, George W 2158. Clark, Clarence H 1717. Clarke, Thomas C 1983. Claypole, E. VV 2018. Cleemann, T. M 1876. Cloiseaux, des, a 1999. Cohen, J. So lis 2UU5. Coleridge, Lord 1555. Cope, Edward D 1367. CoppfeE, Henry 2129. Cora, Guido 1474. Cornelius, Robert 1867. CouES, Elliott 1662. Cox, J. U . . 1672. COXE. ECKLEY B 2207. Charles H. Cramp 1836. Crane, Thomas F 1393. Cresson, Charles M 2100. Crookes, William 2172. Cruz, Fernando (of Guatemala) 1139. CuRWEN, John Date of Election. April 10, 18S0, 18, 1872, 16, 1887, 18, 1888, 20, 1871. 16, 1880, 16, 1875, 16, 1875, 17, 1886, Oct. Dec. May Jaii'y April April April Dec. Dec. May Jan'y Jan'y Oct. Oct. Jan'y Jan'y Jan'y Jan'y Dec. Oct. Sept. April Oct. Dec. Feb'y April May Dee. April 17, 1886, 17, 1889, 17, 1873, 19, 1883, 16, 1885, 18, 1879, 18, 1884, 18, 1884, 19, 1860, 18, 1856, 17, 1886, 17, 1802, 20, 1878, 15, 1870, 21, 1870, 16, 1892, 2, 1877, 17, 1857, 21, ISSfi, 20, 1889. 18, 1801, Present Address. Philadelphia. New York, N. Y. Philadelphia. New York, N. Y. Philadelphia. St. Maurice les Charencey, France. Philadelphia. New York, N. Y. Akron, Ohio. Philadelphia. Paris, France. Philadelphia. London, England. Philadelphia. Bethlehem, Pa. Turin, Italy. Philadelphia. Washington, D. C. Cincinnati, O. Drifton, Pa. Philadelphia. Ithaca, N. Y. Philadelphia. London, England. Warren, Pa. ID 1567. Da Costa, J. M Oct. 19, 1866, 1.354. Dana, James D July 21, 1854 1803. Dannefeld, C. Juhlin April 21, 1876, 1516. DAUBRfeE, A July 17, 1863 1811. Davenport, Samuei Oct. 20, 1876 1557. Davidson, George Jan'y 19, 1866 1923. Dawkins, Williaji B Oct. 1.5, 1880 1468. DAW.SON, John W April 18, 1862 2131. Delgado, Juan de Dias de la Rada y Dec. 17, 1886 2013. Dickson, Samuel April 18, 1884 2208. Dixon, S.\muelG., Dec. 16, 1892, 2108. DoLLEY, Charles S Dec. 1", 1886, 20f*9. Donner, Otto May 21, 1886, 1946. DOOLITTLE, C. L Oct. 21, 1881 1839. DOUGLAS.S, James, Jr April 20, 1877, 1924. Draper, Daniei Oct. 15, 1880, 2200. Drexel, A. J Feb'y 19,1892 17S7. Droavn, Thom.\s M July 16, 1875 1918. Du Bois, Patterson Oct. 15, 1880, 1878. Dudley, Charles Henjamin . . Jan'y 17, 1879 1921. Dudley, Thomas II Oct. 15, 1880, 2063. Duncan, Louis Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia. New Haven, Conn. Stockholm, Sweden. Paris, France. Adelaide, S. Australia. San Francisco, Cal. Manchester, England. Montreal, Canada. Madrid, Spain. Philadelphia. Helsingfors, Finland. Bethlehem, Pa. Spuyteuduyvil, N. Y. New York, N. Y. Philadelphia. Boston, Mass. Philadelphia. Altoona, Pa. Camden, N. J. U. S. Navy. Kame. Bate of Election. Present Address . 1573. Dunning, George F Jan'y 18, 1867, Farmington, Conn. 1727. DUPONT, Edouard April 18, 1873, Brussels, Belgium. 2086. DURUY, Victor May 21, 1886, Paris, France. 1670. DUTTON, Clarence E Jan'y 20, 1871, Washington, D. C. Name. 2208. Dekcum, Francis X. Date of Election. Present Address. Dec. 16, 1892, PhUadelphia. 2180. 1901. 1621. 1875. 2197. 1170. 1912. 1695. 2171. 1459. 2179. 1739. 1914. 1130. 1988. 2079. 1025. 1897. 1803. 1339. 2067. 1355. 1587. 1800. 1940. 1950. 2162. 1S35. 1680. 2203. 1271. 1851. 1605. 1504. 1880. 2155. Field, Robert Patterson . . . May 16, 1890, Flint, Austin, Jr April 16, 1880, Flower, Wm. Henry Jan'y 15, 1869, Foggo, Edward A Oct. 18, 1879, Forbes, George Oct. 16, 1891, Fraley, Frederick July 15, 1842, Fraley, Joseph C April 16, 1880, Frazer, Persifor Jan'y 19, 1872, Friebis, George Dee. 20, 1889, Froude, J. a Jan'y 17, 1862, Fcllerton, George S May 16, 1890, Fulton, John April 18, 1873, Furness, Horace Howard . . . April 16, 1880, Furness, William H April 17, 1840, C3- Gakrett, Philip C April 23, 1883, Gates, M. E . . . May 21, 1886, Gatschet, Albert S Oct. 17, 1884, Geikie, Archibald Jan'y 16, 1880, Geikie, James. April 21, 1876, Genth, Fred. Augustus Jan'y 20, 1851, Genth, F. a., Jr Feb'y 19, 1886, GiBBS, Oliver Wolcott July 21, 1854, Gill, Theodore Nicholas . . . July 19, 1867, Oilman, Daniel C April 21, 1876, Giraldes, J. P. C. Cnssado de. . . July 20, 1827. Gladstone, Wm. EWART .... Oct. 21,1881, GTooDE, G. Brown Oct. 18, 1889, GooDELL, William Feb'y 2, 1877, GOODFELLOW, EDWARD Jan'y 20, 1871, Goodwin, Harold May 20, 1892, Gould, Ben. Afthorpe Jan'y 17, 1851, Gray, Elisha Jan'y IS, 1878, Green, Traill Oct. 16, 1868, Green, William Henry .... April 17, 1863, Greene, William H April 18, 1879, Gregorio, II Marchese Antonio DE Dec. 21, 1888, Philadelphia. New York, N. Y. London, England. Philadelphia. London, England. Philadelphia. London, England. Philadelphia. Johnstown, Pa. Philadelphia. Philadelphia. Amherst, Mass. Washington, D. C. Loudon, England. Edinburgh, Scotland. Philadelphia. Cambridge, Mass. Washington, D. C. Baltimore, Md. London, England. Washington, D. C. Philadelphia. Washington, D. C. Philadelphia. Cambridge, Mass. Chicago, 111. Easton, Pa. Princeton, N. J. Philadelphia. Palermo, Italy. i 6 Name. 21 )9. Gregory, Henry D 21SS. Gregory, Caspar RfiNfi. . . 1229. Griinaldi, Ceva 1939. Griscom, VVm. WooDNurr . 1S15. Grote, Augustus Radcliffe 2090. GUBERNATIS, ANGELO DE . . 143S. Giiydiigos, Pascaal de Bate of Election. Present Address. May 17, 18S9, Philadelphia. May 15, ISOl, Leipzig. Oct. 16, \^!S, Naples, Italy. April 15, 1881, Haverford, Pa. Oct. 20, 1876. May 21, 1886, Florence, Italy April 19. 1861, Madrid, Spain. H 2054. Haeckel, Ernest Oct. 16, 1885, 2036. Hagen, H. a Feb'y 19, 1SS6. 165S. Hale, Edw. Everett Jan'y 21, 1870, 1709. Hale, Horatio Oct. 18, 1872, 1853. Hall, Asaph Jan'y 18, 1878, 1795. Hall, Charles Edward .... Oct. 15, 1875, 1356. Hall, James July 21, 1854, 2027. Hall, Lyman B Jan'y 16, ia85, 1412. Hammond, William A Oct. 21, 1859, 2194. H.oiy, E. T May 15. 1891, 1337. Harding, George Jan'y 20, 1851, 2136. Harris, Joseph S ISIay 20, 1887, 1827. Hart, James Morgan Feb'y 2, 1877, 1510. Hartshorne, Henry July 17, 1863, 1764. Hauer, Franz Ritter von. . Oct. 16, 1874, 1681. Haupt, Hermann April 21, 1871, 1862. Haupt, Lewis M May 3, 1878, 2182. Hayes, R. Somers May 21, 1886, 2371. Hays, J. Minis Feb'y 19, 1886, 2165. Hazlehurst, Henry Oct. 18, 1889, 1985. Heilprin, Angelo April 20, 1883, 1734. Helmholtz, Heinrich .... April 18, 1873, 1963. Hill, Hamilton Andrews . . . April 21, 1882, 2110. HiLPRECHT, Hermann V Dec. 17, 1886, 1765. Himes, Charles Francis . . . Oct. 16, 1874, 1663. Hitchcock, Charles Henry . . April 15, 1870, 2160. Hoffman, Walter J Oct. 18, 1889, 2068. Holland, James W Feb'y 19, 1886, 1898. Holmes, Oliver Wendell . . . Jan'y 16, 1880, 1624. Hooker, Joseph D Jan'y 15, 1869, 1652. Hopper, Edward Oct. 15. 1869, 1607. Horn, George Henry .... Oct. 16, 1868, 2070. Horner, Inman Feb'y 19, 1886, 1941. Hotchkiss, Jedediah Oct. 21, 1881, l^CBll Leptoglossa Annulati. Pfoceediogs Amer. Pliilos, Sor, No, 138, Plate O O Megaliclithys marropomua Cope. ■5^ 1 ' Ki s? ^^^B ^1^ i7^ PROCEEDINGS ameeica:^^ philosophical society, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol. XXX. January, 1893. No. 137. TABLE OF CONTENTS. page. Stated Meeting, January 1, 1S92 1 The Temperate and Alpine Floras of the Giant Volcanoes of Mexico. By Prof. Angela Heilprin 4 Observations on the Chinantec Language of Mexico. By Prof. Daniel G. Brinton, M.D 22 On the Mazatcc Language of Mexico and its Affinities. By Prof. Daniel O. Brinton, M.D 31 On the Taxonomy of the Genus Emys, C. Dumeril. By Prof. Dr. Q. Baur 40 Studies in South American Native Languages. By Prof. Daniel G. Brinton, M.D 45 Stated Meeting, January 15, 1S92 106 Stated Meeting, February 5, 1892. 110 Stated Meeting, February 19, 1S92 113 Stated Meeting, March 4, 1S92 117 Stated Meeting, March IS, 1892 120 A Contribution to the Vertebrate Paleontology of Texas. By Prof. E. D. Cope 128 On Tiaporus, a New Genus of Teiidae (with a plate). By Prof. E. B. Cope 133 !I^" It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged. Jl^" In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre- spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American Philosophical Society. 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia." Published for the American Philosophical Society BY MacCALLA & COMPANY, NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA. EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS. The Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund, Miss Emily Phillips, of Philadelphia, a sister of Hon. Henry M. Phillips, deceased, presented to the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge, on October 5, 1888, the sum of five thousand dollars for the establishment and endowment of a Prize Fund, in memory of her deceased brother, who was an honored member of the Society. The Society, at a stated meeting, held October 5, 1888, accepted the gift and agreed to make suitable rules and regulations to carry out the wishes of the donor, and to discharge the duties confided to it. In furtherance whereof, the following rules and regulations were adopted by the Society at a stated meeting held on the seventh day of December, A.D. 1888: First. The Prize Endowment Fund shall be called the " Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund." Second. The money constituting the Endowment Fund, viz., five thousand dollars, shall be invested by the Society in such securities as may be recognized by the laws of Pennsylvania, as proper for the investment of trust funds, and the evidences of such investment shall be made in the name of the Society as Trustee of the Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund. Third. The income arising from such investment shall be appro- priated as follows : {a) To making public advertisement of the prize and the sum or amount in United States gold coin, and the terms on which it shall be awarded, {U) To the payment of such prize or prizes as may from time to PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. '^.^^^^i Vol. XXX.^oZ/T5 April. 1892. No. 138. TABLE OF CONTENTS, page A Sketch of the Life of Joseph Leidy, M.D,, LL.D. By TF. 8. W. Ruschenberger, M.D , .- 135 The Osteology of the Lacerlilia (with five plates). By Prof. E. D. Cope 185 On Some New and Little Known Paleozoic Vertebrates (with two plates). By Prof. E. D. Cope 221 Civil and Military Photogrammetry (with one plate). By It. Meade BacJie 229 On the Skull of the Dinos;aurian Laelaps incrassatus Cope. By Prof. E. I). Cope 240 Additional to the Note on the Taxonomy of the Genus Emys, C. Dumeril. By Prof. Dr. G. Baur 245 Second Contribution to the Study of Folk-Lore in Philadelphia and Vicinity. By Henry Phillips, Jr... 246 Further Notes on Fuegian Languages. By D. O. Brinton, M.D., LL.T) 249 Stated Meeting, April 1, 1S92 254 Stated Meeting, May 6, 1892 256 Stated Meeting, May 20, 1S92 263 It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged. In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that corre^ spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the An^erican Philosophical Society. 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia." Published for the American Philosophical Society BY MaCCALLA & COMPANY, NOS. 237*9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA. EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS. CHAPTER XII. OF THE MAGELLAXIC FUND. Section 1 . John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year 1786 offered to the Society, as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas, to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre- miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or most useful invention, relating to ISTavigation, Astronomy, or Natural Pliilosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi- tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which the said annual premiums will be awarded. CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIU3I. 1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement, addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society, free of postage or otlier charges ; and shall distinguish his performance by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together witli his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-" scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author. 2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad- liiitted as candidates for this premium. 3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this premium, which hatli been ah-eady published, or for which the author hath been publicly rewarded elsewliere. ■ 4. The candidate shall coramuuicate his discovery, invention or im- provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language. 5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to tlie inspection of sucli members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with Hh< PEOCEEDINGS AMERICAlNr PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PniLADELPllIA, FOR PROMOTlNfi USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vol. XXX, December. 1802. No. 139. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE On the Mutual Relations between the Orbits of Certain Asteroids. By Daniel Kirkwood 269 Further Notes on the Betoya Dialects ; from Unpublished Sources. By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D 271 On the Phylogeny of the Vertebrata (with two cuts). By Prof. E. D. Cope 278 On Some Points in the Kinetogenesis of the Limbs of Vertebrates. By Prof. E. D. Cope 282 On False Elbow Joints (with two plates). By Prof. E. D. Cope. 285 Stated Meeting, September 2, 1S92 291 Stated Meeting, September 16, 1S92 300 Stated Meeting, October 7, 1892 303 Stated Meeting, November 4, 1892 307 Stated Meeting, November IS, 1892 309 Stated Meeting, Decembe r 2, 1892 312 Stated Meeting, December 16, 1892 313 The Etrusco-Libyan Elements in- the Song of the Arval Brethren. By Daniel O. Brinton, M.D., LL.D 317 5^" It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged. 11^" In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre- spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia." Published for the American Philosophical Society BY MacCALLA &. COMPANY, NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET. PHILADELPHIA. EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS. The Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund, Miss Emily Phillips, of Philadelphia, a sister of Hon. Henry M. Phillips, deceased, presented to the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge, on October 5, 1888, the sum of five thousand dollars for the establishment and endowment of a Prize Fund, in memory of her deceased brother, who was an honored member of the Society. The Society, at a stated meeting, held October 5, 1888, accepted the gift and agreed to make suitable rules and regulations to carry out the wishes of the donor, and to discharge the duties confided to it. In furtherance whereof, the following rules and regulations were adopted by the Society at a stated meeting held on the seventh day of December, A.D. 1888: First. The Prize Endowment Fund shall be called the " Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund." Second. The money constituting the Endowment Fund, viz., five thousand dollars, shall be invested by the Society in such securities as may be recognized by the laws of Pennsylvania, as proper for the investment of trust funds, and the evidences of such investment shall be made in the name of the Society as Trustee of the Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund. Third. The income arising from such investment shall be appro- priated as follows : i^a) To making public advertisement of the prize and the sum or amount in United States gold coin, and the terms on which it shall be awarded. {b) To the payment of such prize or prizes as may from time to Illllllllllllil I 3 2044 093 310 597 ^ .>l*f*-%/' \. ^0i ^'i'w\ iii^^ia^. ^.- y^^-i